OWNER’S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time
of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes
descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual
that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
Introduction
F2
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering
the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations
established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state
agencies.
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic
components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason,
we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions
or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and
NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
F3
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use
information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai
has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies
and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website
at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy,
please contact our Customer Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care
P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151
consumeraff[email protected]
Hyundai’s Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday
through Friday,
between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday
between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives
are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
I
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Index
Maintenance
Emergency Situations
While Driving
Convenient Features
Instrument Cluster
Seats & Safety System
Vehicle Information
Foreword
Table of Contents
Introduction..................................................................................................... 1-2
Hyundai Motor America
.................................................................................1-2
Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts
...................................................................1-3
How to Use This Manual
.................................................................................1-4
Safety Messages
.............................................................................................1-4
Fuel Requirements
.......................................................................................... 1-5
Vehicle Modifications
..................................................................................... 1-7
Vehicle Break-In Process
................................................................................ 1-7
Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders
.................................... 1-8
Foreword
1. Foreword
1
Foreword
1-2
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome
you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very
proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI
we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it,
read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely
operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your
car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared
to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be
required.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and
should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay
with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety
and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality
fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use
high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-11 in
the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.
Copyright 2019 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any
means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
01
1-3
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the
same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor
Company to manufacture vehicles.
They are designed and tested for the
optimum safety, performance, and
reliability for our customers.
2. Why Hyundai Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are
engineered and built to meet rigid
manufacturing requirements.
Damage caused by using imitation,
counterfeit or used salvage parts is
not covered under the HYUNDAI New
Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other
HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure
of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused
by the installation or failure of an
imitation, counterfeit or used salvage
part is not covered by any HYUNDAI
Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are
purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts
Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported
to the U.S. are packaged with labels
written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only
sold through authorized HYUNDAI
Dealerships.
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
Foreword
1-4
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist
you in many ways. To gain an overview
of the contents of your Owner’s Manual,
use the Table of Contents in the front
of the manual. The first page of each
Chapter includes a detailed Table of
Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your
vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what
is in this manual and the page number
where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have
incorporated tabs on the right-hand
page edges. These tabs are coded with
the Chapter titles to assist you with
navigating through the manual.
Your safety, and the safety of others,
is very important. This Owner’s
Manual provides you with many safety
precautions and operating procedures.
This information alerts you to potential
hazards that may hurt you or others, as
well as cause damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe these
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in
this manual are for your safety. Failure to
follow safety warnings and instructions
can lead to serious injury or death.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES
01
1-5
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust
emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having an octane number
((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane
Number 91) or higher. (Do not use
methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and
engine components, never add any fuel
system cleaning agents to the fuel tank
other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Throughout this manual DANGER,
WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the
SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It
is used to alert you to potential
physical injury hazards. Obey
all safety messages that follow
this symbol to avoid possible
injury or death. The safety alert
symbol precedes the signal
words DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which,
if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
Foreword
1-6
Gasoline containing alcohol or
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are
being marketed along with or instead
of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For
example, “E15” is a gasohol comprised of
15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than
15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either
of these fuels may cause drivability
problems and damage to the fuel
system, engine control system and
emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
“E85” fuel is an alternative fuel
comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured
exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel
Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with
your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in
poor engine performance and damage
to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system.
HYUNDAI recommends that customers
do not use fuel with an ethanol content
exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s
engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains
methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded
gasohol.
• Never use “E85” fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance problems
caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except
Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor
acceleration, engine stalling, damage
to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion,
and may cause damage to the engine
resulting in a reduction in the overall life
of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or
performance problem caused by the
use of these fuels or fuel additives may
not be covered by your New Vehicle
Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives such
as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use
of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emission
control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the
cluster may come on.
01
1-7
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
good quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent
deposit formation in the engine. These
gasolines will help the engine run
cleaner and enhance performance of
the Emission Control System. For more
information on TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, please go to the website (www.
toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier
Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have
problems starting or the engine does
not run smoothly, detergent-based
fuel additives that you can purchase
separately may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of additive
added to the fuel tank according to the
maintenance schedule is recommended
(refer to the Maintenance Schedule in
chapter 8).
Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
• This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emissions
regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any
modification may not be covered
under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN
PROCESS
By following a few simple precautions for
the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may
add to the performance, economy and
life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is needed
to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in
emergencies, to allow the brakes to
seat properly.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
Foreword
1-8
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION
AND EVENT DATA
RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder (EDR). The main purpose
of an EDR is to record, in certain crash
or near crash-like situations, such as
an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to record
such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were buckled/
fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE:
EDR data is recorded by your vehicle
only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data is recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions and
no personal data (e.g., name, gender,
age, and crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of personally
identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the special
equipment, can read the information if
they have access to the vehicle or the
EDR.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or
emitted from them are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or reproductive harm.
These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment
components and materials
• Component parts which are subject
to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead, lead
compounds and other chemicals known
to the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle
2
2. Vehicle Information
Vehicle Information
Exterior Overview .......................................................................................... 2-2
Interior Overview
........................................................................................... 2-4
Instrument Panel Overview
........................................................................... 2-5
Engine Compartment
.................................................................................... 2-6
Dimensions
......................................................................................................2-7
Engine Specification
.......................................................................................2-7
Bulb Wattage
..................................................................................................2-8
Tires and Wheels
............................................................................................2-9
Volume and Weight
......................................................................................2-10
Air Conditioning System
...............................................................................2-10
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities
..................................................2-11
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number ................................................................. 2-12
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...........................................................2-13
Vehicle Certification Label
...........................................................................2-13
Tire Specification and Pressure Label
.........................................................2-14
Engine Number
.............................................................................................2-14
Refrigerant Label ..........................................................................................2-15
2-2
Vehicle Information
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ODN8A019001
1. Hood ..................................................... 5-64
2. Headlamp .............................................. 8-55
3. Tires and wheels .................................. 8-34
4. Side view mirror ................................... 5-53
5. Panoramic sunroof ...............................5-60
6. Front windshield wiper blades ............ 8-29
7. Windows ............................................... 5-56
2-3
02
Rear view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ODN8019002L
8. Door handle ........................................... 5-31
9. Fuel filler door ....................................... 5-70
10. Rear tail lamp ........................................8-56
11. Trunk ...................................................... 5-65
12. Defroster .............................................. 5-142
13. High mounted stop lamp ..................... 8-58
14. Antenna ................................................ 5-152
15. Rear view camera ............................... . 5-86
2-4
Vehicle Information
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ODN8A019003
1. Inside door handle ................................ 5-32
2. Seat position memory system ............. 5-39
3. Side view mirror control switch ........... 5-54
4. Central door lock switch .......................5-33
5. Power window switches ...................... 5-56
6. Power window lock button .................. 5-59
7. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever .... 5-43
8. Steering wheel ...................................... 5-42
9. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ...................................................... 4-3
10. Idle Stop and Go (ISG) OFF button ...... 6-33
11. Lane Keeping Assist system button ....6-58
12. Trunk release button ............................ 5-65
13. ESC OFF button .................................... 6-29
14. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) ............. 6-21
15. Hood release lever ...............................5-64
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
2-5
02
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ODN8019005
1. Instrument cluster .................................. 4-2
2. Driver’s front air bag ............................. 3-39
3. Key ignition switch/ ............................... 6-6
Engine Start/Stop button ....................... 6-9
4. Audio / Video / Navigation system.....5-154
5. Hazard warning flasher switch ............... 7-2
6. Manual climate control system/ ..........5-118
Automatic climate control system ..... 5-127
7. Passenger’s front air bag ..................... 3-39
8. Glove box .............................................5-144
9. Transmission shift button .....................6-13
10. Reverse Parking Distance
Warning/ ............................................... 5-95
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system button ........................ 5-99
11. Surround View Monitor system button 5-88
12. Drive mode integrated control system 6-37
13. AUTO HOLD .......................................... 6-24
14. Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
system button ......................................5-104
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
2-6
Vehicle Information
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODN8089103/ ODN8089048L
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine coolant reservoir ....................... 8-21
2. Brake fluid reservoir ............................. 8-24
3. Air cleaner ............................................. 8-26
4. Engine oil dipstick ................................ 8-19
5. Engine oil filler cap ................................8-19
6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ....... 8-25
7. Fuse box ................................................8-46
8. Battery .................................................... 8-31
02
2-7
DIMENSIONS
Items
in. (mm)
Overall length
192.9 (4,900)
Overall width
73.2 (1,860)
Overall height 56.9 (1,445)
Front tread
205/65 R16 64.3 (1,633)
215/55 R17 63.9 (1,623)
235/45 R18 63.7 (1,618)
Rear tread
205/65 R16 64.6 (1,640)
215/55 R17 64.2 (1,630)
235/45 R18 64.0 (1,625)
Wheelbase 111.8 (2,840)
ENGINE SPECIFICATION
Item
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi Smartstream G2.5 GDi
Displacement
cu. in. (cc)
97.08 (1,591) 152.37 (2,497)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
3.03 x 3.06 (77 x 85.44) 3.47 x 4.00 (88.5 x 101.5)
Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4, in-line 4, in-line
Vehicle Information
2-8
BULB WATTAGE
Light bulb
Bulb type Wattage
Front
Headlamp (High/Low) LED LED
Daytime running lamp (DRL)/
Position lamp
LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Side repeater lamp
(Outside mirror)
LED LED
Rear
Stop lamp
Bulb type PY21W 21
LED type LED LED
Tail lamp LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Back up Lamp W16W 16
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
License plate lamp W5W 5
Interior
Map lamp
Type A WEDGE 10
Type B LED LED
Personal lamp (if equipped) LED LED
Room lamp (if equipped) FESTOON 10
Vanity mirror lamp FESTOON 5
Luggage compartment lamp FESTOON 5
02
2-9
TIRES AND WHEELS
Item Tire Size
Wheel
Size
Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Wheel lug
nut torque
kgf·m
(lbf·ft,
N·m)
Normal load
*1
Maximum load
Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
205/65 R16 6.5Jx16 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)
11~13
(79~94,
107~127)
215/55 R17 7.0Jx17 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)
235/45 R18 7.5Jx18 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)
Compact
spare tire
(if equipped)
T125/80 D16 4Tx16 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
T135/80 D17 4Tx17 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
T135/80 D18 4Tx18 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
*1 :
Normal load: Up to 3 persons
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder
temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically lose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme
temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to
keep them properly inflated.
• Tire inflation pressures will vary with changes in elevation. If driving in areas of
higher or lower elevation, be sure to check and adjust for proper tire inflation.
CAUTION
• When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
• When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, construction and tread
pattern supplied with the vehicle for all tires.
Vehicle Information
2-10
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Items
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi Smartstream G2.5 GDi
A/T A/T
Gross vehicle weight
lbs. (kg)
4354 (1975)
Luggage volume (SAE)
cu ft (ℓ)
16 (453)
A/T : Automatic Transmission
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Item Weight of Volume Classification
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi 17.6±0.88 (500±25) R-1234yf
Smartstream G2.5 GDi 18.3±0.88 (520±25) R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant
oz. (g)
32.8±0.35 (80±10) PAG (FD46XG)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
02
2-11
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil
*1
*2
(drain and refill)
Smartstream
G1.6 T-GDi
4.76 US qt. (4.5 ℓ) API Lastest (SN PLUS) *
3
Smartstream
G2.5 GDi
5.49 US qt. (5.2 ℓ) API Lastest (SN PLUS) *
3
Automatic transmission fluid 6.89 US qt. (6.5ℓ)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP IV,
NOCA ATF SP-IV, S-oil ATF SP-IV
HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV
or other brands meeting the
above specification approved by
HYUNDAI Motor Co.
Coolant
Smartstream
G1.6 T-GDi
4.76 US qt. (4.5 ℓ)
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled
water (Ethylene glycol base
coolant for aluminum radiator)
Smartstream
G2.5 GDi
5.49 US qt. (5.2 ℓ)
Brake fluid
*4
0.74 ~ 0.85 US qt.
(0.7 ~ 0.8 ℓ)
DOT-4
Fuel
15.85 US gal. (60 ℓ)
14.79 US gal. (56 ℓ)
(for ECO package
model)
Refer to “Fuel requirements” in
chapter 1.
*1 :
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 12.
*2 :
Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional
benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary
to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in
everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 :
If the recommended engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API
SL/ILSAC GF-3 or ACEA A3.
*4 :
To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, we recommend
that you use genuine brake fluid that conform to specifications. (Standard : SAE J1704
DOT-4 LV, ISO4925 CLASS-6 and FMVSS 116 DOT-4)
Vehicle Information
2-12
Recommended SAE Viscosity
Number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around
any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick
before checking or draining any
lubricant. This is especially important
in dusty or sandy areas and when the
vehicle is used on unpaved roads.
Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas
will prevent dirt and grit from entering
the engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil
flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils
can provide better fuel economy and
cold weather performance, however,
higher viscosity engine oils are required
for satisfactory lubrication in hot
weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than
those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change.
Proceed to select the recommended oil
viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Engine Oil
10W-3010W-30
0/5W-20, 0/5W-300/5W-20, 0/5W-30
*1 :
For better fuel economy, it is
recommended to use the engine oil
of a viscosity grade 0W-20 (API Latest
(SN PLUS)). However, if the engine oil is
not available in your country, select the
proper engine oil using the engine oil
viscosity chart.
02
2-13
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (VIN)
Frame number
ODN8019020
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
the number used in registering your car
and in all legal matters pertaining to its
ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat.
VIN label
ODN8019026L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on
the plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
ODN8019021
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver’s side center pillar gives the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Vehicle Information
2-14
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ODN8H019025L
The tires supplied on your new
vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your car.
ENGINE NUMBER
ODN8019022
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
02
2-15
(IF EQUIPPED)
ODN8A079026
The refrigerant label provides
information such as refrigerant type and
amount. (R-1234yf)
REFRIGERANT LABEL
3. Seats & Safety System
3
Important Safety Precautions ....................................................................... 3-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..................................................................................... 3-2
Restrain All Children ................................................................................................. 3-2
Air Bag Hazards ........................................................................................................ 3-2
Driver Distraction ..................................................................................................... 3-2
Control Your Speed .................................................................................................. 3-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ....................................................................... 3-2
Seats ............................................................................................................... 3-3
Safety Precautions ...................................................................................................3-4
Front Seats ................................................................................................................ 3-5
Rear Seats ................................................................................................................3-10
Head Restraints ........................................................................................................3-11
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats ................................................................3-15
Seat Belts .......................................................................................................3-19
Seat Belt Safety Precautions ..................................................................................3-19
Seat Belt Warning Light ......................................................................................... 3-20
Seat Belt Restraint System ..................................................................................... 3-21
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ............................................................... 3-26
Care of Seat Belts ................................................................................................... 3-28
Child Restraint System (CRS) ...................................................................... 3-29
Children Always in the Rear ................................................................................... 3-29
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .............................................................3-30
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ..............................................................3-31
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ................................ 3-37
Where Are the Air Bags? ........................................................................................ 3-39
How Does the Air Bag System Operate? ............................................................... 3-42
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates ..............................................................3-46
Occupant Classification System (OCS) ................................................................. 3-47
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ....................................................... 3-52
SRS Care .................................................................................................................3-56
Additional Safety Precautions ............................................................................... 3-57
Air Bag Warning Labels .......................................................................................... 3-57
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your
passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
Seats & Safety System
3-2
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are designed
to supplement seat belts, not replace
them. So even though your vehicle is
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make
sure you and your passengers wear your
seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in a
rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and
small children should be restrained in
an appropriate child restraint. Larger
children should use a booster seat with
the lap/shoulder belt until they can use
the seat belt properly without a booster
seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and shorter adults are at
the greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel,
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving. To
reduce your risk of distraction or getting
into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or email
while driving. Most states have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
states and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel
as well as your eyes and attention on
the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but
serious injuries can also occur at lower
speeds. Never drive faster than is safe
for current conditions, regardless of the
maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
3-3
03
Front seats
(1) Forward and rearward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Seat cushion angle
(5) Lumbar support
Rear seats
(6) Armrest
(7) Seatback folding
SEATS
ODN8A039001
ODN8A039001
The actual layout of the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Driver’s Side
Driver’s Side
• Manual
• Manual
Passenger’s Side
Passenger’s Side
• Manual
• Manual
• Power
• Power
• Power
• Power
Seats & Safety System
3-4
Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting
in a safe, comfortable position plays an
important role in driver and passenger
safety together with the seat belts and
air bags in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces
friction between the seat and the
passenger. The passenger’s hips may
slide under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a sudden
stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat belt
cannot operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air bag.
Sitting too close to an air bag greatly
increases the risk of injury in the event
the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25
cm) between the center of the steering
wheel and their chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the
rear as possible while maintaining
the ability to maintain full control of
the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat as far
to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the rim
with hands at the 9 o’clock and 3
o’clock positions to minimize the risk
of injuries to your hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone
between the steering wheel and the
air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place feet or legs on the dashboard
to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child restraint
systems. Adults and children who
have outgrown a booster seat must be
restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for more
than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small infants
to ride on a passenger’s lap.
• Do not route the seat belt across your
neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
the shoulder strap away from your
body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to become
caught or jammed.
03
3-5
Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. The seat
could respond with unexpected
movement and may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place anything under the
front seats. Loose objects in the
driver’s foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot pedals,
causing an accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position and proper
locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you operate
the seat, gas may exit out of the
lighter causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seat mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the rear
seats, be careful while adjusting the
front seat position.
• Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not,
the seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt. Moving the
seat cushion forward may cause
strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or fingers to
get caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
Manual adjustment (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the levers located on the outside of
the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust
the seat to the proper position so that
you can easily control the steering
wheel, foot pedals and controls on the
instrument panel.
ODN8039002
ODN8039002
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1.
Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place. Move forward
and rearward without using the lever.
If the seat moves, it is not locked
properly.
Seats & Safety System
3-6
ODN8039003
ODN8039003
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1.
Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback to the position
you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
v
ehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protection of
your restraint system (seat belts and air
bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your
seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal
injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS
sit well back in their seats, properly
belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead,
it will be in front of you. During an
accident, you could be thrown into the
seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or the
passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder
belt.
ODN8039004
ODN8039004
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat cushion:
•
Push down on the lever several times,
to lower the seat cushion.
• Pull up on the lever several times, to
raise the seat cushion.
03
3-7
Power adjustment (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the vehicle
unattended. The power seats are
operable when the vehicle is turned off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats when
the seat has moved as far forward or
rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats for longer
than necessary when the vehicle
is turned off. This may result in
unnecessary battery drain.
• Do not operate two or more seats at
the same time.This may result in an
electrical malfunction.
ODN8039005
ODN8039005
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
ODN8039006
ODN8039006
Seatback angle
To adjust the seatback:
1.
Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position.
Seats & Safety System
3-8
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protection of
your restraint system (seat belts and air
bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your
seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving. Riding
with a reclined seatback increases your
chance of serious or fatal injuries in
the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS
sit well back in their seats, properly
belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips
and chest to work properly. When the
seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt
cannot do its job because it will not be
snug against your chest. Instead, it will
be in front of you. During an accident,
you could be thrown into the seat belt,
causing neck or other injuries. The more
the seatback is reclined, the greater
chance the passenger’s hips will slide
under the lap belt or the passenger’s
neck will strike the shoulder belt.
ODN8039007
ODN8039007
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part of
the sea
t cushion: Push the front portion
of the control switch up to raise or
down to lower the front part of the seat
cushion. Release the switch once the
seat reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2)
To change the height of the seat cushion:
Push the r
ear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
height of the seat cushion. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the desired
position.
03
3-9
ODN8039008
ODN8039008
Lumbar support
(for driver’s seat, if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
b
y pressing the lumbar support switch.
Press the front portion of the switch (1)
to increase support or the rear portion of
the switch (2) to decrease support.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
ODN8039016
ODN8039016
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front seatbacks.
WARNING
To prevent the Occupant Classification
System from malfunctioning:
Do not hang onto the front passenger’s
seatback.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
Seats & Safety System
3-10
Rear Seats
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving. This is not a
proper seating position and no seat
belts are available for use. This could
result in serious injury or death in
case of an accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher
than the top of the front seatbacks.
This could allow cargo to slide
forward and cause injury or damage
during sudden stops.
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
ODN8039062L
ODN8039062L
2. Lower the rear head restraints to
the lowest position by pushing and
holding the release button and
pushing down on the head restraint.
ODN8039063L
ODN8039063L
3. Pull on the seatback folding lever
located in the trunk.
ODN8039064L
ODN8039064L
4. Fold the seatback toward the front of
the vehicle.
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the
seatback rearward. Pull the seatback
firmly until it clicks into place. Make
sure the seatback is locked in place.
03
3-11
WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from
a folded to an upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly. Ensure
that the seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by pushing on
the top of the seatback. In an accident
or sudden stop, an unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward with
great force and enter the passenger
compartment, which could result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly secured
and may hit vehicle occupants in a
collision causing serious injury or death.
WARNING
Make sure the vehicle is off, the shift
button is in P (Park), and the parking
brake is securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo. Failure
to take these steps may allow the
vehicle to move if the shift button
is inadvertently moved to another
position.
Armrest
ODN8039018
ODN8039018
The armrest is located in the center of
the rear seat. Pull the armrest down from
the seatback to use it.
Head Restraints
The vehicle’s front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints. The
head restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly they
are designed to help protect passengers
from whiplash and other neck and spinal
injuries during an accident, especially in
a rear impact collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident, take the following
precautions when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the head
restraints for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
with the head restraints removed or
reversed.
Seats & Safety System
3-12
OLF034072N
OLF034072N
• Adjust the head restraints so the
middle of the head restraint is at the
same height as the height of the top
of the eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head restraint
position of the driver’s seat when the
vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as close to
the passenger’s head as possible. Do
not use a seat cushion that holds the
body away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint locks
into position after adjusting it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
on the head restraints.
CAUTION
When there are no occupants in the
rear seats, adjust the height of the head
restraint to the lowest position. The
rear seat head restraint can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
Front seat head restraints
ODN8039068L
ODN8039068L
Both the driver’s and passenger’s front
seat are equipped with adjustable head
restraints for the safety and comfort.
ODN8H039011
ODN8H039011
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1.
Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
03
3-13
OLF034015
OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat
cushion raised, the head restraint may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
Type A
Type A
ODN8039012
ODN8039012
Type B
Type B
ODN8039013
ODN8039013
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1.
Recline the seatback (2) rearward
using the seatback angle lever (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
3. Press the head restraint release button
(3) while pulling the head restraint up
(4).
Seats & Safety System
3-14
Type A
Type A
ODN8039014
ODN8039014
Type B
Type B
ODN8039015
ODN8039015
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using
the seatback angle lever (3).
Rear seat head restraints
ODN8039069L
ODN8039069L
The rear seats are equipped with head
restraints in all the seating positions for
the passenger’s safety and comfort.
ODN8H039017
ODN8H039017
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1.
Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
03
3-15
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation
Seats
Front seat warmers (if equipped)
Seat warmers are provided to warm the
seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS
BURN, even at low temperatures and
especially if used for long periods of
time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the
seat is becoming too warm so they can
turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature
change or pain to the skin should
use extreme caution, especially the
following types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or who
burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat
that insulates against heat when the
seat warmer is in operation, such as a
blanket or seat cushion. This may cause
the seat warmer to overheat, causing a
burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers
and seats:
Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to
clean the seats.
Do not place heavy or sharp objects on
seats equipped with seat warmers.
Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer or air
ventilation system.
Seats & Safety System
3-16
Front
Front
ODN8039019
ODN8039019
While the engine is running, push either
of the switches to warm the driver’s seat
or front passenger’s seat.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the switches in the
OFF position.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows:
- Front seat
UP UP
OFF
HIGH ( ) HIGH ( )
DOWN
DOWN
LOW
( )
MIDDLE
( ) HIGH ( )
DOWN U
P
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to automatically
control the seat temperature in order
to prevent low-temperature burns after
being manually turned ON.
- Front seat
OFF
HIGH ( )
30 MIN
LOW
( )
MIDDLE
( )
60 MIN
You may manually press the switch to
increase seat temperature. However, it
soon returns the automatic mode again.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ignition switch is
in the ON position. However, if the Auto
Comfort Control function is ON, the
driver’s seat warmer will turn on and off
depending on the ambient temperature.
• Auto Comfort Control (for driver’s seat, if
equipped)
The seat warmer automatically controls
the seat temperature depending on the
ambient temperature when the engine
is running. If the seat warmer switch is
pushed, the seat warmer will have to be
controlled manually. To use this function,
it must be activated from the Settings
menu in the AVN system screen. For
more information, refer to the separately
supplied Car Infotainment System
manual.
03
3-17
Front air ventilation seat
(if equipped)
ODN8039023
ODN8039023
The air ventilation seats are provided
to cool the front seats by blowing air
through small vent holes on the surface
of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the air ventilation
seat is not needed, keep the switches in
the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to cool the driver’s seat or the
front passenger’s seat.
• Each time you push the switch, the airflow
changes as follows:
DOWN
DOWN
OFF
HIGH ( ) HIGH ( )
UP
UP
LOW
( )
MIDDLE
( ) HIGH ( )
UP DOWN
• When pressing the switch for more than
1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat
operating, the operation will turn OFF.
• The air ventilation seat defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition switch
is in the ON position. However, if the
Auto Comfort Control function is ON,
the driver’s air ventilation seat will turn
on and off depending on the ambient
temperature.
• Auto Comfort Control (for driver’s seat, if
equipped)
The air ventilation seat automatically
controls the seat temperature depending
on the ambient temperature when the
engine is running. If the air ventilation
seat switch is pushed, the seat warmer
will have to be controlled manually. To use
this function, it must be activated from
the Settings menu in the AVN system
screen. For more information, refer to
the separately supplied Car Infotainment
System manual.
Seats & Safety System
3-18
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation
seat:
• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY
when the climate control system
is on. Using the air ventilation seat
for prolonged periods of time with
the climate control system off could
cause the air ventilation seat to
malfunction.
• NEVER use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface
of the front seats and seatbacks;
this may cause the air vent holes
to become blocked and not work
properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers under
the seats. They may block the air
intake causing the air vents to not
work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It may
damage the air ventilation seat.
• If the air vents do not operate, restart
the vehicle. If there is no change,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
03
3-19
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things to avoid when using
seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make
sure all passengers have fastened their
seat belts before starting any trip. Air
bags are designed to supplement the
seat belt as an additional safety device,
but they are not a substitute. Most states
require all occupants of a vehicle to wear
seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is
moving. Take the following precautions
when adjusting and wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. If a child age 13
or older must be seated in the front
seat, move the seat as far back as
possible and properly restrain them
in the seat.
• NEVER allow an infant or child to be
carried on an occupant’s lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is moving.
• Do not allow children to share a seat
or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back.
• Always wear both the shoulder
portion and lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt will not
protect you properly in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the webbing
or hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into the
buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in the
buckle interfering with the seat belt
latch mechanism. This may prevent
the seat belt from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted to
remove slack.
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies will not operate properly.
Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even
if damage to webbing or assembly is
not apparent
Seats & Safety System
3-20
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning light
(for driver’s seat)
ODN8039070L
ODN8039070L
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you place the ignition switch to the ON
position regardless of belt fastening.
However, if the seat belt is Unfastened,
a warning chime will sound for
approximately 6 seconds.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive under 12 mph (20 km/h),
the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h)
the seat belt warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving
under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt
warning light will illuminate until the seat
belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
Seat belt warning light
(for front passenger’s seat)
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warning
lights will illuminate for approximately 6
seconds each time you place the ignition
switch to the ON position regardless of
belt fastening.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive under 12 mph (20 km/h),
the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h)
the seat belt warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving
under 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt
warning light will illuminate until the seat
belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
WARNING
The front passenger’s seat belt warning
light may not properly operate if the
front passenger does not sit properly in
the seat.
If you place an object on the passenger
seat or back seat or under the seats,
the warning chime may sound. Please
remove the object if the chime sounds.
03
3-21
Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury
in an accident. Take the following
precautions when adjusting the seat
belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it fits
snugly.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• NEVER position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
Seat Belt-Driver’s 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
OHI038140
OHI038140
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
insert the me
tal tab (1) into the buckle
(2). There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks into the buckle.
OHI038137
OHI038137
You should place the lap belt (1) portion
across your hips and the shoulder belt (2)
portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length after the lap belt portion
is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips. If you lean forward in
a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend
and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Seats & Safety System
3-22
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor t
o one of the three different
positions for maximum comfort and
safety. The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest and
midway over your shoulder nearest the
door, not over your neck. To adjust the
height of the seat belt anchor, lower
or raise the height adjuster into an
appropriate position.
Front seat
Front seat
ODN8039072L
ODN8039072L
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
OHI038142
OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
When it is r
eleased, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger’s 3-point
system with convertible locking
retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed
in the rear seat positions to help
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convertible
retractor is also installed in the front
passenger seat position, NEVER place
any infant/child restraint system in the
front seat of the vehicle.
03
3-23
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the me
tal tab into the buckle.
There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks into the buckle. When
not securing a child restraint, the seat
belt operates in the same way as the
driver’s seat belt (Emergency Locking
Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts
to the proper length only after the lap
belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly across your
hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from
the retractor to allow the installation of
a child restraint system, the seat belt
operation changes to allow the belt to
retract, but not to extend (Automatic
Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the
“Using a Child Restraint System” section
in this chapter.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor
provides the same level of protection
for seated passengers in either
emergency or automatic locking
modes, the emergency locking mode
allows seated passengers to move
freely in their seat while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a
collision or sudden stop, the retractor
automatically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking
mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow
the belt to fully retract.
OHI038142
OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
When it is r
eleased, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Rear center seat belt
ODN8039074L
ODN8039074L
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be
used.
WARNING
Make sure that the seatback is locked in
place when using the rear center seat
belt.
If not, the seatback may move when
there is a sudden stop or collision,
which could result in serious injury.
Seats & Safety System
3-24
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
OHI038143L
OHI038143L
Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s
and front passenger’s Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pre-tensioner). The
purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make
sure the seat belts fit tightly against the
occupant’s body in certain frontal or side
collision(s).
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal or
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will
activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant’s body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger’s seat belt
when the pre-tensioner system activates,
the load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt.
WARNING
• Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose
or twisted. A loose or twisted seat
belt will not protect you properly in
an accident.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function
improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners
after activation or an accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair or
replace the pre-tensioners yourself.
This must be done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat
belt assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated. When
the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the pre-
tensioners become hot and can burn
you.
03
3-25
OHI038175L
OHI038175L
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are shown
in the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS air
bag is connected with the pre-tensioner
seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light
on the instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is in the ON position,
and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will
illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not
malfunctioning. If the warning light
does not illuminate, stays illuminated
or illuminates when the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat
belts and SRS air bags as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
• Both the driver’s and front
passenger’s pre-tensioner seat belts
may be activated in certain frontal or
side collisions or rollovers.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible in
the passenger compartment. These
are normal operating conditions and
are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be inhaled for prolonged
periods. Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat belts
were activated.
WARNING
• Fasten your seat belt while sitting
properly in an upright position to
maximize the effectiveness of the
pre-tensioner seat belt system.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt system
is designed to activate only once.
Replace the pre-tensioner seat belt
system, if it was activated in an
accident.
Seats & Safety System
3-26
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed
between your breasts and away from
your neck. Place the lap belt line so
that it fits snugly and as low as possible
across the hips, not across the abdomen.
WARNING
• A pregnant woman or a patient is
more vulnerable to any imapcts on
the abdomen during an abrupt stop
or accident. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, we recommend you
consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to an unborn child during an
accident, pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion of the
seat belt above or over the area of
the abdomen where the unborn child
is located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which r
equire children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among states,
so you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and where
you are travelling. Infant and child
restraints must be properly placed
and installed in a rear seat. For more
information refer to the “Child Restraint
Systems” section in this chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child restraint
appropriate for the child’s height and
weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to a child and other passengers,
NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. The violent
forces created during an accident will
tear the child from your arms and throw
the child against the interior of the
vehicle.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that meets
the requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying
any child restraint system, make sure
that it has a label certifying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
FMVSS 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child’s height and
weight. Check the label on the child
restraint for this information. Refer to the
“Child Restraint Systems” section in this
chapter.
03
3-27
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too
lar
ge for a booster seat must always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt
should lie across the upper thighs and
be snug across the shoulder and chest
to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit
periodically. Children are afforded the
most safety in the event of an accident
when they are restrained by a proper
restraint system and/or seat belts in the
rear seat. Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI
dealer after an accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child must
be securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need to
be returned to an appropriate booster
seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure children are
wearing their seat belts and that they
are properly adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child’s neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child to
use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific
recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and
air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve the
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should
be in an upright position when the car is
moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the front or rear seats
are in a reclined position.
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their seats,
properly belted, and with the
seatbacks upright.
Seats & Safety System
3-28
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition,
care should be taken to assure that seat
belts and belt hardware are not damaged
by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage is
visible. Additional questions concerning
seat belt operation should be directed to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
03
3-29
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the
rear seats of the vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat. A child riding
in the front passenger seat can be
forcefully struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are safer
when properly restrained in the rear
seats than in the front seat. Even with
air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for
a child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be
used instead of child restraints differs
among states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat.
You must use a commercially available
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle seat
by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first
been properly secured to the rear seat
of the vehicle. Read and comply with
the instructions for installation and use
provided by the manufacturer of the
child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint
can increase the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always
take the following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat.
• Always properly secure the child
restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
• Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturer’s instructions
for installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat
(as described in the child restraint
system manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating position shall
be readjusted or entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that “hooks” over
a seatback, it may not provide
adequate protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have a HYUNDAI
dealer check the child restraint
system, seat belts, tether anchors
and lower anchors.
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Seats & Safety System
3-30
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it will
be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and
use provided with the child restraint
system.
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster seats.
They are classified according to the
child’s age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint
in the front passenger’s seat.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in
the front seat can result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
ODN8039027
ODN8039027
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint
with the seating surface against the back
of the child. The harness system holds
the child in place, and in an accident,
acts to keep the child positioned in the
seat and reduce the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always
ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and weight
limits for the rear-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rear-
facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat
for as long as your child will fit within the
height and weight limits allowed by the
child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
03
3-31
ODN8039028
ODN8039028
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
r
estraint for the child’s body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is ready
for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to
impr
ove the fit of the vehicle’s seat belt
system. A booster seat positions the seat
belt so that it fits properly over the lap of
your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the
seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt
to fit properly, the lap belt must lie
snugly across the upper thighs, not the
stomach. The shoulder belt should lie
snug across the shoulder and chest and
not across the neck or face. Children
under age 13 must always ride in the
rear seats and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of injury.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your child restraint
system always:
• Read and follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the
child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions
regarding child restraint systems in
this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and
instructions could increase the risk of
the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an
accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual, the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
Seats & Safety System
3-32
After selecting a proper child seat
for your child, check to make sure it
fits properly in your vehicle. Follow
the instructions provided by the
manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child restraint to
the vehicle. All child restraints must
be secured to the vehicle with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward-and-back
and side-to-side to verify that it
is securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-side
movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child restraint
according to the manufacturer
instructions.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. To prevent burns,
check the seating surface and buckles
before placing your child in the child
restraint.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child restraint
during driving and in an accident. This
system is designed to make installation
of the child restraint easier and reduce
the possibility of improperly installing
your child restraint. The LATCH system
uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need to use
seat belts to secure the child restraint to
the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that
will accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle,
you must have a child restraint with
LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide
you with instructions on how to use the
child seat with its attachments for the
LATCH lower anchors.
ODN8039075L
ODN8039075L
LATCH anchors have been provided in
the left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown
in the illustration. There are no LATCH
anchors provided for the center rear
seating position.
03
3-33
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH anchors in
the rear center seating position. There
are no LATCH anchors provided for this
seat. Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which may
break or fail in a collision resulting in
serious injury or death.
ODN8A039031
ODN8A039031
[A]: ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator,
[B]: ISOFIX Anchorage
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and right
rear seat backs to identify the position
of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between
the seatback and the seat cushion of the
rear seat left and right outboard seating
positions.
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the lower
anchors according to the instructions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your child
restraint system.
• To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts and retract the seat belt
webbing behind the child. Children
can be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around their neck
and the seat belt tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer after an accident.
An accident can damage the LATCH
system and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
Seats & Safety System
3-34
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child
restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint weight <
65 lb (30kg)
Securing a child restraint seat with
“Tether Anchor” system
ODN8A039029
ODN8A039029
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether strap
be attached, attach and tighten the
top tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the rear of the seatbacks.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your child
restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap to
anything other than the correct
tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
• Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or for
attaching other items or equipment
to the vehicle.
ODN8039030
ODN8039030
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap
over the child restraint seatback.
Route the tether strap under the
head restraint and between the head
restraint posts, or route the tether
strap over the top of the vehicle
seatback. Make sure the strap is not
twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the tether
strap according to the child seat
manufacturer’s instructions to firmly
secure the child restraint to the seat.
03
3-35
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward-
and-back and side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with lap/
shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
child restraints must be secured to a
vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child
restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in
the front seat can result in serious injury
or death if the child restraint is struck
by an inflating air bag.
OHI038145
OHI038145
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
fr
eely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency
conditions (emergency locking mode),
you must manually pull the seat belt all
the way out to shift the retractor to the
“Automatic Locking” mode to secure a
child restraint.
The “Automatic Locking” mode will
help prevent the normal movement of
the child in the vehicle from causing
the seat belt to loosen and compromise
the child restraint system. To secure a
child restraint system, use the following
procedure.
To install a child restraint system on the
rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a
rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder
belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure
the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
Information
When using the rear center seat belt, you
should also refer to the “Rear Seat Belt –
Passenger’s 3-point system” section in this
chapter.
OHI038146
OHI038146
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct
“click” sound.
Seats & Safety System
3-36
Information
Position the release button so that it is easy
to access in case of an emergency.
OLF034076
OLF034076
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt
is fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Automatic Locking”
(child restraint) mode.
OLF034075
OLF034075
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible “clicking” or “ratcheting”
sound. This indicates that the retractor
is in the “Automatic Locking” mode.
If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
child restraint system while feeding
the shoulder belt back into the
retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat belt
is holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
release the seat belt and repeat steps
2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in
the “Automatic Locking” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
the retractor is in the “Automatic
Locking” mode.
If your CRS (child restraint system)
manufacturer instructs or recommends
you to use a tether anchor with the lap/
shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages
for more information.
Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to
its fully stowed position, the retractor will
automatically switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency lock
mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the “Automatic
Locking” mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint
is not properly anchored in the car,
including manually pulling the seat belt
all the way out to shift the rectractor to
the “Automatic Locking” mode.
To remove the child restraint, press the
release button on the buckle and then
pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the
restraint and allow the seat belt to retract
fully.
3-37
03
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODN8039032
ODN8039032
1. Driver’s front air bag
2. Passenger’s front air bag
3. Side air bag (front)
4. Side air bag (rear)
5. Curtain air bag
6. Driver’s knee air bag
Seats & Safety System
3-38
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the
driver’s seat and front passenger’s seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air
bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt.
Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags
are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the
only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even
with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly
belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat.
An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal
injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place
for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front
seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as
possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of
position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags
or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
center of the steering wheel and the chest.
03
3-39
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver’s and passenger’s front air
bags
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are
located in the center of the steering
wheel, in the driver’s side lower crash
pad below the steering wheel column
and the passenger’s side front panel pad
above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters
“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers.
Driver’s front air bag
Driver’s front air bag
ODN8039034
ODN8039034
Driver’s knee air bag
Driver’s knee air bag
ODN8039035
ODN8039035
Passenger’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
ODN8039036
ODN8039036
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle’s driver and front passengers with
additional protection than that offered
by the seat belt system alone. The SRS
uses sensors to gather information about
the driver’s and front passenger’s seat
belt usage and impact severity. The seat
belt buckle sensors determine if the
driver and front passenger’s seat belts
are fastened. These sensors provide the
ability to control the SRS deployment
based on whether or not the seat belts
are fastened, and how severe the impact
is. The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation within two
levels. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts. According to the impact
severity, and seat belt usage, the SRS
Control Module (SRSCM) controls the
air bag inflation. Failure to properly
wear seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
Seats & Safety System
3-40
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from inflating front air bags, take
the following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags, while
still maintaining control of the
vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or center
console.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder, cup
holder, perfume or stickers) should
be placed over or near the air bag
modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, windshield glass,
and the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
Side air bags
ODN8039040
ODN8039040
ODN8039041
ODN8039041
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front seat and outboard rear
seats. The purpose of the air bag is to
provide the vehicle’s driver and the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to deploy
only during certain side impact collisions,
depending on the crash severity. The
side and curtain air bags on both sides
of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or
possible rollover is detected. For vehicles
equipped with a rollover sensor the side
air bags and pre-tensioners on both sides
of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or
possible rollover is detected. However,
the side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
03
3-41
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating side air bag,
take the following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9
o’clock and 3 o’clock positions, to
minimize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory seat
covers. This could reduce or prevent
the effectiveness of the system.
• Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air bag
inflates such as the door, side door
glass, front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects between
the door and the seat. They may
become dangerous projectiles if the
side air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bags.
• Do not put any objects between the
side airbag label and seat cushion. It
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
• Do not cause impact to the doors
when the ignition switch button is in
the ON position as this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Curtain air bags
ODN8039042
ODN8039042
ODN8039043
ODN8039043
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front and
rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in
certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle may deploy if a
rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Seats & Safety System
3-42
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating curtain air bag,
take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep
occupants positioned properly.
• Properly secure child restraints as far
away from the door as possible.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects. In an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Do not open or repair the side curtain
air bags.
How Does the Air Bag System
Operate?
ODN8039033
ODN8039033
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver’s front air bag module
2. Passenger’s front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules (front)
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM) /
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensor (speed)
10. Side impact sensor (pressure)
11. Driver’s knee air bag module
12. Occupant classification system
13. Side air bag modules (rear)
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or
START position to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
03
3-43
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System)
air bag w
arning light on the instrument
panel displays the air bag symbol
depicted in the illustration. The system
checks the air bag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light indicates that
there is a potential malfunction with your
air bag system, which could include your
side and curtain air bags used for rollover
protection.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag
may not inflate properly during an
accident increasing the risk of serious
injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur,
your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately six seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle
is in motion.
• The light blinks when the engine is
running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the SRS as soon as possible if
any of these conditions occur.
During a frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicle’s deceleration. If the
rate of deceleration is high enough, the
control unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the driver
and front passenger by responding to
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
cannot provide adequate restraint. When
needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side impact
or rollover.
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate
if necessary) when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or
approximately within 3 minutes after
ignition off.
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain
frontal or side collisions to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of
a collision, its direction, etc. These
two factors determine whether
the sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It is
much more likely that you will simply
see the deflated air bags hanging out
of their storage compartments after
the collision.
Seats & Safety System
3-44
• In addition to inflating in certain side
collisions, vehicles equipped with a
rollover sensor, side and curtain air
bags will inflate if the sensing system
detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side and
curtain air bags will remain inflated
longer to help provide protection
from ejection, especially when used in
conjunction with the seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which
to inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises and
broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the air bag.
You can take steps to help reduce the
risk of being injured by an inflating air
bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close
to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10
inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA
recommends that drivers allow at least
10 inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint in the
front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s and
driver’s seats as far to the rear as
possible while allowing you to
maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock
positions.
• NEVER place anything or anyone
between the air bag and the seat
occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
03
3-45
Driver’s front air bag (1)
Driver’s front air bag (1)
ODN8039077L
ODN8039077L
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Driver’s front air bag (2)
Driver’s front air bag (2)
ODN8039078L
ODN8039078L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver or the front passenger forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
Driver’s front air bag (3)
Driver’s front air bag (3)
ODN8039079L
ODN8039079L
Passenger’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
ODN8039080L
ODN8039080L
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming
dangerous projectiles when the
passenger’s air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any objects
(drink holder, CD holder, stickers,
etc.) on the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box where the
passenger’s air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of liquid
air freshener near the instrument
cluster or on the instrument panel
surface.
Seats & Safety System
3-46
What to Expect After an Air Bag
Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it
will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation
will not prevent the driver from seeing
out of the windshield or being able
to steer. Curtain air bags may remain
partially inflated for some time after they
deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the
following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as
soon as possible after impact to
reduce prolonged exposure to the
smoke and powder released by the
inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage
area’s internal components
immediately after an air bag has
inflated. The parts that come into
contact with an inflating air bag may
be very hot.
• Always wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and mild
soap.
• Always have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag
immediately after deployment. Air
bags are designed to be used only
once.
Noise and smoke from inflating air
bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and may produce smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After the
air bag inflates, you may feel substantial
discomfort in breathing because of the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
breathing the smoke and powder. The
powder may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment,
seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is
the case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and seek medical attention
if the symptoms persist.
03
3-47
Occupant Classification System
(OCS)
ODN8A039038
ODN8A039038
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System (OCS) in
the front passenger’s seat.
Main components of the Occupant
Classification System
• A detection device located within the
front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or
deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicating the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indicator
light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect
the presence of a properly-seated
front passenger and determine if the
passenger’s front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk
of injury or death from an inflating air
bag to certain front passenger seat
occupants, such as children, by requiring
the air bag to be automatically turned
OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on the
seat, the occupant classification sensor
can detect it and cause the air bag to
turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants
who are properly seated and wearing the
seat belt properly, should not cause the
passenger air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. For small adults it may be
turned OFF, however, if the occupant
does not sit in the seat properly (for
example, by not sitting upright, by sitting
on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise
being out of position), this could cause
the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the “PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF” indicator on the center fascia
panel. This system detects the conditions
1-4 in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated properly and
wearing the seat belt properly for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the
passenger takes actions which can affect
the classification system. These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the front
of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or
hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion on
the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (e.g.
notebook, satellite radio) on the seat
with inverter charging.
Seats & Safety System
3-48
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
“PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult
*1
Off Off Activated
2. Infant
*2
or child restraint
system with 12 months old
*3 *4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off On Activated
*1 :
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the
front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her
physique and posture.
*2 :
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has
outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 :
Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 :
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12
months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger
seat. This is a normal condition.
03
3-49
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when
it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of
serious injury or death:
OVQ036013NB
OVQ036013NB
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback
pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger
seat.
OLMB033100
OLMB033100
• NEVER place your feet on the front passenger
seatback.
OLMB033101
OLMB033101
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of
the seat.
OLMB033103
OLMB033103
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
OLMB033102
OLMB033102
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
Seats & Safety System
3-50
OLMB033104
OLMB033104
• NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on
one side of the front passenger seat.
ODH035900K
ODH035900K
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily
padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035901K
ODH035901K
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets
and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
OHI038161
OHI038161
• Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD
player, or conductive materials such as water bottles
on the passenger seat.
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and
satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
OHI038162
OHI038162
• If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the
passenger seat, the air bag warning light may
illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely
dried before driving the vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the
occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only.
The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only.
Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and
increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the
proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an
accident.
03
3-51
OHI038118
OHI038118
Proper seated position for OCS
If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indica
tor is on when an adult is seated
in the front passenger seat, place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF
position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt
on, legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor). Restart the engine and
have the person remain in that position.
This will allow the system to detect the
person and to enable the passenger air
bag. If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to
move to the rear seat.
WARNING
NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front passenger seat when the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
is illuminated. During a collision, the
air bag will not inflate if the indicator
is illuminated. Have your passenger
reposition themselves in the seat. If the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves properly
and the vehicle is restarted, have
the passenger move to the rear seat
because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator illuminates for approximately
4 seconds after the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or
after the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will
then classify the front passenger after
several more seconds.
3-52
Seats & Safety System
Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the
Front Passenger’s Seat
OHI039193N
OHI039193N
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger’s seat.
An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a
child or child restraint resulting in serious
or fatal injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rear-facing or front-
facing child restraint in the front
passenger’s seat of the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag could
forcefully strike a child resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always properly restrain children in
an appropriate child restraint in the
rear seat of the vehicle.
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in
a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in
every collision. There are certain types
of accidents in which the air bag would
not be expected to provide additional
protection. These include rear impacts,
second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low speed
impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates
a collision energy absorption, and is not
an indicator of whether or not an air bag
should have inflated.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and causing
serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags
or sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors. If the
location or angle of the sensors is
altered, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or may not
deploy when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards or
replace the bumper with a non-
genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may
adversely affect the collision and air
bag deployment performance.
• Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the
vehicle is being towed to prevent
inadvertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs conducted by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-53
03
Air bag collision sensors
ODN8A039044/ODN8039045/ODN8A039046/ODN8A039047/ODN8039061
ODN8A039044/ODN8039045/ODN8A039046/ODN8A039047/ODN8039061
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side pressure sensor
4. Side impact sensor
Seats & Safety System
3-54
Air bag inflation conditions
ODN8039048L
ODN8039048L
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a fr
ontal collision depending on the
severity of impact of the front collision.
ODN8A039049
ODN8A039049
ODN8039050
ODN8039050
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are designed
t
o inflate when an impact is detected by
side collision sensors depending on the
severity of impact resulting from a side
impact collision.
Although the driver’s and front
passenger’s air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they also
may inflate in other types of collisions
if the front impact sensors detect a
sufficient impact. Side and curtain air
bags are designed to inflate only in side
impact collisions or rollover situations,
but they may inflate in other collisions
if the side impact sensors detect a
sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
ODN8039051L
ODN8039051L
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
03
3-55
ODN8039052L
ODN8039052L
Front air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants
are moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags
would not provide any additional benefit.
ODN8A039053
ODN8A039053
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may
inflate depending on the severity of
impact.
ODN8039059
ODN8039059
In an angled collision, the force of impact
may direct the occupants in a direction
where the air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
ODN8039054
ODN8039054
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it
to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this “underride” situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “underride” collisions.
Seats & Safety System
3-56
ODN8A039088
ODN8A039088
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover
accidents because air bag deployment
may not provide protection to the
occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags may
inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by
a side impact collision.
ODN8A039055
ODN8A039055
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility poles
or trees, where the point of impact is
concentrated and the collision energy is
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is in the ON position,
or continuously remains on, have your
vehicle immediately inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel, the front
passenger’s panel, front seats and roof
rails must be performed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of
the SRS system may result in serious
personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death, take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or
wiring, including the addition of any
kind of badges to the pad covers or
modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near
the air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or the front
passenger’s panel above the glove box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers with
a soft cloth moistened with plain
water. Solvents or cleaners could
adversely affect the air bag covers
and proper deployment of the
system.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precautions
could increase the risk of personal
injury.
03
3-57
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a crash or emergency
stop can be thrown against the inside of
the vehicle, against other occupants, or
be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the chance
of serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front seats
could interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification
to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact the HYUNDAI
Customer Connect Center at 800-633-
5151.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.
Air Bag Warning Labels
ODN8A039057
ODN8A039057
Air bag warning labels, required by the
U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached
to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be
sure to read all of the information about
the air bags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owners Manual.
4
Instrument Cluster ......................................................................................... 4-2
Instrument Cluster Control ...................................................................................... 4-3
Gauges and Meters .................................................................................................. 4-3
Transmission Shift Indicator ....................................................................................4-6
Warning and Indicator Lights .................................................................................. 4-7
LCD Display Messages ............................................................................................4-15
LCD Display (TYPE A, B) ............................................................................... 4-19
LCD Display Control ................................................................................................4-19
LCD Display Modes ................................................................................................4-20
Trip Computer..........................................................................................................4-31
LCD Display (TYPE C) ...................................................................................4-34
LCD Display Control ............................................................................................... 4-34
View Modes ............................................................................................................ 4-35
Utility View Mode ...................................................................................................4-36
Option Menu ...........................................................................................................4-38
User Settings Mode ................................................................................................ 4-39
4. Instrument Cluster
4-2
Instrument Cluster
ODN8A049039/Odn8a049032/ODN8A049002
ODN8A049039/Odn8a049032/ODN8A049002
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display (including trip computer)
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more information, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
Type C
Type C
04
4-3
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
ODN8A059337
ODN8A059337
When the vehicle's parking lamps or
headlamps are on, press the illumination
control button to adjust the brightness of
the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control
button, the interior switch illumination
intensity is also adjustable.
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the
maximum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. Doing so could lead to
driver distraction which may cause an
accident and lead to vehicle damage,
serious injury, or death.
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
OLX2048102L
OLX2048102L
ODN8049004L
ODN8049004L
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
Tachometer
OLX2048105
OLX2048105
ODN8049005
ODN8049005
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine
revolutions per minute (RPM).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/
or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may
cause severe engine damage.
Type C
Type C
Type A, B
Type A, B
Type C
Type C
Type A, B
Type A, B
Instrument Cluster
4-4
Engine coolant temperature gauge
ODN8A049041
ODN8A049041
ODN8A049006
ODN8A049006
This gauge indicates the temperature
of the engine coolant when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the "H"
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your engine
overheats, refer to "If the Engine
Overheats" in chapter 7.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or
reservoir cap when the engine is hot.
The engine coolant is under pressure
and could severely burn. Wait until the
engine is cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir.
Fuel gauge
ODN8A049040
ODN8A049040
ODN8A049007
ODN8A049007
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in
the tank.
Type A, B
Type A, B
Type C
Type C
Type A, B
Type A, B
Type C
Type C
04
4-5
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the "E
(Empty)" level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire and damage
the catalytic converter.
Outside temperature gauge
OTMA048112
OTMA048112
oDN8A049031
oDN8A049031
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperature by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range: -40°F ~ 140°F
(40°C ~ 60°C)
Note that the temperature indicated
on the LCD display may not change
as quickly as the outside temperature
(there may be a slight delay before the
temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature unit
from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User
Settings mode in the cluster:
- Go to User Settings Mode → Other →
Temperature Unit.
For vehicles equipped with Automatic
Climate Control, you can also:
- Press and hold the AUTO and OFF
buttons on the climate control unit for
3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the cluster
LCD display and climate control screen
will change.
Odometer
OTMA048183
OTMA048183
ODN8A049037
ODN8A049037
The odometer indicates the total
distance that the vehicle has been
driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should be
performed.
Type C
Type C
Type A, B
Type A, B
Type C
Type C
Type A, B
Type A, B
Instrument Cluster
4-6
Range
OAD048563L
OAD048563L
ODN8A049033
ODN8A049033
• The range is the estimated distance
the vehicle can be driven with the
remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display "----" as range.
Information
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupted,
the range function may not operate
correctly.
• The range may differ from the actual
driving distance as it is only an estimate
of the available driving range for the
vehicle and driving conditions.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6
liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
• The range may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving habits,
and condition of the vehicle.
Transmission Shift Indicator
(if equipped)
Automatic transmission shift
indicator
OIG046112
OIG046112
ODN8A049009
ODN8A049009
This indicator displays which shift button
position is selected.
Type C
Type C
Type A, B
Type A, B
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
04
4-7
OIK047141
OIK047141
ODN8A049029
ODN8A049029
Shift Indicator Pop-up
The pop-up that indicates the current
gear position is displa
yed in the cluster
for about 2 seconds when shifting into
other positions (P/R/N/D).
The shift indicator pop-up function can
be activated or deactivated from the
User Settings mode in the cluster LCD
display.
Warning and Indicator Lights
Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF
after starting the engine. If any light is still
ON, this indicates a situation that needs
attention.
Air Bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch to
the ON position.
-
The air bag warning light illuminates
for about 6 seconds and then turns
off when all checks have been
performed
• The air bag warning light will remain
illuminated if there is a malfunction
with the Safety Restraint System (SRS)
air bag operation.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver that
the seat belt is not fastened.
For more information, refer to “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
Instrument Cluster
4-8
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch to
the ON position.
-
The parking brake light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and will then
turn off once the parking brake is
released.
• Whenever the parking brake is
applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
loca
tion and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For more
information, refer to "Brake Fluid" in
chapter 8). After adding brake fluid,
check all brake components for fluid
leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or
if the warning light remains on, or if
the brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal br
aking systems. This means
you still have braking on two wheels even
if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal travel
and greater pedal pressure is required to
stop the vehicle.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
shift to a lower gear for additional engine
braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid level is
low.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
04
4-9
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch to
the ON position.
-
The ABS warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then turns
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking
system will still be operational even if
there is a malfunction with the ABS.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD) System
Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at the
same time while driving:
When the ABS and regular brake system
ma
y not work normally.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally
and you may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Information - Electronic Brake
Force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may
not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light
may illuminate and the steering effort may
increase or decrease.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light
EPB
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the Engine Start/Stop
butt
on to the ON position.
- The EPB warning light illuminates
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability control (ESC)
Indicator Light comes on to indicates that
the ESC is not working properly (This
does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
Instrument Cluster
4-10
AUTO HOLD Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold s
ystem by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with the auto hold system
activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction
with the auto hold system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
For more information, refer to “Auto
Hold” in chapter 6.
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch to
the ON position.
-
The Electric Power Steering Warning
light illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch to
the ON position.
-
The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control system which
could affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
04
4-11
Charging System Warning
Light
When this warning light illuminates while
the engine is running, the battery is not
being charged. Immediately turn OFF
all electrical accessories. Try not to use
electrically operated controls, such as
the power windows. Keep the engine
running.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
loca
tion and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check
the engine oil level (For more
information, refer to "Engine Oil" in
chapter 8). If the level is low, add oil
as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
• If the engine is not turned OFF
immediately after the Engine
Oil Pressure Warning Light is
illuminated, severe damage could
occur.
• If the warning light stays on while the
engine is running, it indicates that
there may be serious engine damage
or malfunction. In this case:
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the
oil level. If the oil level is low, fill
the engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the
warning light stays on after the
engine has started, turn the
engine off immediately. In this
case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty. Add
fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on or with the fuel level below "E"
can cause the engine to misfire and
damage the catalytic converter.
Instrument Cluster
4-12
Master Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction in operation
in an
y of the following systems:
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
- Lamp malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if
equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction (if equipped)
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition in the ON
position.
-
It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated. (The
location of the underinflated tires is
displayed on the LCD display.)
For more information, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in
chapter 7.
This warning light remains ON after
blinking for
approximately 60 seconds, or
repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second
intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
In this case, ha
ve the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
For more information, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in
chapter 7.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch to
the ON position.
-
The Electronic Stability Control
indicator light illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
F
or more information, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” in
chapter 6.
04
4-13
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch to
the ON position.
-
It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system
by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more information, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” in
chapter 6.
Immobilizer Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the vehicle detects the
immobiliz
er in the key with the
ignition switch in the ON position.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with the
immobiliz
er system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Immobilizer Indicator Light
(with smart key)
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates for up to
30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart key
in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC or ON position.
- Once the smart key is detected, you
can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
- If the smart key is not detected, you
cannot start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the
E
ngine Start/Stop button is ON, but the
vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with the
immobiliz
er system.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Instrument Cluster
4-14
Turn Signal Indicator Light
This indicator light blinks:
When you operate the turn signal
indica
tor stalk.
If any of the following occur, there may be
a malfunction with the turn signal system.
- The turn signal indicator light
illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does not
illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Headlamp Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
If one of the exterior bulbs (headlamp,
s
top lamp, high mounted stop lamp) is
not operating properly. One of the bulbs
may need to be replaced. If the vehicle
is equipped with LED headlamps, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
When replacing the bulb, use the same
wattage bulb.
For more information, refer to "Light
bulbs" in chapter 8.
High Beam Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in the
high beam position.
•
When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the tail lights or headlamps are on.
High Beam Assist indicator
light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the High Beam is on with the
ligh
t switch in the AUTO light position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
system will switch the high beam to
low beam automatically.
For more information, refer to "High
Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 5.
04
4-15
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
E
ngine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
FCA. In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized dealer of
HYUNDAI.
For more information, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" in
chapter 6.
Lane Keep Assist Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When you activate the lane
departur
e warning system by pressing
the LKA button and all of the system
operating conditions are satisfied.
• [White] When system operating
conditions are not satisfied or when
the sensor does not detect the lane
line.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction
with Lane Keeping Assist system.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 6.
LCD Display Messages
Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
you try to start the engine with the shift
button not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral)
position.
Information
You can start the engine with the shift
button in the N (Neutral) position. But, for
your safety, we recommend that you start
the engine with the shift button in the P
(Park) position.
Shift to P (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you try to
turn off the engine without the shift
button in P (Park) position.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position (If you
press the Engine Start/Stop button once
more, it will turn to the ON position).
Low key battery
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the
battery of the smart key is discharged
while changing the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the
Engine Start/Stop button changes to
the ACC position twice by pressing the
button repeatedly without depressing
the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal and then pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Instrument Cluster
4-16
Key not in vehicle
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the
smart key is not in the vehicle when you
press the Engine Start/Stop button.
When attempting to start the vehicle,
always have the smart key with you.
Key not detected
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the
smart key is not detected when you press
the Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button again
(for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you were
unable to start the vehicle when the
Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine
by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button
again.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the Engine Start/Stop
button, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices (if equipped)
This message is displayed if the battery
voltage is weak due to any non-factory
electrical accessories (ex. dashboard
camera) while parking. Be careful that
the battery is not discharged.
If the warning message appears after
removing the non-factory electrical
accessories, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Press START button with key
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if you
press the Engine Start/Stop button while
the warning message "Key not detected"
is displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the
brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new
one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC
position.
04
4-17
Door, Hood, Trunk Open Indicator
ODN8049012
ODN8049012
This warning is displayed if any door or
the hood or the liftgate is left open. The
warning will indicate which door is open
in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should
confirm that the door/hood/liftgate
is fully closed. Also, check there is no
door/hood/liftgate open warning light
or message displayed on the instrument
cluster.
Sunroof Open (if equipped)
ODN8049013
ODN8049013
This warning is displayed if you turn off
the engine when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely before leaving
your vehicle.
Low Pressure
ODN8049019L
ODN8049019L
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more information, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in
chapter 7.
Lights Mode
OIK047145L
OIK047145L
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
Instrument Cluster
4-18
Wiper
OIK047146L
OIK047146L
This indicator displays which wiper speed
is selected using the wiper control.
4-19
04
LCD Display Control
ODN8A069203
ODN8A069203
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
1.
: MODE button for changing modes
2.
, : MOVE switch for changing items
3. OK : Push the SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
LCD DISPLAY (TYPE A, B)
Instrument Cluster
4-20
LCD Display Modes
Modes Symbol Explanation
Trip Computer
This mode displays driving information such as the
tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.
Turn By Turn (TBT)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Drive Assist
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of:
- Smart Cruise Control system
Lane Following Assist system
Lane Keeping Assist system
- Driver Attention Warning system
- Tire pressure
User Settings
The User Settings menu provides user options for
a variety of settings including door lock/unlock
features, convenience features, driver assistance
settings, etc.
Master Warning
The Warning mode displays warning messages
related to the vehicle when one or more systems is
not operating normally.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
04
4-21
Trip computer mode
OIK047124N
OIK047124N
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy, trip
meter information and vehicle speed.
For more information, refer to "Trip
Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
OIK047147N
OIK047147N
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
Driving Assist mode
ODN8A049021
ODN8A049021
SCC/LFA/LKA, DAW
This mode displays the state of Smart
Cruise Contr
ol system, Lane Following
Assist system, Lane Keeping Assist
system and Driver Attention Warning
system.
For more information, refer to each
system information in chapter 6.
ODN8049019L
ODN8049019L
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information related to
Tir
e Pressure.
For more information, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in
chapter 7.
Instrument Cluster
4-22
Master warning mode
OIK047173L
OIK047173L
This warning light informs the driver the
following situations.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
- Lamp malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if
equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction (if equipped)
The Master Warning Light illuminates
if one or more of the above warning
situations occur. At this time, a Master
Warning icon (
) will appear beside
the User Settings icon (
), on the LCD
display.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off and the Master Warning icon will
disappear.
User settings mode
OIK047148L
OIK047148L
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster, doors,
lamps, etc.
1. Head-Up Display
2. Driver Assistance
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service interval
8. Other
9. Language
10. Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
04
4-23
OOSEV048172L
OOSEV048172L
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if you try
t
o adjust the User Settings while driving.
For your safety, change the User Settings
after parking the vehicle, applying the
parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
Quick guide help
This mode provides quick guides for the
s
ystems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK
button.
For more information, about each
system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
Instrument Cluster
4-24
1. Head-Up Display
Items Explanation
Enable Head-Up
Displa
y
To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content Selection
To select the content to be displayed.
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed.
- Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed.
- White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
04
4-25
2. Driver Assistance
Items Explanation
Driving Assist
• Highw
ay Driving Assist
To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist (HDA).
For more information, refer to the “Highway Driving Assist (HDA)"
in chapter 6.
• Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
To activate or deactivate the Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
(NSCC).
For more information, refer to the Highway "Auto Curve
Slowdown (NSCC)" in chapter 6.
Warning Timing
To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system.
• Normal / Late
Warning Volume
To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system.
• High / Medium / Low
Driver Attention
Warning
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert.
To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert.
• Inattentive Driving Warning
To activate or deactivate the Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
For more information, refer to the “Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)” in chapter 6
Forward safety
To adjust the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function.
• Active Assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more information, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA)" in chapter 6.
Instrument Cluster
4-26
2. Driver Assistance
Items Explanation
Lane Safety
T
o adjust Lane Keeping Assist system function.
• Lane Keeping Assist
• Lane Departure Warning
• Off
For more information, refer to the “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” in
chapter 6.
Blind-Spot Safety
• Blind-Spot View
To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
• Active assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more information, refer to “Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW)" or "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” in
chapter 6.
Parking Safety
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
• Parking Distance Warning Auto ON
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
To Activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist function.
• Active Assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more information, refer to “Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system” in chapter 6.
04
4-27
3. Door
Items Explanation
Auto Lock
•
Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
• Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the
automatic transmission shift button is pressed from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
Auto Unlock
• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• On key out/Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked
when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the
Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position.
• On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the
automatic transmission shift button is pressed to P (Park) position.
Two Press Unlock
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore,
all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
• On: Only the driver’s door will unlock if the door unlock button is
pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4
seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
Horn Feedback
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.
If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing
the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4
seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that
all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
Smart Trunk
To activate or deactivate the smart trunk.
For more information, refer to “Smart trunk” in chapter 5.
4. Lights
Items Explanation
One Touch Turn
Signal
•
Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more information, refer to “Lighting” in chapter 5.
Ambient Light
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the ambient light.
Ambient Light Color
To select the ambient light color.
Headlight Delay
• To activate or deactivate the headlamp delay function.
For more information, refer to “Lighting” in chapter 5.
High Beam Assist
• To activate or deactivate the High Beam Assist (HBA) function.
For more information, refer to “High Beam Assist (HBA)” in
chapter 5.
Instrument Cluster
4-28
5. Sound
Items Explanation
Cluster Voice
Guidance V
olume
To adjust the cluster voice guidance volume.
Welcome sound
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound.
6. Convenience
Items Explanation
Seat Easy Access
•
Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated.
• Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver’s
seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long
(Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
For more information, refer to “Driver Position Memory System”
in chapter 5.
Rear Occupant Alert
To activate or deactivate the rear occupant alert.
Welcome Light
• On driver approach: The welcome light turns on automatically
when the vehicle is approached with the smart key.
For more information, refer to ‘’Welcome System’’ in chapter 5.
Wireless Charging
System
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front
seat.
For more information, refer to “Wireless cellular phone charging
system” in chapter 5.
Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/ Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light
mode whenever you changed the mode.
Gear Position Pop-
up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.
When activated, the gear position will be displayed on the LCD
display.
Vehicle Auto-Shut
Off
The feature is to turn off the vehicle automatically after a certain
amount of time (30 or 60 mins), to prevent CO toxication when the
vehicle is on and parked in a garage for a long time.
Select the time to delay automatic shut off when the vehicle is
parked with the engine on.
04
4-29
7. Service interval
Items Explanation
Enable Service
Int
erval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Information
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are
displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on.
- Service in
: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
- Service required
: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be
incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
Instrument Cluster
4-30
8. Other
Items Explanation
Fuel Econ. Reset
•
Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically
whenever refueling.
• After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer
the average fuel economy will reset automatically.
• After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving
speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more information, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
Fuel Econ. Unit
To select the fuel economy unit.
Temperature Unit
To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Tire Pressure Unit
To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
9. Language (if equipped)
Items Explanation
Language
Choose the language. Y
ou can choose the language in infotainment
system. (if equipped)
10. Reset
Items Explanation
Reset
Y
ou can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the
User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language
and service interval.
04
4-31
Trip Computer
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving.
Information
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
Trip modes
ODN8A069203
ODN8A069203
To change the trip mode, toggle the “ ,
” switch on the steering wheel.
Average fuel economy/
Instant fuel economy
OIK047124N
OIK047124N
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is
calcula
ted by the total driving
distance and fuel consumption since
the last average fuel econ omy reset.
• The average fuel economy can
be reset both manually and
automatically.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second
when the average fuel economy is
displayed.
Fuel Economy
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Average Fuel Economy
• Elapsed Time
Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Average Fuel Economy
• Elapsed Time
Digital Speedometer
Auto Stop (if equipped)
• Auto Stop accumulated
time
Smart Shift
Instrument Cluster
4-32
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
economy after refueling, select the "Fuel
Econ. Reset" mode in the User Settings
menu on the LCD display.
- After Ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
- After Refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically after
adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or
more and after driving speed exceeds
1 mph (1 km/h).
Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum
of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last
ignition key cycle before the average fuel
economy will be recalculated.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
The instantaneous fuel economy is
displa
yed according to the bar graph in
the LCD display while driving.
Accumulated Info display
OIK047174N
OIK047174N
This display shows the accumulated trip
distance (1), the average fuel economy
(2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To reset the information, press and
hold the OK button when viewing the
Accumulated driving info. The trip
distance, the average fuel economy,
and total driving time will reset
simultaneously.
The accumulated driving information will
continue to be counted while the engine
is still running (EX: when the vehicle is in
traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum
of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last
ignition key cycle before the average fuel
economy will be recalculated.
Drive Info display
OIK047176N
OIK047176N
This display shows the trip distance (1),
the average fuel economy (2), and the
total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the engine
has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
Drive Info screen will reset.
To manually reset the information, press
and hold the OK button when viewing
the Drive Info. The trip distance, the
average fuel economy, and total driving
time will reset simultaneously.
The driving information will continue
to be counted while the engine is still
running (for example, when the vehicle is
in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
04
4-33
Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum
of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last
ignition key cycle before the average fuel
economy will be recalculated.
Digital speedometer
OIK047151N
OIK047151N
The digital speedometer display shows
the speed of the vehicle.
Auto Stop accumulated time
ODN8A049036
ODN8A049036
This mode displays the Auto Stop
accumulated time within ISG vehicles.
Smart shift
ODN8059274L
ODN8059274L
This mode displays the currently selected
drive mode.
For more information, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System'' in
chapter 6.
4-34
Instrument Cluster
LCD Display Control
ODN8A069203
ODN8A069203
LCD DISPLAY (TYPE C)
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
Switch Operation
Function
Tap
MODE button for changing view modes
,
Tap
MOVE switch for changing items
OK
Tap
SELECT/RESET button for setting the selected item
Tap and hold
SELECT/RESET button for retrieving assist information or
resetting the selected item
04
4-35
View Modes
View Modes
Explanation
Utility
The Utility vie
w mode displays driving information such as the trip
distance, fuel economy and etc.
Driving Assist
The Driving Assist mode displays the driving status.
Turn By Turn
(TBT)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Parking Assist
The Parking Assist mode displays the parking status.
Driving Info.
Display for 4 seconds when the vehicle mode changes from IGN ON to
OFF.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
Instrument Cluster
4-36
Utility View Mode
The Utility view mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy and
trip distance information.
Utility Items
The utility items appear as well in utility
view mode, driving assist view mode and
turn by turn view mode. The utility items
in utility view mode display in the center
of the instrument cluster but the items in
other modes show up on the right side of
the instrument cluster.
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Fuel Economy Information
The average fuel economy and instant
fuel econom
y are displayed
• Manual reset: Press and hold OK
button to initialize set up
• Automatic reset: Automatically reset
the average fuel economy when the
set-up conditions are satisfied in User
Settings menu.
Driving Information
The trip distance for each ignition cycle,
fuel econom
y (undisplayed item in fuel
economy: driving speed), trip time
are shown. Press and hold OK button
to initialize set up. When the engine
has been OFF for 4 hours or longer
the average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
Information after Refueling
The vehicle information such as trip
dis
tance, fuel economy (undisplayed
item in fuel economy: driving speed)
and trip time is displayed after refueling.
Press and hold OK button to initialize set
up.
Accumulated Information
The vehicle information such as trip
dis
tance, fuel economy (undisplayed
item in fuel economy: driving speed)
and trip time is displayed after manual
initialization.
Digital Speed Display
It shows current vehicle speed.
Driver Attention Warning
Display the status of the Driver Attention
W
arning system. When the engine is
off or the vehicle comes to a stop, the
system is reset. Press and hold OK button
to initialize set up.
Smart Shift
T
ire pressure
Digital RPM
04
4-37
Driving Assist view mode
ODN8A049035
ODN8A049035
LKA, DAW, LFA, SCC
This mode displays the state of Lane
K
eeping Assist, Driver Attention Warning,
Lane Following Assist, Smart Cruise
Control systems.
For more information, refer to each
system information in chapter 6.
Turn By Turn (TBT) view mode
ODN8A049025
ODN8A049025
It shows the information by interworking
with the navigation
Parking Assist view mode
ODN8A049026
ODN8A049026
It displays the information related to the
parking assist system movement.
Instrument Cluster
4-38
Option Menu
WARNING
While driving, please do not change
the setting mode. It may distract your
attention and cause the accident.
NOTICE
Displayed items may differ from the
content in this owner’s manual since
the contents vary with the vehicle’s
technical specifications.
List
Set-up messages
Service Interval
Check the service
message
H
ead-up Display
To activate or
deactivate head-up
display
Set up the height,
rotation and brightness
(if equipped)
Warning Time
• Normal/Later
To select when to
provide a warning for
all driver assistance
Other Information Display
ODN8A049027
ODN8A049027
Driving information summary (1)
The current operation conditions of
the Cruise Con
trol mode, Smart Cruise
Control, Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control, Highway Driving Assist modes. It
does not show Cruise Control and Smart
Cruise Control information while driving
assist mode is working.
ODN8A049038
ODN8A049038
Driving information summary (2)
While interworking with the navigation, it
displa
ys the distance to the destinations
or stops, the time to destinations or
stops and the estimated time of arrival.
Assist messages appear while set up.
04
4-39
Warning message mode
ODN8A059295
ODN8A059295
When the warning message light appears
in the option menu, press the OK button
and check the detailed information.
User Settings Mode
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster, doors,
lamps, etc.
1. Head-up display
2. Driver assistance
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service interval
8. Other
9. Language
10. Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
OOSEV048172L
OOSEV048172L
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if you try
t
o adjust the User Settings while driving.
For your safety, change the User Settings
after parking the vehicle, applying the
parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
Quick guide help
This mode provides quick guides for the
s
ystems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK
button.
For more information, about each
system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
Instrument Cluster
4-40
1. Head-Up Display
Items Explanation
Enable Head-Up
Displa
y
To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed.
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content Selection
To select the content to be displayed.
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed.
- Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed.
- White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
04
4-41
2. Driver Assistance
Items Explanation
Driving Assist
• Highw
ay Driving Assist
To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist (HDA).
For more information, refer to the “Highway Driving Assist (HDA)"
in chapter 6.
• Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
To activate or deactivate the Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
(NSCC).
For more information, refer to the Highway "Auto Curve
Slowdown (NSCC)" in chapter 6.
Warning Timing
To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system.
• Normal / Late
Warning Volume
To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system.
• High / Medium / Low
Driver Attention
Warning
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert.
• Inattentive Driving Warning
To activate or deactivate the Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
For more information, refer to the “Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)” in chapter 6.
Forward safety
To adjust the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function.
• Active Assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more information, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA)" in chapter 6.
Lane Safety
To adjust Lane Keeping Assist system function.
• Lane Keeping Assist
• Lane Departure Warning
• Off
For more information, refer to the “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” in
chapter 6.
Blind-Spot Safety
• Blind-Spot View
To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
• Active assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more information, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)” in chapter 6.
Parking Safety
• Parking Distance Warning Auto ON
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
To Activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist function.
• Active Assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more information, refer to “Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system” in chapter 6.
Instrument Cluster
4-42
3. Door
Items Explanation
Auto Lock
• Disable : The aut
o door lock operation will be deactivated.
• Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
• Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the
automatic transmission shift button is pressed from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
Auto Unlock
• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• On key out/Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked
when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the
Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position.
• On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the
automatic transmission shift button is pressed to P (Park) position.
Two Press Unlock
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore,
all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
• On: Only the driver’s door will unlock if the door unlock button is
pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4
seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
Horn Feedback
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.
If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing
the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4
seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that
all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
Smart Trunk
To activate or deactivate the smart trunk.
For more information, refer to “Smart trunk” in chapter 5.
4. Lights
Items Explanation
One Touch Turn
Signal
• Off: The one t
ouch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more information, refer to “Lighting” in chapter 5.
Ambient Light
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the ambient light.
Ambient Light Color
To select the ambient light color.
Headlight Delay
• To activate or deactivate the headlamp delay function.
For more information, refer to “Lighting” in chapter 5.
High Beam Assist
• To activate or deactivate the High Beam Assist (HBA) function.
For more information, refer to “High Beam Assist (HBA)” in chapter 5.
04
4-43
5. Sound
Items Explanation
Cluster Voice
Guidance V
olume
To adjust the cluster voice guidance volume.
Welcome sound
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound.
6. Convenience
Items Explanation
Seat Easy Access
• Off: The sea
t easy access function is deactivated.
• Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver’s
seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long
(Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
For more information, refer to “Driver Position Memory System”
in chapter 5.
Rear Occupant Alert
To activate or deactivate the rear occupant alert.
Welcome Light
• On driver approach: The welcome light turns on automatically
when the vehicle is approached with the smart key.
For more information, refer to ‘’Welcome System’’ in chapter 5.
Wireless Charging
System
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front
seat.
For more information, refer to “Wireless cellular phone charging
system” in chapter 5.
Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/ Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light
mode whenever you changed the mode.
Gear Position Pop-
up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.
When activated, the gear position will be displayed on the LCD
display.
Vehicle Auto-Shut
Off
The feature is to turn off the vehicle automatically after a certain
amount of time (30 or 60 mins), to prevent CO toxication when the
vehicle is on and parked in a garage for a long time.
Select the time to delay automatic shut off when the vehicle is
parked with the engine on.
Instrument Cluster
4-44
7. Service interval
Items Explanation
Enable Service
Int
erval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Information
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are
displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on.
- Service in
: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
- Service required
: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be
incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
04
4-45
8. Other
Items Explanation
Fuel Econ. Reset
• Off: The a
verage fuel economy will not reset automatically
whenever refueling.
• After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer
the average fuel economy will reset automatically.
• After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving
speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more information, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
Fuel Econ. Unit
To select the fuel economy unit.
Temperature Unit
To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Tire Pressure Unit
To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
9. Language (if equipped)
Items Explanation
Language
Choose the language. Y
ou can choose the language in infotainment
system. (if equipped)
10. Reset
Items Explanation
Reset
Y
ou can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the
User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language
and service interval.
5. Convenient Features
Accessing Your Vehicle ..................................................................................5-4
Remote Key .............................................................................................................. 5-4
Smart Key ..................................................................................................................5-7
Immobilizer System ................................................................................................5-14
Hyundai Digital Key .................................................................................................5-15
Door Locks .....................................................................................................5-31
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle .................................................. 5-31
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .................................................... 5-32
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .......................................................... 5-34
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks .......................................................................... 5-35
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System ....................................................................... 5-36
Theft-Alarm System ..................................................................................... 5-38
Driver Position Memory System .................................................................5-39
Storing Positions into Memory ............................................................................. 5-39
Recalling Positions from Memory .........................................................................5-40
Resetting the Driver’s Seat Memory System ........................................................5-40
Easy Access Function ..............................................................................................5-41
Steering Wheel .............................................................................................5-42
Electric Power Steering (EPS) ................................................................................ 5-42
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ......................................................................... 5-43
Heated Steering Wheel ..........................................................................................5-44
Horn.........................................................................................................................5-45
Mirrors ..........................................................................................................5-46
Inside Rearview Mirror ...........................................................................................5-46
Side View Mirrors ................................................................................................... 5-53
Reverse Parking Aid Function ................................................................................ 5-55
Windows .......................................................................................................5-56
Power Windows ...................................................................................................... 5-57
Panoramic Sunroof ......................................................................................5-60
Sunshade .................................................................................................................5-61
Sliding the Sunroof ..................................................................................................5-61
Tilting the Sunroof ..................................................................................................5-61
Closing the Sunroof ...............................................................................................5-62
Resetting the Sunroof ............................................................................................5-63
Sunroof Open Warning ..........................................................................................5-63
Exterior Features ..........................................................................................5-64
Hood ........................................................................................................................5-64
Trunk ........................................................................................................................5-65
Emergency Trunk Safety Release ..........................................................................5-66
Fuel Filler Door ....................................................................................................... 5-70
5
5
Head Up Display (HUD) .............................................................................. 5-72
Lighting ......................................................................................................... 5-74
Exterior Lights .........................................................................................................5-74
Interior Lights .........................................................................................................5-80
Welcome System ...................................................................................................5-83
Wipers and Washers ....................................................................................5-84
Windshield Wipers .................................................................................................5-84
Windshield Washers ............................................................................................... 5-85
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ...........................................................................5-86
Rear View Monitor with Parking Guidance ...........................................................5-86
Rear View Monitor - Top View ...............................................................................5-86
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ...................................................................5-88
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist ..............................................5-89
System Setting and Operation ..............................................................................5-89
Warning and System Control .................................................................................5-90
Detecting Sensor .................................................................................................... 5-92
System Malfunction ...............................................................................................5-93
Limitations of the System ...................................................................................... 5-93
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ................................................5-95
Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning System ....................................5-95
To Turn Off Reverse Parking Distance Warning System ..................................... 5-97
Non-Operational Conditions of Reverse Parking Distance Warning System ..... 5-97
Reverse Parking Distance Warning System Precautions .....................................5-98
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ................................5-99
Operation of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning System .................. 5-100
Non-Operational Conditions of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
System ....................................................................................................................5-102
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning System Precautions ....................5-103
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ....................................................... 5-104
Operating Condition .............................................................................................5-105
How Remote Smart Parking Assist System Works ............................................. 5-108
Additional Instructions ...........................................................................................5-113
Display Operation Status ...................................................................................... 5-114
How the Remote Moving Forward/Backward System Works .............................5-115
Manual Climate Control System ............................................................... 5-118
Heating and Air Conditioning ............................................................................... 5-119
System Operation ..................................................................................................5-124
System Maintenance ............................................................................................ 5-125
5
Automatic Climate Control System ........................................................... 5-127
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning ............................................................5-128
Manual Temperature Control Mode .....................................................................5-129
System Operation ..................................................................................................5-135
System Maintenance ............................................................................................5-136
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging ......................................................5-138
Manual Climate Control System...........................................................................5-138
Automatic Climate Control System......................................................................5-139
Defogging Logic .................................................................................................. 5-140
Auto Defogging System (Only for Automatic Climate Control System) ............ 5-141
Defroster ................................................................................................................5-142
Climate Control Additional Features .........................................................5-143
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ..........................................................................5-143
Automatic Ventilation ...........................................................................................5-143
Storage Compartment ................................................................................5-144
Center Console Storage ........................................................................................5-144
Glove Box ...............................................................................................................5-144
Interior Features ..........................................................................................5-145
Cup Holder .............................................................................................................5-145
Sunvisor .................................................................................................................5-146
Power Outlet ..........................................................................................................5-146
USB Charger ......................................................................................................... 5-147
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..........................................................5-148
Clock ......................................................................................................................5-150
Clothes Hanger ......................................................................................................5-150
Floor Mat Anchor(S) ...............................................................................................5-151
Infotainment System ..................................................................................5-152
USB And Ipod® Port ............................................................................................... 5-152
Antenna ..................................................................................................................5-152
Steering Wheel Audio Control ..............................................................................5-153
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free .....................................................5-154
Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN) ................................5-154
5. Convenient Features
Convenient Features
5-4
Remote Key (if equipped)
OIG046001
OIG046001
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which
you can use to lock or unlock the driver
and passenger doors or the rear trunk.
(1) Door Lock
(2) Door Unlock
(3) Trunk Unlock
(4) Panic
Locking your vehicle
To lock your vehicle:
1. Make sure all doors, the engine hood
and the trunk are closed.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the
remote key to lock all doors.
3. If the Door Lock button (1) is pressed
once more within four seconds, the
horn will beep once and the hazard
warning lights will blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door lock
button inside the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could place the
key in the ignition switch and may
operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
injury or death.
Unlocking your vehicle
To unlock your vehicle:
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the remote key.
2. The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
• Two press unlock setting:
If you press the Door Unlock button
on the remote key again within
four seconds, then all the doors will
unlock.
Two press unlock setting can be
changed according to owner’s
preference in the cluster User Settings
mode or with the remote key.
• User settings mode method:
Select or deselect the ‘Two Press
Unlock’ feature in the User Settings
mode on the cluster LCD display (User
Settings → Door → Two Press Unlock).
Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors will
automatically relock after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
05
5-5
Trunk unlocking
To unlock the trunk :
1. Press and hold the Trunk Unlock
button (3) on the remote key for more
than one second.
2. The hazard warning lights will blink
two times and the trunk will be
unlocked.
3. Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will automatically
re-lock after 30 seconds.
Information
The word “HOLD” is written on the
button to inform you that you must press
and hold the button for more than one
second.
Panic button (4)
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for
more than one second. The horn sounds
and hazard warning lights flash for about
30 seconds.
To cancel the panic mode, press any
button on the remote key.
Start-up
For information, refer to the “Key
Ignition Switch” section in chapter 6.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote key:
• Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire. Internal
circuits may malfunction if the inside
of the remote key gets damp (from
liquids or moisture) or if it is heated.
This can exclude the remote key from
being covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
remote key.
• Protect the remote key from extreme
temperatures.
Mechanical key
OIG046004
OIG046004
If the remote key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver’s door by using the mechanical
key.
To unfold the mechanical key, press the
release button on the remote.
To return the key to its stored position,
press the release button and fold the key
back into the remote.
Remote key precautions
The remote key will not work if any of the
following occur:
• The key is in the ignition switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
• The remote key battery is weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The remote key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the remote key.
If the remote key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the remote key contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient Features
5-6
If the remote key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such
as making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails.
When possible, avoid placing the remote
key and your mobile phone in the same
location such as a pants or jacket pocket
in order to avoid interference between
the two devices.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from
electromagnetic materials that block
electromagnetic waves to the key
surface.
Battery replacement
OPD046002
OPD046002
If the remote key is not working properly,
try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the cover.
2. Using a screw driver, remove the
battery cover.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the battery cover and key
cover in the reverse order of removal.
If you suspect your remote key might
have sustained some damage, or you feel
your remote key is not working correctly
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulation.
05
5-7
Smart Key (if equipped)
Type A
Type A
ODN8059006
ODN8059006
Type B
Type B
ODN8059007
ODN8059007
Your HYUNDAI uses a smart key, which
you can use to lock or unlock a door (and
trunk) and even start the engine even just
carrying the key.
(1) Door Lock
(2) Door Unlock
(3) Trunk Open
(4) Panic
(5) Remote Smart Parking Assist
(rearward)
(6) Remote Smart Parking Assist
(forward)
(7) Remote Start
Locking your vehicle (Button type)
ODN8059001
ODN8059001
1. Close all of the doors, the hood and
the trunk.
2. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession and press either the
button on the door handle or the Door
Lock button (1) on the smart key.
3. The doors, the hood and the trunk are
locked. The chime will sound once
and the hazard warning lights will
blink.
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
• Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the door handle.
Convenient Features
5-8
Locking your vehicle
(Touch sensor type)
ODN8059236
ODN8059236
1. Close all of the doors, the hood and
the trunk.
2. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession and touch either the
touch sensor on the door handle (the
engraved part) or press the Door Lock
button (1) on the smart key.
3. The doors, hood and trunk are locked.
The chime will sound once and the
hazard warning lights will blink.
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
• Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the door handle.
• If you locked the door with the touch
sensor on the door handle, the doors
cannot be unlocked with the sensor
within 3 seconds.
Even though you press the outside door
handle button or touch the touch sensor,
the doors will not be locked and the
chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of
the following occurs:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the trunk is opened.
CAUTION
When you leave your vehicle with
the smart key, make sure to press the
button on the front door handle or
touch the touch sensor on the front
door handle to lock the doors after
close all of the doors, the hood and the
trunk. If you do not press the button
or touch the touch sensor firmly, the
doors might not be locked so please use
caution.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could press the
Engine Start/ Stop button and may
operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
injury or death.
05
5-9
Unlocking your vehicle
(When the Two Press Unlock feature
is off)
Button type
Button type
ODN8059001
ODN8059001
Touch sensor type
Touch sensor type
ODN8059235
ODN8059235
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the smart key, press the button on the
front door handle or touch the door
unlock sensor inside of the front door
handle to unlock the doors.
3. All of the doors will unlock. When the
doors unlock, the hazard warning
lights will blink two times and the
chime will sound.
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
• If you do not open the door after
unlocking within 30 seconds, it will
return to the lock mode.
• If you unlocked the door with the door
handle, the doors cannot be locked
with the sensor within 2 seconds.
Unlocking your vehicle
(When the Two Press Unlock feature
is on)
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the smart key, press the button on the
front door handle or touch the door
unlock sensor inside of the front door
handle to unlock the doors.
3. The driver’s door will unlock.
4. If you press the button on the front
door handle or touch the door unlock
sensor inside of the front door handle
to unlock the doors within 4 seconds,
all of the doors unlock. When the
doors unlock, the hazard warning
lights will blink two times and the
chime will sound.
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
• If you do not open the door after
unlocking within 30 seconds, it will
return to the lock mode.
• The factory default setting is in off
mode so you should set in the User’s
Settings mode.
• If you unlocked the door with the door
handle, the doors cannot be unlocked
with the sensor within 2 seconds.
Convenient Features
5-10
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door
only, or unlocking all the doors with
one press may be adjusted in the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to press
the door unlock button once for driver
door only and twice for unlocking all the
doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock
feature in the User Settings mode in the
cluster LCD display. The option can be
found under the following menu:
User Settings → Door → Two Press Unlock
The Two Press Unlock feature can also be
enabled or disabled by pressing the door
lock and unlock buttons simultaneously
on the Key FOB:
Press and hold both the Door Lock
button and the Door Unlock button
simultaneously until the hazard warning
lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press
Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to
enable/disable the mode again.
Information
If you press the front passenger outside
door handle with the smart key in your
possession, all the doors will unlock.
Smart Key Reminder
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the lock button of the
central door lock switch is pressed.
Trunk opening
To open:
1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession and either press
inside the trunk emblem or press the
Trunk Unlock button (3) on the smart
key for more than one second.
2. Once the trunk is opened, the hazard
warning lights will blink two times.
• The trunk handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7 ~1 m) from the trunk
handle.
• Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will automatically
re-lock and the hazard warning will
blink once.
• If you leave the smart key and close
the trunk, the chime will sound for 5
seconds. In the case, the trunk cannot
be locked so open it with the trunk
handle button.
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for
more than one second. The horn sounds
and hazard warning lights blink for about
30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode,
press any button on the Smart Key.
05
5-11
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
For information, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool,
dry place to avoid damage or
malfunction. Exposure to moisture
or high temperature may cause
the internal circuit of the smart key
to malfunction which may not be
covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from extreme
temperatures.
Remote start
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button (7) of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
• Lock the doors by pressing the door
lock button within 32 feet (10 m)
distance from the vehicle.
• Press the remote start button for over
2 seconds within 4 seconds after
locking the doors and the hazard
warning will blink.
To turn off the remote start function, press
the remote start button once. In case of
the manual operation, the climate control
system will be maintained even when
the engine is turned OFF. However, the
automatic operation is set to 72°F (22°C).
Remote smart parking assist (RSPA)
(if equipped)
The Remote smart parking assist (RSPA)
system helps the drivers park their
vehicle by using sensors to measure
parking spaces and control the steering
wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed to
semi-automatically park the vehicle.
With the smart key, the driver can move
the vehicle forward or backward using
the rearward /forward buttons (5, 6) on
the smart key.
For information, refer to “Remote smart
parking assist (RSPA)” in this chapter.
Convenient Features
5-12
Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver’s door by using the mechanical
key.
OFE048007
OFE048007
To remove the mechanical key from the
smart key FOB, slide the release lever in
the direction of the arrow (1) and then
pull the mechanical key (2) outward.
To unlock the vehicle using the
mechanical key. insert the mechanical
key into the key hole in the driver door.
To reinstall the mechanical key into the
FOB, insert the key in the top of the key
FOB and push inward until a click sound
is heard.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
happen to lose your smart key, you
should immediately take the vehicle
and remaining keys to your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if
necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the
following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular phone.
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly,
open and close the door with the
mechanical key. If you have a problem
with the smart key, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such
as making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in the
same location such as a pants or jacket
pocket in order to avoid interference
between the two devices.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key
surface.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you
when leaving the vehicle. If the smart
key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle
battery may be discharged.
05
5-13
Battery replacement
OFE048009
OFE048009
ODN8059266
ODN8059266
If the Smart Key is not working properly,
try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear
cover of the smart key.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart
key.
If you suspect your smart key might have
sustained some damage, or you feel
your smart key is not working correctly,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulation.
Convenient Features
5-14
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, the immobilizer system
indicator should come on briefly, then
go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the
system does not recognize the coding of
the key.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF
position, then turn the ignition switch to
the ON position again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may
not recognize your smart key if another
smart key device is nearby or a metal
object such as a key chain is causing
interference with the smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not
start. Remove any metal objects or
additional keys near the smart key before
attempting to start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact your
HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer
unique password and should be kept
confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give years
of trouble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to moisture,
static electricity and rough handling.
Immobilizer system malfunction could
occur.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device
05
5-15
Hyundai Digital Key
Digital Key Application
To use Hyundai Digital Key mobile app,
you should install Hyundai digital key
application. Search ‘Hyundai digital key’
in the Google Play Store and download
the app. Please refer to the detailed
manual of the digital key app. The option
can be found under the following app
menu:
Menu → Application Info → Tutorial
Please note the manual before using the
app.
This service is only available for
Android smartphones. Please confirm
supported/compatible devices on our
website.
WARNING
For used vehicle
If any of the digital key (smartphone key
or card key) is already registered when
you press ON button after unlocking the
doors, the message ‘Digital key(s) active’
appears on the instrument cluster once.
If you buy a used vehicle, you should
confirm the message and delete the
registered smartphone key and card key.
In addition, please notify the Hyundai
Customer Care Center.
If the card key does not work properly,
please delete the card key and register
the smartphone key and re-register the
card key.
For vehicle maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key
System repaired or replaced please
ensure you Smartphone Key is still active.
You may have to pair your phone again.
In the case, re-initialize your Digital Keys
using the Hyundai Digital Key mobile app.
Digital key (smartphone) NFC
function
You can use the Digital Key NFC (Near
Field Communication) function after turn
your smartphone NFC settings on. And
you should unlock & turn on smartphone
screen to use it.
To change the NFC mode of the
smartphone, please refer to the
smartphone manual or contact
to the customer service center of
smartphone manufacturers.
Convenient Features
5-16
Digital key (smartphone)
ODN8A059129
ODN8A059129
ODN8A059240
ODN8A059240
Hyundai Digital Key (Smartphone)
Pairing
1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart key
and mak
e sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during digital key
registration.
2. Register your Digital key from the
vehicle user setting menu as follows.
With Navigation screen :
From the infotainment screen menu,
go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key]
- [Smart Phone Key] then select the
[Save] from submenu.
Without navigation screen :
From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key]
- [Smart Phone Key] and select [Save].
Information
The [Save] button will be disabled if the
digital key (Smartphone key) is already
saved.
Please refer to “Digital Key Delete” in this
manual and follow the digital key delete
procedure in your car before Digital key
save.
Please refer to the ‘Tutorial’ on your
Digital key app and delete the previous
saved key in your smartphone before save.
3. Select the vehicle to save on your
Digital key application and activate
the save mode.
Save mode is available only on
the vehicle owner’s Digital key
application.
4. Place the backside of smartphone
onto the wireless charging pad(in-
vehicle authentication pad).
The saving process will begin
automatically.
5. Once the digital key save is complete,
a message will be shown on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
6. Remove the smartphone from the pad
and complete the saving process.
ODN8059267
ODN8059267
[A] : Wireless Charging Pad (In-vehicle Authentication
Pad)
05
5-17
ODN8A059129
ODN8A059129
ODN8A059130
ODN8A059130
Hyundai Digital Key (Smartphone Key)
Deletion
1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart
k
ey and make sure to keep the smart
key inside the vehicle during delete
process.
2. Delete your Digital key from the
vehicle user setting menu as follows.
With Navigation screen :
From the infotainment screen menu,
go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key]
- [Smart Phone Key] then select the
[Delete] from submenu.
Without navigation screen :
From cluster menu, go to [Digital
Key] - [Smart Phone Key] and select
[Delete].
Information
The [Delete] button will be disabled if there
is no digital key (Smartphone key) saved.
3. Once the digital key delete is
complete, a message will be shown
on the infotainment screen or cluster.
4. Go to [Initialize Digital Key] menu on
the digital key application and select
the vehicle to delete the digital key
information.
• Open the Hyundai Digital Key app →
Menu → Initialize Digital Key
If the saved digital key information
in your car is deleted due to vehicle
maintenance, the digital key in your
smartphone should be deleted as well.
For more information, please refer to
the ‘Tutorial’ on your Digital key app.
CAUTION
• If the smartphone is removed
from the interior authentication
pad during enrollment, the saving
process will be cancelled.
• If the infotainment or instrument
cluster screen is changed during
enrollment, the saving process will
be cancelled.
• If the vehicle is turned off during
enrollment, the saving process will
be cancelled.
• If the gear is shifted, the saving
process will be cancelled.
• If you try to save the smartphone
which is not logged in with the
vehicle owner’s ID or if you try to
save the Card key, the saving process
will not begin.
• If the NFC setting on your
smartphone is off, the saving process
will not begin.
• If the smartphone screen is changed
to off or locked status, the saving
process will be cancelled.
• If there is no Smart key during the
save process, the saving process will
not begin.
Convenient Features
5-18
Set up main vehicle
You can manage multiple digital keys
fr
om the Digital key app. From the list of
digital keys you own, select the vehicle
you want to make your priority vehicle.
For more information, please refer to
the ‘Tutorial’ on your Digital key app.
ODN8059237
ODN8059237
[1] : Door handle authentication pad
NFC door lock/unlock
You should contact your smartphone’s
NF
C antenna(backside of phone) to door
handle authentication pad (1) marked
position near by the lock button) of
driver’s (or front passenger’s) outside
door for 2 seconds to lock or unlock the
doors. If the Two Press Unlock feature
is applied (press twice for unlocking),
driver’s seat door will be unlocked by
contacting the digital key (smartphone
key). In this state, if you contact one
more time within 4 seconds, all the doors
unlock. Please make sure the doors are
locked. If you do not open any of the
doors after unlocking, it automatically
re-lock after 30 seconds.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
when you contact NFC antenna in the
smartphone to the door handle pad if
any of the following occurs:
• The Proximity / Smart Key is in the
vehicle.
• The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position.
• Any of the doors, hood and trunk is
opened.
If the smartphone digital key does not
work, please remove the smartphone
more than 4 inches (0.1 m) from the door
handle authentication pad and try it
again.
05
5-19
After unlock the door or start up the
vehicle with digital key, even though
the driver tries to lock the doors by the
central door lock switch, the door lock
will be once locked and immediately
released at the moment of door closed.
Start-up with Digital Key
1. After placing your registered
smartphone on
to the interior
authentication pad (wireless charger),
step on the brake and press the
Engine Start/Stop button.
2. After start-up, the digital key data
will be automatically updated. It
takes 5 to 20 seconds, after that,
the smartphone can be go into the
wireless charging mode automatically.
Once the engine started, you can
remove the smartphone from the pad.
ODN8059267
ODN8059267
[A] : Wireless Charging Pad (In-vehicle Authentication
Pad)
Information
After reconnecting the vehicle battery
power supply or charging the battery, it
may take time to operate due to remote
renewal of security information. When you
lock or unlock the door with NFC, please
contact and hold your smartphone on the
door handle until it works.
The solution allows for offline mode usage
when the mobile data connection of the
smartphone is weak. When you are in the
place where the mobile data connection
of your smartphone is available and
place your smartphone on the interior
authentication pad (wireless charger) and
start up your vehicle or contact the digital
key on the door handle to lock or unlock
the door, the remote renewal of security
information starts automatically. Even
though the engine is turned on, please
wait until the remote renewal process
is completed and wireless charger is
converted to charging mode.
CAUTION
The engine can be turned on if the
registered smartphone or card key is
placed on the interior authentication
pad (wireless charger). Do not leave
unsupervised children or people who
are not aware of the system since it
can result in serious injury or death.
Always have the registered digital key
(smartphone) or card key with you to
prevent vehicle theft when leaving the
vehicle.
For more information, refer to the
Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 6.
Convenient Features
5-20
Remote Control with Digital Key
To use the remote control function with
y
our android smartphone, Bluetooth
must be turned on.
Remote Control Connection with Digital
Key
1. Open Hyundai digital key application
on the smartphone. Select the
vehicle to activate the remote control
function as a main vehicle.
2. Approach with the activated
smartphone app to your vehicle
and you can check whether the
connection is available. If it enables
your smartphone to connect, connect
with your vehicle by pressing the
connect button. The remote control
function is activated after completing
the process.
Remote Control Operation with Digital
Key
You can execute the remote control
operation including door lock/unlock,
panic on/off, remote start / remote
stop and trunk opening. The icon for
each function will be highlighted and
alarm/vibration also provided when the
operation is performed.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the Hyundai digital key app if any
of the following occurs:
• The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position.
• Any doors are open.
When the smartphone and the vehicle
are connected by the Bluetooth function
but the remote control command
cannot be received over 5 minutes, the
remote control connection is cancelled
automatically.
CAUTION
• If metallic window tint was applied
to your vehicle, it may cause
bad Bluetooth connection or
performance degradation of the
digital key.
• If multiple users operate the remote
control function simultaneously, the
connection between the digital key
and the vehicle might result in failed
commands. Please connect and
operate the remote control function
only the necessary user.
• When using the remote control
operation, the driver (the remote
control user) should leave the vehicle
after confirming the door lock (the
chime sounds once and the hazard
warning lights blink).
• The remote functions of the Digital
Key app enables the vehicle to be
controlled from a set distance. If
the digital key or the vehicle goes
beyond the operable distance, the
remote control function might be
disconnected or cancelled.
• If the digital key (smartphone) is
connected with the vehicle for the
remote control, the driver with the
key goes far away from the vehicle,
the function might not work.
• If the remote control operation
is executed where the mobile
connection is weak, Bluetooth
connection is poor due to several
Bluetooth devices or there is an
object such as metal or concrete, it
might be delayed or the operable
distance might decrease. You should
not cover the smartphone with your
hand or place other devices which
can cause frequency interference. It
may result in poor performance.
• If the remote control function is not
available, please use NFC function to
lock or unlock the doors.
05
5-21
Remote Start with Digital Key
• When the shift button of your vehicle
is in P (Park) and all of the doors
including trunk and hood is locked
and the vehicle is off, press the Door
Lock button in the Hyundai Digital
Key app then press the Remote Start
button within 4 seconds.
You can confirm the engine is on if the
hazard warning lights blinks two times
and the chime sounds.
• If you want to turn off the engine,
press Remote Engine Stop. Air
Conditioner / Heating system
maintains the same status as when
you last used the vehicle.
• Unless you put the registered digital
key(smartphone) on the interior
authentication pad (wireless charger)
when the remote start function is on,
the engine will turn off.
• If you do not get on the vehicle within
10 minutes after the engine turns on,
the vehicle will turn off.
For more information, refer to the Engine
Start/Stop button in chapter 6.
Vehicle information Display
The digital key application displays
the vehicle information such as
driving or door conditions through the
communication with the vehicle.
• How to check : Select the vehicle
what you want to check and touch
the vehicle image, then vehicle
information display page will be
shown.
• Contents : accumulated odometer,
latest fuel economy, driving range,
fuel remaining, tire pressure, doors
lock/unlock status and last data
updated time.
Displayed vehicle date could be
differed from the current vehicle
condition.
For more information, please refer to
the ‘Tutorial’ on your Digital key app.
Smartphone change/App deletion
If you change your smartphone or delete
the Hyundai Digital K
ey App, please refer
to the following to set up your Digital
Key:
Smartphone Change/ Reset
If you change or reset the smartphone,
the registered digital key in your previous
smartphone may not be used. Please
refer to following procedure to use the
digital key.
1. Install the digital key application and
log in.
2. If you are the owner, retry the Digital
key save process.
3. If you are the sharer, need to re-share
the key from owner.
App delete & reinstall/ Delete App data
You can re-download the digital key
from server in these cases as follow
procedure.
1. Reinstall the application and log in.
2. Input the PIN number for user
verification.
3. If PIN is correct, digital key data
will be re-downloaded to your
smartphone and you can use it
without any further registration or
sharing.
Smartphone operability with Digital Key
The digital key application may not
be available to old type smartphones.
Please check the available smartphone
models with your dealer. NFC antenna
position on the smartphone can be
confirmed on each smartphone’s manual
or contact to customer service center of
the smartphone manufacture.
Convenient Features
5-22
CAUTION
• Do not leave the registered digital
key (smartphone) and card key in
your vehicle. Please carry around
your keys all the times.
• If you happen to lose your digital
key (smartphone) or card key
registered as a main user’s key, you
should immediately delete the key
on the vehicle’s key menu. For more
information, refer to the Digital Key
Deletion in this chapter.
• If you registered your digital key
(smartphone) or card key in the
vehicle, a message appears on the
instrument cluster and let you know
the key is registered.
(Message: Digital key(s) active.)
• If you buy a used vehicle, you should
confirm the message and delete the
registered smartphone key and card
key. In this case, you should carry
your smart key.
• If you keep place the NFC card
of the digital key on the interior
authentication pad (wireless
charger) while driving, it may cause a
malfunction of the NFC card.
• You should remove your NFC card
of the digital key on the interior
authentication pad after turning on
the engine.
• Hyundai digital key app may not
work properly when the NFC or
Bluetooth communication between
smartphone and car is not good.
• If the remote control operation
is executed where the mobile
connection is weak, Bluetooth
connection is poor due to lots of
Bluetooth devices or there is an
object such as metal or concrete, it
might be delayed or the operable
distance might decrease. Especially,
you should not cover the smartphone
with your hand or place other
devices which can cause frequency
interference. It may result in poor
performance.
• If the remote control function is not
activated, please use NFC function to
lock or unlock the doors
• You should be careful not to
press the remote control button
on the digital key (smartphone)
accidentally.
• If the digital key (smartphone) is
discharged or defective or you
cannot use the digital key since the
vehicle battery is discharged, use the
inside door lock button to lock all of
the doors.
CAUTION
• Hyundai digital key app on the
smartphone and card key may not
work if any of the following occurs:
- Hyundai digital key app on the
smartphone is deleted. (Required
to reinstall the app)
- Account log in information of
Hyundai digital key app is expired.
(Required to re-log in)
- When you try to log in to another
smartphone instead of the
registered smartphone with same
user account.
- Smartphone rooting or app
hacking is detected.
- Smartphone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged.
- Smartphone’s screen is off or
locked.
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off on
the smartphone settings.
- Smartphone’s mobile network
setting is off or airplane mode is
activated.
- A credit card is overlapped in the
back of your smartphone or metal
or thick case is used.
- Use the card key with insert it
into the wallet or card holder or
overlapping with other cards.
05
5-23
If you change the smartphone
number, you should modify the user
account information on the HYUNDAI
customer web site to use the digital
key app.
If the vehicle owner changes
the smartphone device, the new
smartphone should be registered in
the car after deleting the registered
digital key(smartphone).
If a sharer changes or reset the
smartphone, the key should be re-
shared from owner.
Some of the old smartphone may
not work properly. Please check the
available smartphone models with
your dealer.
NFC antenna position on the
smartphone can be confirmed
on each smartphone’s manual or
contact to customer service center
of the smartphone manufacture.
Digital key (Card key)
ODN8A059243
ODN8A059243
ODN8A059131
ODN8A059131
Digital key (Card key) save
1. Install Hyundai digital key app in
main user’
s smartphone and register
the digital key (smartphone). Please
refer to the registration method of the
digital key (smartphone).
2. Using the [Pair Card Key] menu on
the digital key application, you can
activate the Card Key registration
mode.
NFC authentication : enter the NFC
authentication menu and contact
the smartphone on the outside door
handle.
Bluetooth authentication : enter the
Bluetooth authentication menu and
press the [OK] button for activation.
If you activate the registration mode,
you should complete the Card saving
process with in 5 minutes.
Convenient Features
5-24
3. Register the NFC card key on the
User’s Settings menu after turning on
the vehicle.
With Navigation screen : From the
infotainment screen menu, go to
[Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] -
[Card Key] then select the [Save] from
submenu.
Without navigation screen : From
cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] -
[Card Key] and select [Save].
The [Save] button will be disabled if
the digital key (Card key) is already
saved.
Please refer to “Digital Key Delete” in
this manual and follow the digital key
delete procedure in your car before
Digital key save.
4. Place the NFC card key onto the
interior authentication pad (wireless
charger). The saving process will
begin automatically.
5. If the key is enrolled, the message
will be displayed on the infotainment
screen or instrument cluster.
• Once the card key registration mode
is activated, the process should be
completed within 5 minutes. After
then, you should reactivate once
again for registration.
• For the digital key(card key) saving,
the smart key(fob) must be exist inside
of vehicle.
• Once a Card key is registered, it
cannot be reuse onto another vehicle.
ODN8A059243
ODN8A059243
ODN8A059132
ODN8A059132
Digital key (Card key) deletion
You should have the smart key to delete
the digital k
ey (card key) so please carry
around the key.
1. Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
2. Delete the NFC card key on the User’s
Settings menu after turning on the
engine.
With Navigation screen : From the
infotainment screen menu, go to
[Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key] -
[Card Key] then select the [Delete]
from submenu.
Without navigation screen : From
cluster menu, go to [Digital Key] -
[Card Key] and select [Delete].
If there is no saved digital key(card key),
[Delete] menu will not be activated.
05
5-25
• To delete the saved digital key (card
key), the smart key must be exist
inside the vehicle.
• The deleted digital key (card key) can
be re-registered before registering a
new digital key (card key).
• If you try to register a new digital key
(card key), the previously registered
digital key (card key) cannot be used
again.
ODN8059237
ODN8059237
[1] : Door handle authentication pad
NFC door lock/unlock
You should contact digital key (card key)
t
o door handle authentication pad (1,
marked position near by the lock button)
of driver’s (or front passenger’s) outside
door for 2 seconds to lock or unlock the
doors. If the Two Press Unlock feature
is applied (press twice for unlocking),
driver’s seat door will be unlocked by
contacting the digital key (card key). In
this state, if you contact one more time
within 4 seconds, all the doors unlock.
Inoperable condition
If you do not contact the digital key (card
key) to the center of the door handle
authentication pad accurately., it may
not work. In addition, if you overlap and
use the key with NFC-enabled cards such
as transportation card or credit card, it
does not work.
Note that if you try to lock your vehicle
with digital key (card key) in following
cases, the doors will not be locked and
chime will sound for 3 seconds.
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The POWER button is in ACC or ON
position.
• Any of the doors, hood and trunk are
open
Convenient Features
5-26
If the digital key (card key) does not
work, please detach the key around
4 inches (0.1 m) from the handle
authentication pad and retry to contact.
The card key may be damaged by the
impact. It would not work properly if
the key is damaged. You should buy a
new card and register again. Long-time
exposure to high temperature may cause
the card key to malfunction. Please be
careful not to expose the key to direct
sunlight or high temperature.
After unlock the door or start up the
vehicle with digital key, even though
the driver tries to lock the doors by the
central door lock switch, the door lock
will be once locked and immediately
released at the moment of door closed.
Start-up with Card key
After placing your registered card key
ont
o the interior authentication pad
(wireless charger), step on the brake and
press the Engine Start/Stop button.
WARNING
• If you do not place the digital key
(card key) onto the center of the
interior authentication pad (wireless
charger) exactly, the card key may
not be recognized. If the engine is
not turned on, adjust and place the
key again.
• If you overlap and use the key
with NFC-enabled cards such as
transportation card or credit card,
the card key may not be recognized.
• If the digital key (card key) does not
work, please detach the key around
4 inches (0.1 m) from the handle
authentication pad and retry to
contact.
• The card key may be damaged due to
impact. It would not work properly if
the key is damaged. You should buy a
new card and register again.
For more information, refer to the
Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 6.
05
5-27
Type A
Type A
ODN8A059133
ODN8A059133
Type B
Type B
ODN8A059247
ODN8A059247
Digital key application/cancellation
If you do not want to use the digital key
(
smartphone and card key), you can
disable the function temporarily. You
should have the smart key when you
change the settings
With Navigation screen :
From the infotainment screen menu,
go to [Setup] - [Vehicle] - [Digital Key]
- [Enable Digital Keys] (deselect)
Without navigation screen :
From cluster menu, go to [Digital Key]
- [Enable Digital Keys] (deselect)
Information
For the digital key disable, the smart key
must be exist inside the car. For the digital
key enable, the smart key does not need.
CAUTION
If you uncheck Enable digital keys, it is
impossible to lock or unlock the doors
or start up the vehicle with digital keys
such as smartphone and card key. If
you check Enable digital keys again, the
registered digital keys(smartphone and
card key) are available. Even though
you stop the digital key function, the
registered keys (smartphone and card
key) are not deleted.
Personalized profile and vehicle
settings
Connect the registered digital key with
personalized profile. Then in case you
lock or unlock the door with the digital
key NFC function or unlock the door
remotely by digital key application
Bluetooth connection, the vehicle
will play the personalized user profile
settings. Profile connection and
personalization are available for Driver 1
and Driver 2.
Convenient Features
5-28
Profile link/unlinked
Profile link
1.
Select Setup → User Profile →
Profile Settings → Link Digital Key
(Smartphone) on the infotainment
system menu.
2. Unlock and place your smartphone on
the wireless charger according to a
message and it automatically starts to
interwork.
3. It begins the profile link with a
message.
4. If you select Link, the registered
phone number’s digital key and the
user’s profile are linked.
5. The interconnection process is
completed with a message.
Profile unlink
1. Select Digital Key information on
infotainment Vehicle Settings menu. It
is possible to unlink only if the profile
is interconnected.
2. Profile unlink is completed with a
message.
Information
If you connect both Driver 1 and Driver 2
with a single smartphone, the smartphone
digital key always works as Driver 1.
If you unlink the Driver 1, personalization
function will operate as Driver 2.
PRECAUTION for vehicle profile link and
unlink
When you link or unlink the profile of
digital key, you should be careful of the
following.
• Profile link is possible to use with the
digital key. (Infotainment Vehicle
Settings Mode → Digital Key → Enable
Digital Keys)
• Profile link information remains even
when you set the digital key function
disable.
• Only the smart phone with digital key
app enables you to link your profile.
(Impossible to link with NFC card)
• Profile link works only when the
smart phone and the digital key are
registered to the vehicle. The smart
phone with another vehicle’s digital
key cannot link profile.
• If you remove the smart phone
from the wireless charger before
completing the profile link, it does not
work.
• To unlink the profile, the smart phone
does not need to be on the wireless
charger.
05
5-29
Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with
digital k
ey works as following conditions:
• Contact the driver’s door handle with
the profile linked smart phone to lock
or unlock the doors (Personalization
does not operate when locking or
unlocking the front passenger door.)
• Remote door unlock with the profile
linked smartphone digital key app.
The profile linked with digital key can be
changed manually in the infotainment
system setup screen.
Precaution for digital key profile link and
unlink
Profile operation according to door lock/
unlock s
ystem is as follows.
Item
Personalization
Operation
Initial value Guest
Pr
ofile linked
smart phone
key
Linked profile
Profile unlinked
smart phone
key
Recently activated
profile
NFC card key
Smart key
• The personalization function using
the digital key can be operated
after linking the digital key on the
infotainment system profile menu.
• You should use the personalization
function during stopping your vehicle
safely.
Convenient Features
5-30
Vehicle personalization with digital key
The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
System Personalization Item
USM
HUD
P
osition adjustment of image, Information display
selection, Size and color of speedometer
Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps
Cluster
Information display on the cluster, Voice volume,
Welcome sound
Seat/Mirror
Seat position, O/S mirror position, Easy Access
Intelligent driving posture assist (Smart IMS)
Door Automatic door lock/unlock
AVN
Navigation
Preferred volume of the navigation system, Recent
destination
User preset My menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone
connectivity
Bluetooth preferential connect
CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioning
Operating
condition
Latest operation setup of the following functions:
Temperature, AUTO, air flow direction, air volume,
air conditioner, air intake control, SYNC, Front
windshield defroster, OFF
For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key after locking or unlocking the doors or starting up the
vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked by the central door lock. Please
carry around the digital key all the time.
05
5-31
DOOR LOCKS
Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
ODN8059011
ODN8059011
If you lock the driver’s door with a
mechanical key, all vehicle doors will
lock. If you unlock the driver’s door with
a mechanical key, you can open and
close the driver’s door only.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
Remote key
ODN8059279L
ODN8059279L
To lock the doors, press the Door Lock
button (1) on the remote key.
Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the
remote key, the driver’s door will unlock.
If you press the Door Unlock button
on the remote key again within four
seconds, then all the doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
Smart key
ODN8059001
ODN8059001
Press the button on the driver’s outside
door handle or touch the touch sensor
on the door handle (the engraved part)
while carrying the Smart Key with you
or press the Door Unlock button on the
Smart Key, the driver’s door will unlock.
If you press the button on the front
passenger’s outside door, all doors will
unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.
• Two press unlock setting can be
changed in the User Settings mode on
the cluster.
Convenient Features
5-32
In case of an emergency
ODN8059291
ODN8059291
If the electrical power door lock switch
is not operating (ex. dead car battery)
the only way to lock the door(s) is with
the mechanical key from the outside key
hole.
Doors without an outside key hole can be
locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert the key into the emergency
door lock hole and turn the key
horizontally to lock.
3. Close the door securely.
Information
If the electrical power to door lock switch
is not operating (ex. dead car battery) and
the trunk is closed, you will not be able to
open the trunk until power is restored.
Operating Door Locks from
Inside the Vehicle
With the door handle
ODN8059012
ODN8059012
Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when
the door is lock
ed, the door will unlock
and open.
Rear door
If the inner door handle is pulled once
when the door is lock
ed, the door will
unlock. If the inner door handle is pulled
once more, the door will open.
Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously pulling
on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.
05
5-33
With the central door lock switch
Driver’s door
Driver’s door
ODN8A059013
ODN8A059013
Front passenger’s door
Front passenger’s door
ODN8059014
ODN8059014
• When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of
the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.
- If the key is in the ignition switch
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the lock
button (1) of the central door lock
switch is pressed.
- If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the lock
button (1) of the central door lock
switch is pressed.
• When pressing the (
) portion (2)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• Doors indicating light (3)
When all vehicle doors are locked, the
indicating lights on the driver’s door
and passenger’s door will turn on. If
any door is unlocked, it would go off.
WARNING
• The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the
vehicle is in motion. If the doors
are unlocked, the risk of being
thrown from the vehicle in a crash is
increased.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver’s or passenger’s door while
the vehicle is moving.
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed
vehicle can become extremely hot,
causing death or serious injury to
unattended children or animals who
cannot escape the vehicle.
Children might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them, or they
could encounter other harm, possibly
from someone gaining entry to the
vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases
the potential risk to you or others from
someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing
the brake, move the shift button to the
P (Park) position, engage the parking
brake, and place the ignition switch
in the LOCK/OFF position, close all
windows, lock all doors, and always
take the key with you.
CAUTION
Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage or
injury. Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
Convenient Features
5-34
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time
while the weather is very hot or cold,
there are risks of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the
outside when someone is in the vehicle.
WARNING
Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage or
injury. Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock
Features
Your vehicle is equipped with features
that will automatically lock or unlock
your vehicle based on settings you select
in the LCD cluster display.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle
exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park) while the engine is
running.
Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the vehicle
is shifted back into P (Park).
For more information on these features,
refer to the LCD Display section later in
this chapter.
Additional Unlock Safety Feature -
Air Bag Deployment
As an additional safety feature, all doors
will be automatically unlocked when an
impact causes the air bags to deploy.
05
5-35
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
ODN8059015L
ODN8059015L
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open if the inner door
handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or
similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the
lock position as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened from
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in motion,
they could fall out of the vehicle. The
rear door safety locks should always
be used whenever children are in the
vehicle.
Convenient Features
5-36
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
System
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system
is provided to help prevent exiting the
vehicle with the rear passenger left in the
vehicle. When you open the front door
after opening and closing the rear door
and turning off the engine, the “Check
rear seats” warning message appears on
the cluster.
Cluster
Cluster
ODN8A059339
ODN8A059339
Steering wheel
Steering wheel
ODN8A059134
ODN8A059134
CAUTION
• The system does not actually detect
objects or people in the rear seat. By
using a rear door opened and closed
history, the system indicates that
there may be something in the rear
seat.
• The rear door opened and closed
history will be initialized only when
the doors are locked after turning off
the engine. Therefore, there could be
alarms even though the back doors
are locked.
ex) When you get in and drive your
vehicle without locking the doors after
the alarm sounds, there could be the
alarm sounds if you turn off the engine
and open the driver’s seat door.
WARNING
It does not use the actual sensors but it
provides the alarm sounds by checking
the rear door lock/unlock status as a
reminder.
05
5-37
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off Function
If your parked vehicle in a garage is on
for a period of time, the engine turns
off automatically to prevent carbon
monoxide poisoning.
System setting
Select ‘User Settings → Convenience →
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off’ in the LCD display.
ODN8A059340
ODN8A059340
Operating conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer activates
when the following conditions are met.
• Ignition [ON] or engine running
• Shift button is in P (Park) position
• Unfastened driver’s seat belt
• Even one of the doors opens
Deactivations
• In case of selecting “Disable” for
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off in the User
Settings mode (30 min. based timer is
reset automatically if you restart.)
• Gear shift other than P
• Fastened driver’s seat belt
• Step on the brake or accelerator
System operation
At the set time on Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
timer, the engine turns off automatically.
Convenient Features
5-38
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn will sound and
the hazard warning lights will blink
continuously if any of the following
occur:
- A door is opened without using the
remote key or smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using the
remote key or smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then
the system resets. To turn off the alarm,
unlock the doors with the remote key or
smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors
and the trunk. For the system to activate,
you must lock the doors and the trunk
from outside the vehicle with the remote
key or smart key or by pressing the
button on the outside of the door handle
with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate the
system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the trunk, or the hood without
using the remote key or smart key will
cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the
hood, the trunk, or any door is not fully
closed. If the system will not set, check
the hood, the trunk, or the doors are fully
closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Information
• Do not lock the doors until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the vehicle
when the system is armed, the alarm
will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
remote key or smart key, open the
doors by using the mechanical key
and place the ignition switch in the
ON position (for remote key) or start
the engine (for smart key) by directly
pressing the ignition switch with the
smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking
the vehicle, but neither a door or the
trunk is opened within 30 seconds, the
doors will relock and the system will
rearm automatically.
05
5-39
ODN8A059019
ODN8A059019
The Driver Position Memory System is
provided to store and recall the following
memory settings with a simple button
operation.
- Driver’s seat position (Power seat)
- Side view mirror position
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head Up Display (HUD) position and
brightness (if equipped)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the driver
position memory system while the
vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If the Driver Position Memory System
does not operate normally, have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Storing Positions into Memory
1. Shift to P (Park) while the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat position, side
view mirror position, instrument panel
illumination intensity and head-up
display height/brightness to positions
comfortable for the driver.
3. Press the SET button. The system
will beep once and notify you “Press
button to save settings” on the cluster
LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1
or 2) within 4 seconds. The system
will beep twice when the memory has
been successfully stored.
5. “Settings 1 (or 2) saved” will appear on
the cluster LCD display.
DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Convenient Features
5-40
Recalling Positions from Memory
1. Shift to P (Park) while the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button
(1 or 2). The system will beep once,
and then the driver’s seat position,
side view mirror position, instrument
panel illumination intensity and
head-up display height/brightness
will automatically adjust to the stored
positions.
3. “Settings 1 (or 2) applied” will appear
on the cluster LCD display.
If your vehicle is equipped with
additional navigation, please refer to the
infotainment system manual separately
supplied.
Information
• While recalling the “1” memory
position, pressing the SET or 1 button
temporarily stops the adjustment of
the recalled memory position. Pressing
the 2 button recalls the “2” memory
position.
• While recalling the “2” memory
position, pressing the SET or 2 button
temporarily stops the adjustment of
the recalled memory position. Pressing
the 1 button recalls the “1” memory
position.
• While recalling the stored positions,
pressing one of the control buttons
for the driver’s seat, side view mirror,
instrument panel illumination or head-
up display will cause the movement of
that component to stop and move in
the direction that the control button is
pressed.
Resetting the Driver’s Seat
Memory System
Take the following procedures to reset
the driver’s seat memory system, when it
does not operate properly.
To reset the driver’s seat memory
system
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position, shift to P (Park), and open
the driver’s door.
2. Operate the control switch to set
the driver’s seat and seatback to the
foremost position.
3. Simultaneously press the SET button
and push forward the seat movement
switch over 2 seconds.
While resetting the driver’s seat
memory system
1. It starts with the notification sound.
2. The driver’s seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position with
the notification sound.
3. The driver’s seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notification
sound.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notification
sound may stop.
- The memory button is pressed.
- The control switch is operated.
- The gear is shifted out of P (Park) .
- The driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3
km/h).
- The driver’s door is closed.
05
5-41
NOTICE
• Reattempt to do the resetting
procedure again, when the resetting
procedure incompletely stops or the
notification sound do not stop.
• Make sure that there is no obstacle
around the driver’s seat in advance
of resetting the driver’s seat memory
system.
Easy Access Function
The system will move the driver’s seat
automatically as follows:
• It will move the driver’s seat rearward
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position.
• It will move the driver’s seat forward
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ACC or START position.
You can activate or deactivate the Easy
Access Function from the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display.
‘Convenience → Seat Easy Access →
Off/Normal/Extended’.
For more information, refer to “LCD
Display” in chapter 4.If your vehicle is
equipped with additional navigation,
please refer to the infotainment system
manual separately supplied.
CAUTION
Driver should be cautious when using
this function to assure no injury to
passenger or child on the back seat.
In case of emergency the driver has to
stop movement of front seat (when easy
access feature is activated) by pressing
SET button or any of the driver seat
control switches.
Convenient Features
5-42
STEERING WHEEL
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering the
vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or
if the power steering system becomes
inoperative, you may still steer the
vehicle, but it will require increased
steering effort.
Also, the steering effort becomes heavier
as the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s speed
decreases for better control of the
steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
CAUTION
• If the Electric Power Steering System
does not operate normally, the
warning light (
) will illuminate
on the instrument cluster. You may
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering efforts. Take your
vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and have the system checked
as soon as possible.
• When an abnormality is detected
in the electric power steering
system, to prevent a an accident, the
steering assist function may become
inoperative. At this time, the warning
light turns on or blinks on the cluster.
The steering wheel may become
difficult to control or operate. Have
your vehicle checked immediately,
after moving the vehicle to a safe
area.
Information
The following symptoms may occur during
normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after placing the ignition
switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs
the EPS system diagnostics. When the
diagnostics are completed, the steering
wheel effort will return to its normal
condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
might have to put more steering effort.
However, it is a temporary condition so
that it will return to normal condition
after charging the battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch is in
the ON or LOCK/OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
speed.
• When you operate the steering wheel
in low temperatures, abnormal noise
may occur. If the temperature rises, the
noise will disappear. This is a normal
condition.
• When an error is detected from the
EPS, the steering effort assist function
may become inoperative in order to
prevent fatal accidents. Instrument
cluster warning lights may be on or the
steering effort may be high. If these
symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to
a safe area as soon as it is safe to do
so. Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
05
5-43
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to a
comfortable position, adjust the steering
wheel so that it points toward your chest,
not toward your face. Make sure you can
see the instrument cluster warning lights
and gauges. After locking the lever, push
the steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position. Always
adjust the position of the steering wheel
before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
ODN8059021
ODN8059021
To adjust the steering wheel angle and
height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance
forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not
engage completely. This may occur when
the gears of the locking mechanism do not
completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down
on the lock release lever, readjust the
steering wheel again, and then pull back
up on the release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place.
CAUTION
While adjusting the steering wheel
height, please do not push or pull it
hard since the fixture can be damaged.
Convenient Features
5-44
Heated Steering Wheel
(if equipped)
Type A
Type A
ODN8059103
ODN8059103
Type B
Type B
ODN8059104
ODN8059104
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position or when the engine is running,
press the heated steering wheel button
to warm the steering wheel. The
indicator on the button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again. The indicator on
the button will turn off.
• The heated steering wheel defaults
to the OFF position whenever the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
However, if the Auto Comfort Control
function is ON, the heated steering
wheel will turn on and off depending
on the outside temperature.
• Auto Comfort Control (for driver’s
seat) (if equipped)
The heated steering wheel
automatically controls the steering
wheel temperature depending on
the ambient temperature when
the engine is running. If the heated
steering wheel switch is pushed, the
heated steering wheel will have to be
controlled manually.
To use this function, it must be
activated from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system screen.
For more information, refer to the
separately supplied manual with
your vehicle.
Information
The heated steering wheel will turn off
automatically approximately 30 minutes
after the heated steering wheel is turned
on.
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory
on the steering wheel. This cover or
accessory could cause damage to the
heated steering wheel system.
05
5-45
Horn
ODN8059022
ODN8059022
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area is
pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not
press on the horn with a sharp-pointed
object.
Convenient Features
5-46
MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror is
properly positioned. Adjust the rearview
mirror so that the view through the rear
window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
head restraints which could interfere
with your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an
accident or deployment of the air bag,
do not modify the rearview mirror and
do not install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving.
This may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened
with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass
cleaner directly on the mirror as this
may cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
ODN8059025L
ODN8059025L
[A] : Day, [B] : Night
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is in
the day position.
Pull the day/night lever towards you to
reduce glare from the headlamps of the
vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
05
5-47
Electrochromic Mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
ODN8059023L
ODN8059023L
The electric rearview mirror automatically
controls the glare from the headlamp of
the vehicle behind you in nighttime or low
light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror. The
sensor detects the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically adjusts to
control the headlamp glare from vehicles
behind you.
Whenever the shift button is placed in R
(Reverse), the mirror will automatically
go to the brightest setting in order to
improve the driver’s view behind the
vehicle.
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system (if equipped)
ODN8A059135
ODN8A059135
Your vehicle may be equipped with
a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator :
Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator :
Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Convenient Features
5-48
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety™
(NVS
®
) Mirror (if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces
glar
e by monitoring light levels in the
front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
object that obstructs either light sensor
will degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
For more information regarding NVS®
mirrors and other applications, please
refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles
traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System
can replace up to three hand-held
radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with
a single built-in device. This innovative
feature will learn the radio frequency
codes of most current transmitters to
operate devices such as gate operators,
garage door openers, entry door locks,
security systems, even home lighting.
Both standard and rolling code-equipped
transmitters can be programmed by
following the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink® information can
be found at: www.homelink.com, www.
youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or by
calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for use
in other vehicles as well as for future
HomeLink® programming. It is also
suggested that upon the sale of the
vehicle, the programmed HomeLink®
buttons be erased for security purposes.
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink® to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure people and objects are out
of the way of the device to prevent
potential harm or damage. Do not
use the HomeLink® with any garage
door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse features required
by U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door that cannot detect an
object - signaling the door to stop and
reverse - does not meet current U.S.
federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
Programming HomeLink
®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new battery
be placed in the hand-held transmitter
of the device being programmed to
HomeLink® for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
Engine Start/Stop button to be in the
ACC (or “Accessories”) position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink®.
• In the event that there are still
programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming steps
listed below, contact HomeLink® at:
www.homelink.com, www.youtube.
com/HomeLinkGentex or by calling
1-800-355-3515.
05
5-49
Programming
To program most devices, follow these
ins
tructions:
ODN8A059136
ODN8A059136
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) button.
• If the indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange, go to Step 3) since it is a
new programming.
• If the indicator (4) is continuously
turned ON or flashes in Green rapidly
several times, go to Step 2) since it is
a programmed button.
2. Press and hold the button you wish
to program for approximately 15-
25 seconds until the LED flashes in
Orange for several times.
3. Hold the Garage Door Opener Original
Transmitter near the HomeLink Mirror.
ODN8A059137
ODN8A059137
4. Press the Original Transmitter
button until the indicator (4) is
turned continuously ON or flashes in
Green for approximately 10 seconds
and it indicates the programing is
completed.
5. However, the indicator (4) flashes
in Green continuously, but if the
garage door opener does not operate,
please continue to follow the step 6
and 7 (“Rolling Code Programming”
procedures).
6. Firmly press and release the “Learn,”
“Smart,” or “Program” button while
the indicator (4) flashes in Green.
Once the button is pressed, you have
approximately 30 seconds to initiate
the next step.
Information
At the garage door opener motor, (security
gate motor, etc.) locate the “Learn,”
“Smart,” or “Program” button. This
can usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motor-head
unit (see the device’s manual to identify
this button). The name and color of the
button may vary by manufacturer. A
ladder and/or second person may simplify
the following steps.
Convenient Features
5-50
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
HomeLink button up to three times.
Do not press the HomeLink button
rapidly. At this point programming
is complete and your device should
operate when the HomeLink button is
pressed and released.
Information
• Some garage door openers require to
press the programmed button on the
mirror up to three times right after
the programming is just completed to
operate the garage door.
• The indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange and flashes for about 60
seconds, during the programing mode
and if a programing is not succeeded
within the 60 seconds, the programing
mode will be abort.
HomeLink® should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control
System button while you press and re-
press (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequency
signal has been learned. The indicator
light will flash slowly and then rapidly
after several seconds upon successful
training.
ODN8A059136
ODN8A059136
Operating HomeLink®
1. Press and release one of the
HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that
programed.
2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will
operate as below:
- Indicates Green and is continuously
ON (Fixed Code Garage Door
Opener)
- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling
Code Garage Door Opener)
05
5-51
ODN8A059138
ODN8A059138
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
1. Press and hold the button (1) and (3)
simultaneously.
2. The indicator (4) is turned
continuously ON in orange for about
10 seconds.
3. Then the indicator (4) color changes
to Green and flashes rapidly.
Release the buttons once the green
indicator flashes.
4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and (4)
memories are all cleared.
NVS® is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A
IC: 4112A-UAHL5A
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested
and complies with FCC and
Industry Canada rules. Changes or
modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority to
operate the device.
Two Way Communication Programing
1. Complete the HomeLink
“Programming” first.
2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink
button is pressed after the
programming, the following steps
MUST occur to program two way
communication. (only for some older
garage doors)
ODN8A059139
ODN8A059139
3. Press and release the programed
HomeLink button to activate the
garage door.
4. Once the garage door is stopped,
press and release the “Learn” or
“Smart” button on the Garage door
opener within 1 minute from the time
of pressing the programed HomeLink
button on mirror.
Convenient Features
5-52
ODN8A059137
ODN8A059137
5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are
flashing rapidly for about 5 seconds,
the two way synchronization is
completed.
Information
Some newer garage door openers provide
two-way communication synchronizing
when programming the original
transmitter.
ODN8A059139
ODN8A059139
Operating Two Way Communication
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) button.
ODN8A059140
ODN8A059140
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below:
- If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
“closing”.
- If the indicator (4) is ON continuously
in Green, it indicates that the garage
door is “closed”.
- If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
“Opening”.
- If the indicator (6) is ON
continuously in Green, it indicates
that the garage door is “Opened”.
- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to Green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last
known status of the garage door for
a few seconds.
Recalling Garage Door Status
Homelink mirror with two way
communication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated device,
press the buttons “1 and 2” OR “2 and 3”
simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) is ON continuously
in Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was “closed” properly.
• If the indicator (6) is ON continuously
in Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was “open” properly.
05
5-53
Information
Two way communication range distance
between “vehicle” and “garage door
opener” is 100m.
The range may be reduced or increased
a little due to obstacle conditions around
the garage door opener, such as houses or
trees.
Side View Mirrors
ODN8059024
ODN8059024
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors
to your desired position before you begin
driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The
side view mirrors can be folded to help
prevent damage when going through
an automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Use the inside rear view mirror or look
back directly to determine the actual
distance of other vehicles prior to
changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view
mirrors while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
this may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
Convenient Features
5-54
Side View Mirror Adjustment
ODN8A059026
ODN8A059026
Adjusting the side view mirrors:
1. Press either the L (driver’s side) or R
(passenger’s side) button (1) to select
the side view mirror you would like to
adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, put the button into
neutral (center) position to prevent
inadvertent adjustment.
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
operate while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer than
necessary, because this can damage
the motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand, because this
can damage the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
ODN8059024L
ODN8059024L
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the
housing of the mirror and then fold it
inwards.
05
5-55
Reverse Parking Aid Function
(if equipped)
ODN8A059028
ODN8A059028
When you press the R (Reverse) button,
the side view mirror(s) will rotate
downwards to aid with driving in reverse.
The position of the side view mirror
switch (1) determines whether or not the
mirrors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left) or
R (Right) switch is selected,
both side view mirrors will
move.
Neutral : When neither switch is selected,
the side view mirrors will not
move.
The side view mirrors will automatically
revert to their original positions if any of
the following occur:
• The ignition switch is placed to either
the LOCK/OFF position or the ACC
position.
• The shift button is selected to any
position except R (Reverse).
• The remote control side view mirror
switch is not selected.
5-56
Convenient Features
(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
WINDOWS
ODN8A059030
ODN8A059030
05
5-57
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to be able to raise or
lower the windows. Each door has a
Power Window switch to control that
door’s window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock switch which can block
the operation of passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC or
LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front
doors are opened, the Power Windows
will not operate even within the 30
second period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death, do not
extend your head, arms or body outside
the windows while driving.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, power
windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped)
opened (or partially opened), your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind
buffeting or pulsation noise. This
noise is normal and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one
or both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
approximately one inch. If you
experience the noise with the sunroof
open, slightly close the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
ODN8059031
ODN8059031
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window
switch when you want the window to
stop.
Auto down window (if equipped)
Pressing the power window switch
down momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers
the window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers or
lifts the window even when the switch
is released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
Convenient Features
5-58
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn’t
activate while resetting the power
window system. Make sure body parts
or other objects are safely out of the
way before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
ODN8059032
ODN8059032
If a window senses any obstacle while it
is closing automatically, it will stop and
lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to
allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then lower
approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the
automatic window reverse feature,
the automatic window reverse will not
operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the “Auto Up” feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch to the second
detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel
may not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window will
not stop and reverse direction.
05
5-59
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the
windows. The automatic reverse
feature may not operate.
Power window lock switch
ODN8A059299
ODN8A059299
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passenger doors by
pressing the power window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch is
pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger
power window
• Note that the front passenger control
is still able to operate the front
passenger window, and that the driver
master control can still operate all the
power windows.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s
door power window lock switch in the
LOCK position. Serious injury or death
can result from unintentional window
operation by a child.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver’s door and the
individual door window switch in
opposite directions at the same time.
If this is done, the window will stop
and cannot be opened or closed.
Convenient Features
5-60
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof control switch located
on the overhead console.
ODN8A059035
ODN8A059035
The sunroof can only be opened, closed,
or tilted when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
The sunroof is operable for 30 seconds,
after the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF or ACC position. However, if the
front doors are opened, the sunroof
cannot be operated even within 30
seconds.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
• After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
WARNING
• Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade
while driving. This could result in
loss of control and an accident that
may cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.
• Make sure heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects are
out of the way before operating the
sunroof.
• Do not extend your head, arms or
body outside the sunroof while
driving, to avoid serious injury.
• Do not leave the engine running
and the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
• Do not continue to move the sunroof
control lever after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage
to the motor or system components
could occur.
• Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or
snow may wet the interior of the
vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof
open when the vehicle is unattended
may invite theft.
05
5-61
Sunshade
ODN8A059036
ODN8A059036
• To open the sunshade, pull the
sunroof control lever (1) backward to
the first detent position.
• To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed, push the
sunroof control lever (1) forward.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momentarily.
Information
Activating the control lever to the first
detent requires only a very light touch.
Sliding the Sunroof
ODN8A059037
ODN8A059037
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever
(1) backward past the first detent, the
sunshade will slide all the way open and
then the sunroof glass will slide all the
way open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever (1)
either forward or backward momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push the
sunroof control lever momentarily.
Information
Only the front glass of the sunroof opens
and closes.
Tilting the Sunroof
ODN8A059038
ODN8A059038
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward towards the roof of the vehicle,
the sunshade will slide open then the
sunroof glass will tilt open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momentarily.
Convenient Features
5-62
Closing the Sunroof
ODN8A059038
ODN8A059038
To close sunroof glass
Push the sunroof control lever (1) forward
to the first detent position.
To close sunroof glass with
sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever (1) forward
to the second detent position.
The sunroof glass will close, then the
sunshade will close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever (1)
either forward or backward momentarily.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
ODH043039
ODH043039
If the sunroof senses any to an obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then stop to allow the
object to be cleared.
WARNING
Small objects that can get caught
between the sunroof glass and the front
glass channel may not be detected
by the automatic reverse system. In
this case, the sunroof glass will not
detect the object and will not reverse
direction.
NOTICE
• Periodically remove any dirt that may
accumulate on the sunroof guide
rail or between the sunroof and roof
panel which can make a noise.
• Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing
or when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice, otherwise the motor
could be damaged. In cold and wet
climates, the sunroof may not work
properly.
05
5-63
Resetting the Sunroof
ODN8A059039
ODN8A059039
The sunroof may need to be reset if the
following conditions occur:
• The battery is discharged or
disconnected or the sunroof fuse has
been replaced or disconnected
• The sunroof control lever is not
operating correctly
To reset the sunroof, perform the
following steps:
1. Turn the engine on and close
the sunroof glass and sunshade
completely.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Push and hold the sunroof control
lever (1) forward (to close the
sunshade) for about 10 seconds until
the sunroof moves slightly, then
release the control lever.
4. Push and hold the sunroof control
lever forward until the sunroof
operates as follows:
TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE
CLOSE
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
For more information, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
If you do not reset the sunroof, it may not
work properly.
Sunroof Open Warning
(if equipped)
• If the driver turns off the engine
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for
approximately 3 seconds and the
sunroof open warning will appear on
the cluster LCD display.
• If the driver turns off the engine and
opens the door when the sunroof is
not fully closed, the sunroof open
warning will appear on the cluster
LCD display until the door is closed or
the sunroof is fully closed.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
Convenient Features
5-64
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Hood
Opening the hood
ODN8A059040
ODN8A059040
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking
brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
ODN8A059041
ODN8A059041
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push up the secondary
latch (1) inside of the hood center
and lift the hood (2). After it has been
raised about halfway, it will raise
completely by itself.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and
around the engine compartment to
ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects are
removed from the engine room area
or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other combustible
material is removed from the engine
compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and
correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from
the closed position) and push down
to securely lock in place. Then double
check to be sure the hood is secure.
If the hood can be raised slightly, it is
not securely locked. Open it again and
close it with more force.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
all obstructions are removed from
around the hood opening.
• Always double check to be sure that
the hood is firmly latched before
driving away. Check there is no
hood open warning light or message
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Driving with the hood opened may
cause a total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with the
hood in the raised position, as vision
is obstructed, which might result in
an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
05
5-65
Trunk
Opening the trunk
ODN8059042
ODN8059042
1. Make sure the shift button is in P
(Park).
2. Then do one of the following :
- Press the button on the trunk handle
after locking or unlocking the door
by remote key or smart key.
- Press the trunk unlock button of
remote key or smart key for more
than 1 second.
- Press the button on the trunk
itself with the Smart Key in your
possession.
WARNING
The button on the trunk handle is
made of the rubber. Do not press it
with the sharp objects such as the key,
screwdriver or drill.
ODN8059043
ODN8059043
- Use the trunk release button.
3. Lift the trunk lid up.
Closing the trunk
Lower the trunk lid and press down until
it locks.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid completely
closed while the vehicle is in motion. If
it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust
gases containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
illness or death may result.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the trunk before
opening or closing the Power Trunk.
Wait until the trunk is open fully and
stopped before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the trunk lift
cylinders and the attached hardware,
always close the trunk before driving.
Information
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock and
trunk mechanisms may not work properly
due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
Always be careful to open and close the
trunk.
• To prevent serious injury and
damage, you should check and keep
your body parts such as hands or
head away from the path of the trunk
while closing or opening the trunk.
• Your body parts or an object might be
damaged by sharp edges so you should
be careful while opening/closing the
trunk or taking the thing out from the
trunk. Especially, a child can hit the face
or head around the trunk so you should
be cautious all the time.
Convenient Features
5-66
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
Inside the trunk
ODN8059044L
ODN8059044L
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Emergency Trunk Safety Release lever
located inside the trunk. When someone
is inadvertently locked in the trunk, the
trunk can be opened by moving the lever
in the direction of the arrow and pushing
the trunk open.
WARNING
• You and your passengers must
be aware of the location of the
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever in this vehicle and how to open
the trunk in case you are accidentally
locked in the trunk.
• NEVER allow anyone to occupy the
trunk of the vehicle at any time. If the
trunk is partially or totally latched
and the person is unable to get out,
serious injury or death could occur
due to lack of ventilation, exhaust
fumes and rapid heat build-up, or
because of exposure to cold weather
conditions. The trunk is also a highly
dangerous location in the event of a
crash because it is not a protected
occupant space but is a part of the
vehicle’s crush zone.
• Your vehicle should be kept locked
and the Smart Key should be kept
out of the reach of children. Parents
should teach their children about the
dangers of playing in trunks.
• Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
Inside the vehicle
When you can not unlock the trunk due
to battery discharge or other reasons,
you can unlock the trunk inside the
vehicle.
ODN8059045L
ODN8059045L
Open the cable cover(1) under the rear
seat with a mechanical key and pull the
cable (2) for unlocking the trunk.
The cable is firmly fixed so it may hard to
pull. Therefore, please use a tool such as
a screwdriver to assist in pulling the loop
for the emergency release.
Smart Trunk with Auto Open
(if equipped)
ODN8059046L
ODN8059046L
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the trunk can be opened using the Smart
Trunk with Auto Open system.
05
5-67
How to use the Smart Trunk with
Auto Open
The trunk can be opened with no-touch
activation satisfying all the conditions
below.
• After 15 seconds when all doors are
closed and locked
• Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
Information
• The Smart Trunk with Auto Open does
not operate when:
- The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed and
locked, and is continuously detected.
- The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and within 60 inches
(1.5 m) from the front door handles.
(for vehicles equipped with Welcome
Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Trunk with Auto
Open, go to User Settings Mode and
select Smart Trunk on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the “LCD
Display” section in this chapter. If your
vehicle is equipped with additional
navigation, please refer to the
infotainment system manual separately
supplied.
ODN8A059047
ODN8A059047
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20~40 inches (50 ~100 cm) behind
the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
chime will sound to alert you the smart
key has been detected and the trunk will
open.
Information
Do not approach the detecting area if you
do not want the trunk to open. If you have
unintentionally entered the detecting area
and the hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, leave the detecting area
with the smart key. The trunk will stay
closed.
ODN8A059048
ODN8A059048
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink and
chime will sound 6 times and then the
trunk will open.
Convenient Features
5-68
WARNING
• Make sure you close the trunk before
driving your vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people or
objects around the trunk before
opening or closing the trunk.
• Make sure objects in the trunk do not
come out when opening the trunk on
a slope. It may cause serious injury.
• Make sure to deactivate the Smart
Trunk when washing your vehicle.
Otherwise, the trunk may open
inadvertently.
• The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children may
inadvertently open the Smart Trunk
while playing around the rear area of
the vehicle.
How to deactivate the Smart Trunk
with Auto Open function using the
smart key
Type A
Type A
ODN8A059006
ODN8A059006
Type B
Type B
ODN8A059007
ODN8A059007
(1) Door lock
(2) Door unlock
(3) Trunk open
If you press any button of the smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
Smart Trunk with Auto Open function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Trunk with Auto
open function for emergency situations.
05
5-69
Information
• If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Trunk with Auto
Open function will be deactivated
temporarily. But, if you do not open
any door for 30 seconds, the Smart
Trunk with Auto Open function will be
activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the trunk
opens.
• If you press the door lock button (1) or
trunk open button (3) when the Smart
Trunk with Auto Open in the Detect
and Alert stage, the Smart Trunk
with Auto Open function will not be
deactivated.
• In case you have deactivated the Smart
Trunk with Auto Open function by
pressing the smart key button and
opened a door, the Smart Trunk with
Auto Open function can be activated
again by closing and locking all doors.
Detecting area
ODN8A059049
ODN8A059049
• The Smart Trunk with Auto Open
operates with a welcome alert if the
smart key is detected within 20~40
inches (50~100 cm) from the trunk.
• The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the
detecting area during the Detect and
Alert stage.
Information
• The Smart Trunk with Auto Open
function will not work if any of the
following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease or
increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to replace
a tire or to inspect the vehicle.
- The vehicle is parked on a slope or
unpaved road, etc.
Convenient Features
5-70
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
ODN8059050
ODN8059050
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the driver’s door is unlocked.
3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3
o’clock position.
ODN8059051
ODN8059051
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to
access the fuel tank cap.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn
it counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on the
door. If necessary, spray around the door
with an approved deicer fluid (do not use
radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these
guidelines may result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings posted
at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of
the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if
available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate the potential build-
up of static electricity by touching
a metal part of the vehicle, a safe
distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source,
with your bare hand.
• Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.
05
5-71
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling.
You can generate a buildup of
static electricity by touching,
rubbing or sliding against any item
or fabric capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. If you must re-enter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle
or other gasoline source, with your
bare hand.
• When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact
between your bare hand and the
vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete.
• Use only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to carry and
store gasoline.
• When refueling, always move the
shift button to the P (Park) position,
set the parking brake, and place
the ignition switch to the LOCK/
OFF position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to the
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and
do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette
in your vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling,
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
immediately contact the manager
of the gas station and then contact
the local fire department. Follow any
safety instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and thus
subject you to the risk of fire and
burns. Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap is
venting fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition stops
before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according
to the “Fuel Requirements” suggested in
the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of
fuel spilled on painted surfaces may
damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the fuel
system or emission control system.
Convenient Features
5-72
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
ODN8A059054
ODN8A059054
The Head-Up Display is an optional
feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a transparent
screen while still keeping your eyes
safely on the road ahead while driving.
Precautions while using the head up
display
It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the head up display in the
following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned in
the driver’s seat.
- The driver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses.
- An object is located above the head
up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of the
vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head up
display information, adjust the head
up display angle or the head up display
brightness level in the User Settings
mode. For more information, refer to
“LCD Display” in this chapter.
WARNING
• Do not tint the front windshield
glass or add other types of metallic
coating. Otherwise, the head up
display image may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on the
crash pad or attach any objects on
the windshield glass.
• The Blind-spot Collision Warning
system warnings on the head up
display are supplemental. Do not
solely depend on them to change
lanes. Always take a look around
before changing lanes.
NOTICE
When replacing the front windshield
glass of the vehicle equipped with
the head up display, replace it with
a windshield glass designed for the
head up display operation. Otherwise,
duplicated images may be displayed on
the windshield glass.
Head-up display ON/OFF
OIK047152N
OIK047152N
To activate the head up display, select
‘Enable Head-Up Display’ on the User
Settings mode on the instrument cluster
LCD display.
If you do not select ‘Enable Head-Up
Display’, the head up display will be
deactivated.
If your vehicle is equipped with
additional navigation, please refer to the
infotainment system manual separately
supplied.
05
5-73
Head-up display information
ODN8A059338
ODN8A059338
1. Turn-by-turn (TBT) navigation
information
2. Road information
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise system set speed
5. Smart Cruise Control information
6. Lane Following Assist system
information
7. Lane Keeping Assist system
information
8. Blind-spot Collision Warning system
information
9. Highway Driving Assist system
information
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation information as Head-Up
Display contents, the Turn By Turn
(TBT) navigation information will not be
displayed in the instrument cluster LCD
display.
Head-up display setting
On the LCD display, you can change the
head up display settings as follows.
• Enable Head-up display
• Display Height
• Rotation
• Brightness
• Content Selection
• Speed Size
• Speed Color
For more information, refer to “LCD
Display” in chapter 4. If your vehicle is
equipped with additional navigation,
please refer to the infotainment system
manual separately supplied.
Convenient Features
5-74
LIGHTING
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
ODN8A059200
ODN8A059200
1. OFF position
2. AUTO headlamp position
3. Parking lamp position
4. Headlamp position
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
mak
e it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when:
• The headlamps are ON.
• The parking lamps are ON.
• The vehicle is turned off.
• The parking brake is engaged.
ODN8A059201
ODN8A059201
AUTO headlamp position
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF aut
omatically
depending on the amount of daylight as
measured by the ambient light sensor on
the center dash (1).
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature
in operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the headlamps when
driving at night or in a fog, driving in the
rain, or when you enter dark areas, such
as tunnels and parking facilities.
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on
the sensor (1) located in front of the
instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the AUTO
headlamp system may not work
properly.
05
5-75
ODN8A059202
ODN8A059202
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and
ins
trument panel lamp are turned ON.
ODN8A059203
ODN8A059203
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
pla
te lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlamp.
High beam operation
ODN8A059205
ODN8A059205
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The lever
will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlamp high beams are switched
on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull
the lever towards you. The low beams
will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are
other vehicles approaching you. Using
high beam could obstruct the other
driver’s vision.
Convenient Features
5-76
ODN8A059204
ODN8A059204
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull
the lever towards you, then release the
lever. The high beams will remain ON as
long as you hold the lever towards you.
High Beam Assist (HBA)
OOS047409N
OOS047409N
High Beam Assist is a system that
automatically adjusts the headlamp
range (switches between high beam and
low beam) according to the brightness of
other vehicles and road conditions.
System setting
The driver can activate HBA by placing
the ignition s
witch to the ON position
and by selecting:
‘User Settings → Lights → High Beam
Assist’. If you disable this setting, HBA
will not work.
The setting of the HBA will be
maintained, as selected, when the
engine is re-started.
Operating condition
1. Place the headlamp switch in the
A
UTO position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the
lever away from you.
High Beam Assist (
) indicator will
illuminate.
3. High Beam Assist system will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 25 mph
(40 km/h).
• If the headlamp switch is pushed
away when High Beam Assist
system is operating, High Beam
Assist system will turn off and the
high beam will be on continuously.
• If the headlamp switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is OFF, the high beam will turn ON
without High Beam Assist system
canceled. When you let go of the
light switch, the lever will move to
the middle and the high beam will
turn OFF.
• If the headlamp switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
on by High Beam Assist system, the
low beam will be on and High Beam
Assist system will turn OFF.
• If the headlamp switch is placed
to the headlamp ON position,
High Beam Assist system will turn
off and the low beam will be on
continuously.
05
5-77
When High Beam Assist system is
operating, the high beam switches to low
beam if any of the following conditions
occur:
- When the headlamp of an on-coming
vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front
is detected.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light is
bright enough that high beams are not
required.
- When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
- When the headlamp switch is not in
the AUTO position.
- When High Beam Assist system is off.
- When vehicle speed is below 15 mph
(24 km/h).
OIK047132N
OIK047132N
Warning light and message
When High Beam Assist system is not
w
orking properly, the Check High Beam
Assist warning message will come on
for a few seconds. After the message
disappears, the master warning light (
)
will illuminate. Take your vehicle to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
CAUTION
The system may not operate normally if
any of the following conditions should
occur:
1. When the illumination from an on-
coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is
dim. Such examples may include:
• When the headlamps of an on-
coming vehicle or the tail lamps of
a vehicle in front is covered with
dust, snow, or water.
• When the headlamps on an on-
coming vehicle are OFF, but the
fog lamps are ON.
Convenient Features
5-78
2. When the High Beam Assist camera
is adversely affected by an external
condition. Such examples may
include:
• When the vehicle’s headlamps
have been damaged or not
repaired properly.
• When the vehicle headlamps are
not aimed properly.
• When the vehicle is driven on a
narrow curved road or rough road
• When the vehicle is driven on an
uphill road or downhill road
• When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad or
curved road.
• When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign or
mirror.
• When the road conditions are bad
such as being wet or covered with
snow.
• When a vehicle suddenly appears
from a curve.
• When the vehicle is tilted from a
flat tire or being towed.
• When Lane Keeping Assist system
warning light illuminates.
• When the light from the on-coming
or front vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke,
fog, snow, etc.
• When the front window is covered
with foreign matters such as ice,
dust, fog, or is damaged.
3. When the forward visibility is poor.
Such examples may include:
• When the headlamps of an on-
coming vehicle or a vehicle in front
is not detected due to poor outside
visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog,
heavy rain, snow, etc.).
• When the windshield visibility is
poor.
WARNING
• Do not attempt to disassemble
the front view camera without the
assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer technician. If the front camera
is removed for any reason, the
system may need to be re-calibrated.
Have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the windshield of your vehicle is
replaced, most likely the front view
camera will need to be re-calibrated.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected and have the system re-
calibrated by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Be careful that water doesn’t get into
High Beam Assist unit and do not
remove or damage related parts of
High Beam Assist system.
• Do not place objects on the crash
pad that reflect light such as mirrors,
white paper, etc. The system may
malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, High Beam Assist system
may not work properly. The system
is for your convenience only. It is the
responsibility of the driver for safe
driving practices and always check
the road conditions for your safety.
• When the system does not operate
normally, change the headlamp
position manually between the high
beam and low beam.
05
5-79
Turn signals and lane change signals
ODN8A059207
ODN8A059207
To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a left turn or up for a right turn in
position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not flash
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out and will
require replacement.
One touch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal
function, push the turn signal le
ver up or
down to position (B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or
7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One
Touch Turn Signal function or choose
the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the
User Settings mode in the LCD display.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent
the battery from being discharged.
The system automatically turns off the
parking lamp when the driver turns the
vehicle off and opens the driver-side
door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when
the vehicle is turned off, perform the
following:
(1) Open the driver-side door.
(2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and ON
again using the headlamp switch on
the steering column.
Headlamp delay function
If the key is removed from the ignition
switch or placed in the ACC position
or the LOCK/OFF position with the
headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/
or parking lamps) remain on for about
5 minutes. However, if the driver’s door
is opened and closed, the headlamps
are turned off after 15 seconds. Also,
with the engine off if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlamps (and/
or parking lamps) are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking lamps)
can be turned off by pressing the lock
button on the remote key or smart key
twice or turning the headlamp switch to
the OFF or AUTO position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the User
Settings Mode in the LCD display.
Convenient Features
5-80
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver
door, the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlamp
delay function does not turn OFF
automatically.
This may cause the battery to
discharge. To avoid battery discharge,
turn OFF the headlamps manually from
the headlamp switch before exiting the
vehicle.
Headlamp leveling device
It automatically adjusts the headlamp
beam level according to the number of
passengers and loading weight in the
luggage area.
And it offers proper headlamp beam
under various conditions.
WARNING
If the function does not work properly,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not
attempt to inspect or replace the wiring
yourself.
Interior Lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. The interior lights
may obscure your view and cause an
accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle is
turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically go
off approximately 20 minutes after the
engine is turned off and the doors are
closed. If a door is opened, the lamp
will go off 40 minutes after the engine is
turned off. If the doors are locked by the
remote key or smart key and the vehicle
enters the armed stage of the theft
alarm system, the lamps will go off five
seconds later.
05
5-81
Front lamps
ODN8A059210
ODN8A059210
Front Map Lamp (1):
Press either lenses to turn the map lamp
on or o
ff. This light produces a spot
beam for convenient use as a map lamp
at night or as a personal lamp for the
driver and the front passenger.
Front Door Lamp (2) (
):
The front or rear room lamps come on
when the fr
ont or rear doors are opened
if the engine is running or not. When
doors are unlocked by the remote key or
smart key, the front and rear lamps come
on for approximately 30 seconds as long
as any door is not opened. The front and
rear room lamps go out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds when the door
is closed. However, if the ignition switch
is in the ON position or all doors are
locked, the front and rear lamps will turn
off. If a door is opened with the ignition
switch in the ACC position or the OFF
position, the front and rear lamps stay on
for about 20 minutes.
Front room lamp (3)
:
Press the button to turn ON the room
lamp f
or the front/rear seats.
Rear lamp
ODN8059211
ODN8059211
Type A (without sunroof )
Type A (without sunroof )
Type B (with sunroof )
Type B (with sunroof )
OLFP048099
OLFP048099
Rear Room Lamp ( ):
Press this switch to turn the rear room
lamp on and o
ff.
NOTICE
Do not leave the lamp switches on for
an extended period of time when the
engine is turned off.
Convenient Features
5-82
Luggage compartment lamp
ODN8059213L
ODN8059213L
The luggage compartment lamp comes
on when the trunk is opened.
NOTICE
The luggage compartment lamp comes
on as long as the trunk is open. To
prevent unnecessary battery system
drain, close the trunk securely after
using the luggage compartment.
Vanity mirror lamp
OOS047055
OOS047055
Push the switch to turn the light on or off.
•
: The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
•
: The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed.
NOTICE
Always have the switch in the off
position when the vanity mirror lamp
is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed
without the lamp off, it may discharge
the battery or damage the sunvisor.
05
5-83
Welcome System (if equipped)
Welcome light
ODN8A059099
ODN8A059099
Door handle lamp
When all the doors (and trunk) are closed
and lock
ed, the door handle lamp will
come on for about 15 seconds if any of
the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or smart
key.
• When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
• When the vehicle is approached with
the smart key in possession.
Headlamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in
the headlamp or A
UTO position) is on
and all doors (and trunk) are locked
and closed, the headlamp will come on
for 15 seconds if/or any of the below is
performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or smart
key.
At this time, if you press the door lock or
unlock button, the headlamp will turn off
immediately.
You can activate or deactivate the
Welcome Light from the User Settings
Mode on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to “LCD
Display” in chapter 4. If your vehicle is
equipped with additional navigation,
please refer to the infotainment system
manual separately supplied.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and trunk)
are closed and locked, the room lamp
will come on for 30 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or smart
key.
• When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock or
unlock button, the room lamp will turn
off immediately.
Convenient Features
5-84
WIPERS AND WASHERS
ODN8059208L
ODN8059208L
A. Wiper speed control
• MIST – Single wipe
• OFF – Off
• INT / --- – Intermittent wipe
AUTO – Auto control wipe
• LO– Low wiper speed
• HI – High wiper speed
B. Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C. Wash with brief wipes
(pull lever towards you)
Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
MIST: For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever upward and release. The
wipers will operate continuously if
the lever is held in this position.
OFF: Wiper is not in operation.
INT: Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To vary
the speed setting, move the speed
control lever. The top most setting
will run the wipers most frequently
(for more rain). The bottom setting
will run the wipers the least
frequently (for less rain).
AUTO: The rain sensor located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it rains,
the faster the wiper operates.
When the rain stops, the wiper
stops. To vary the speed setting,
turn the speed control knob (B).
LO: The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI: The wiper runs at a higher speed.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice
before using the wiper and washer, it may
damage the wiper and washer system.
05
5-85
Information
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position, the wiper will operate once to
perform a self-check of the system. Set the
wiper to the OFF position when the wiper
is not in use.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury from the
windshield wipers, when the engine
is running and the windshield wiper
switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
Windshield Washers
ODN8059209K
ODN8059209K
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles. The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the lever. If
the washer does not work, you may need
to add washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below
freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield
using the defroster to help prevent
the washer fluid from freezing on the
windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and
serious injury or death.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is
dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use anti-
freezing washer fluids in the winter
season or cold weather.
Convenient Features
5-86
Rear View Monitor system is a
supplemental system that shows the area
behind the vehicle on the infotainment
system screen to assist you when parking
or driving.
Rear View Monitor with Parking
Guidance
ODN8059058
ODN8059058
ODN8059059
ODN8059059
• Rear View Monitor with parking
guidance will activate when the
engine is running and the shift into R
(Reverse) position.
• To assist in parking, the rear view
is shown (the parking guide line
disappears) on the screen when the
shift button is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with vehicle speed below
6 mph (10 km/h).
Rear View Monitor - Top View
ODN8H059062
ODN8H059062
When you touch the icon (1), the top view
is displayed on the screen and shows the
distance from the vehicle in the back of
your vehicle. Touch the icon (1) again, to
switch back to the previous screen.
WARNING
Rear View Monitor is not a safety
device. It only serves to assist the driver
in identifying objects directly behind
the middle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete area
behind the vehicle.
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the rear camera
display when backing-up.
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle
to make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle
in any direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention when the
vehicle is driven close to objects,
particularly pedestrians, and
especially children.
REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
05
5-87
NOTICE
• Do not spray the camera or its
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
• Do not use any cleanser containing
acid or alkaline detergents when
cleaning the lens. Use only a mild
soap or neutral detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with water.
• Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with dirt, water
or snow.
Convenient Features
5-88
SURROUND VIEW MONITOR (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
ODN8059265
ODN8059265
Surround View Monitor system can assist
in parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
Operating Conditions
• The engine is running.
• The Surround View Monitor button (1)
is pressed (indicator ON).
• The gear status is on D (Drive), N
(Neutral), R (Reverse). (On P (Park), it
doesn’t work.)
• Vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15
km/h).
Deactivations
• The Surround View Monitor button (1)
is pressed again (indicator OFF).
• Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15
km/h).
System operation
• When vehicle speed is over 10 mph
(15 km/h), the system will turn off. The
system will not automatically turn on
again, even though vehicle speed gets
below 10 mph (15 km/h). Press the
button (1, indicator ON) again, to turn
on the system.
• When the vehicle is backing up,
the system will turn ON regardless
of vehicle speed or button status.
However, if vehicle speed is over 10
mph (15 km/h) when driving forward,
Surround View Monitor system will
turn off.
• An indicator on the screen appears
when:
- The trunk is opened
- The driver/passenger’s door is
opened
- The side view mirror is folded
• When you set up ‘Surround View
Monitor Auto On’ on the user setting
menu, you can choose the Surround
View Monitor system to turn on
automatically in case of the parking
alarm sounds.
• If the system is not operating
normally, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
• Surround View Monitor system is
a parking assist system. Because
the images of the four cameras on
the front, rear, left, and right are
synthesized, the SVM view and
parking guidelines may differ from
the actual vehicle location. So, check
all directions for safety.
• Always keep the camera lenses on
the front, rear, left and right clean.
If lenses are covered with foreign
matter, the camera may not operate
normally.
05
5-89
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist (PCA) is a supplemental system
that can warn the driver or apply braking
force to reduce the possibility of collision
with pedestrians when the vehicle is
reversing.
WARNING
• Always look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or
pedestrian before moving the vehicle
in any direction to prevent a collision.
• Do not solely rely on Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
The system might not assist the
driver leading to pedestrian injury or
vehicle damage.
• Be aware that some objects may
not be visible on the screen or be
detected by the rear ultrasonic
sensors, due to the objects’ distance,
size or material, all of which can limit
the effectiveness of the sensors.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist-
Reverse (PCA-R) can be activated from
the Settings menu in the LCD display or
infotainment system display by following
the procedure below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON or START position.
2. Select ‘User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety → Active
Assist / Warning Only / Off’ in the
LCD display or infotainment system
display.
- The system is ready for operation
when ‘Active Assist’ is selected. In
the event of an imminent collision
with a pedestrian or an object, the
system warns the driver or applies
braking force to help avoid the
collision.
- The system is ready for operation
when ‘Warning Only’ is selected. In
the event of an imminent collision
with a pedestrian, the system warns
the driver but does not assist in
braking.
- The system deactivates when ‘Off’ is
selected.
REVERSE PARKING COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST
Convenient Features
5-90
Operating conditions
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist system enters the ready status,
when ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’ is
selected in the AVN system screen and
the following conditions are satisfied:
• The trunk is closed
• The shift lever is in R (Reverse)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h)
• System components such as the rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic
sensors are in normal conditions
The driver needs to select ‘Active Assist’
on the LCD display or infotainment
system display for collision-avoidance
assist.
The solid lines behind the vehicle in the
cluster LCD display indicates that the
system is ready to assist the driver.
Note that the system assists the driver
only once. The driver has to shift the gear
to R (Reverse) from another gear position
to reactivate the system.
The performance of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist system may
vary under certain conditions. If the
vehicle speed exceeds 2 mph (3 km/h),
the system can assist only pedestrian
collision avoidance.
As always, be careful when backing
up your vehicle and be aware of your
surroundings.
Warning and System Control
Active assist
Cluster LCD display
Cluster LCD display
ODN8A049043
ODN8A049043
Infotainment system display
Infotainment system display
OHI059255N
OHI059255N
• If the system detects a risk of collision
with a pedestrian or an object behind
the vehicle, the system will warn the
driver with audible warning, steering
wheel vibration, and warnings on
the cluster LCD display and the
infotainment system display.
• If the system detects imminent
collision with a pedestrian or an object
behind the vehicle, the system may
apply braking power. The driver needs
to pay attention as the brake will
release within 2 seconds. The driver
must immediately depress the brake
pedal and check surroundings.
05
5-91
The brake assist will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P (Park) or
D (Drive)
- The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power
- The braking has been assisted for
approximately 2 seconds
The warning will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P (Park), N
(Neutral), or D (Drive)
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of the
ESC (Electronic Stability Control). There
will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is engaged in a different function
Warning only
• If the system detects a risk of collision
with a pedestrian or an object, the
system will warn the driver with
audible warning and warnings on the
cluster LCD display or infotainment
system display.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking
will not be assisted.
The warning will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P (Park), N
(Neutral), or D (Drive)
WARNING
• Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist system may
not operate properly or may
operate unnecessarily in some
circumstances.
• Always pay extreme caution while
driving. The driver is responsible for
controlling the brake appropriately.
CAUTION
• Always pay attention to road and
traffic conditions while driving,
whether or not there is a warning.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent occupants
from hearing Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
warning sounds.
• If any other warning sound, such as
seat belt warning chime, is already
generated, Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist system warning
may not sound.
Information
The system can detect a pedestrian or an
object when:
• A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle.
• A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
parked in the rear center of the vehicle.
Convenient Features
5-92
Detecting Sensor
Rear view camera
Rear view camera
ODN8059058
ODN8059058
Rear ultrasonic sensor
Rear ultrasonic sensor
ODN8A059303
ODN8A059303
Rear view camera
The rear view camera acquires images
f
or rear pedestrian detection. If the
camera lens is covered with snow, rain,
or a foreign substance, the system may
not work properly. Always keep the
camera lens clean.
Rear ultrasonic sensors
The rear ultrasonic sensors detect
objects. The sensor
s are installed in
the rear bumper. If the rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is covered with snow, rain, or
a foreign substance, the system may
not work properly. Always keep the rear
bumper clean.
NOTICE
• The system may turn off if interfered
by electromagnetic waves.
• Always keep the rear view camera
and the ultrasonic sensors clean.
• Do not use any cleanser containing
acid or alkaline detergents when
cleaning the rear view camera lens.
Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
water.
• NEVER disassemble the rear view
camera or the ultrasonic sensor
components or apply any impact
on the rear view camera or the
ultrasonic sensor components.
• Do not apply unnecessary force
on the rear view camera or the
ultrasonic sensors. The system
may not operate properly if the
rear view camera or the ultrasonic
sensor(s) is forcibly moved out of
proper alignment. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not spray the rear view camera
or the ultrasonic sensors or their
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to malfunction.
• The system may not work properly if
the bumper has been damaged, or if
the rear bumper has been replaced
or repaired.
• Do not apply foreign objects, such as
a bumper sticker or a bumper guard,
near the camera or sensors or apply
paint to the bumper. Doing so may
adversely affect the performance of
the system.
05
5-93
Warning message
Rear view camera
Rear view camera
ODN8A049044
ODN8A049044
Rear ultrasonic sensor
Rear ultrasonic sensor
ODN8A049045
ODN8A049045
Rear camera error or blockage/ Parking
sensor error or blockage
This warning message may appear when:
•
The rear view camera or the ultrasonic
sensor(s) is blocked by dirt, snow, or a
foreign object.
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, rain, etc.
If any of these conditions occur, the
system may turn off automatically or not
operate properly.
When the warning message is displayed
in the cluster, make sure that the rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic
sensors are clean.
System Malfunction
ODN8A049046
ODN8A049046
Check Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
system
If there is a problem with Reverse Parking
Collision-
Avoidance Assist system
or other related systems, a warning
message will appear and the system will
turn off automatically. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Limitations of the System
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may not assist braking
or alert the driver under the following
conditions even if there are pedestrians
or objects.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed.
• The condition of the vehicle is
unstable due to an accident or other
causes.
• The height of the bumper or the
sensor installation has been modified.
• The rear view camera or the ultrasonic
sensor(s) is damaged.
• The rear view camera or the ultrasonic
sensor(s) is stained with foreign
matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• The rear view camera is obscured
by a light source or by bad weather
conditions, such as heavy rain, fog,
snow, etc.
• The surrounding is either too dark or
too bright.
Convenient Features
5-94
• Outside air temperature is hot or cold.
• The wind is either strong (over 12 mph
(20 km/h)) or blowing perpendicular
to the rear bumper.
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes, are near the vehicle.
• An ultrasonic sensor with a similar
frequency is near the vehicle.
• There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the
pedestrian.
• The image of the pedestrian in the
rear view camera is indistinguishable
from the background.
• The pedestrian is near the rear edge of
the vehicle.
• The pedestrian is not standing upright.
• The pedestrian is either too short or
too tall for the system to recognize.
• The pedestrian is wearing clothes that
are hard for the system to recognize.
• The pedestrian is wearing a cloth that
does not reflect ultrasound well.
• The size, thickness, height, or shape of
the object does not reflect ultrasound
well (e.g., pole, bush, curbs, carts,
edge of a wall, etc.).
• The pedestrian or the object is
moving.
• The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle.
• A wall is behind the pedestrian or the
object.
• The object is not at the rear center of
the vehicle.
• The plane of the obstacle is not
parallel to the rear bumper.
• The road is slippery or inclined.
• The driver backs up the vehicle
immediately after shifting to R
(Reverse).
• The driver accelerates or turns the
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may alert the driver or
apply brake power unnecessarily under
the following conditions even if there are
“no” pedestrians or objects.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed.
• The condition of the vehicle is
unstable due to an accident or other
causes.
• The height of the bumper or the
sensor installation has been modified.
• The bumper height has changed due
to heavy loads, tire pressure change,
etc.
• The rear view camera or the ultrasonic
sensor(s) is stained with foreign
matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• The pattern on the road is mistaken
for a pedestrian.
• There is a shadow or a light reflecting
on the ground.
• Pedestrians or objects are around the
path of the vehicle.
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes, are near the vehicle.
• The vehicle is backing towards a
narrow passage or parking space.
• The vehicle is backing towards an
uneven road surface, such as unpaved
road, gravel, bump, gradient, etc.
• A trailer is attached to the vehicle
05
5-95
(IF EQUIPPED)
ODN8A059056
ODN8A059056
[A] : Rear Sensor
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system assists the driver during reverse
movement of the vehicle by chiming if an
object is sensed within the distance of 48
in (120 cm) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system
that senses objects within the range and
location of the sensors, it cannot detect
objects in other areas where sensors are
not installed.
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are not any objects
or obstacles before moving the
vehicle in any direction to prevent a
collision.
• Always pay close attention when the
vehicle is driven close to objects,
particularly pedestrians, and
especially children.
• Be aware that some objects may
not be visible on the screen or be
detected by the sensors, due to the
objects distance, size or material, all
of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
Operation of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning System
Operating condition
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition switch in
the ON position. However, if vehicle
speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h), the
system may not detect objects.
• If vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10
km/h), the system will not warn you
even though objects are detected.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest
one will be recognized first.
REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW)
Convenient Features
5-96
Types of warning sound and indicator
Types of warning sound Indicator
When an object is 24 in to 48 in (60 cm to 120 cm) from the rear
bumper : Buzz
er beeps intermittently.
When an object is 12 in to 24 in (30 cm to 60 cm) from the rear
bumper : Buzzer beeps more frequently.
When an object is within 12 in (30 cm) of the rear bumper :
Buzzer beeps continuously.
NOTICE
• The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors
status. If the indicator blinks, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when
shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with Reverse
Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
05
5-97
To Turn off Reverse Parking
Distance Warning System
(if equipped)
ODN8059057L
ODN8059057L
Push the button to turn off Reverse
Parking Distance Warning system. The
indicator light on the button will turn on.
Non-Operational Conditions
of Reverse Parking Distance
Warning System
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system may not operate normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign matter,
such as snow or water, or the sensor
cover is blocked.
There is a possibility of Reverse
Parking Distance Warning system
malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces such
as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or
gradient.
• Objects generating excessive
noise such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or if
the vehicle bumper height or sensor
installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
Outside air temperature is extremely hot
or cold.
Convenient Features
5-98
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
• Undetectable objects smaller than 40
in (100 cm) and narrower than 6 in (14
cm) in diameter.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle or injuries to its occupants
related to Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system. Always drive safely
and cautiously.
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning System Precautions
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system may not sound consistently
depending on the speed and shapes
of the objects detected.
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system may malfunction if the vehicle
bumper height or sensor installation
has been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with
the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 in (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incorrect
distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or stained
with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor
may be inoperative until the stains are
removed using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the sensors or its
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
05
5-99
FORWARD/REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW)
(IF EQUIPPED)
ODN8A059055
ODN8A059055
ODN8059056L
ODN8059056L
[A] : Front sensor, [B] : Rear sensor
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system assists the driver during
movement of the vehicle by chiming if
an object is sensed within the distance of
40 in (100 cm) in front and 48 in (120 cm)
behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system
that senses objects within the range and
location of the sensors, it cannot detect
objects in other areas where sensors are
not installed.
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle
to make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle
in any direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention when the
vehicle is driven close to objects,
particularly pedestrians, and
especially children.
• Be aware that some objects may
not be visible on the screen or be
detected by the sensors, due to the
objects distance, size or material, all
of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
• Do not tamper with the location
or size of the license plate
discretionally.
Convenient Features
5-100
Operation of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
System
Operating condition
ODN8059057
ODN8059057
• This system will activate when
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system button is pressed
with the engine running.
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system button turns on
automatically and activates Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system when you press the R(Reverse)
button. However, if vehicle speed
exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the system
will not warn you even though objects
are detected, and if vehicle speed
exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h), the system
will turn off automatically. To turn on
the system, press Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning system
button.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest
one will be recognized first.
• If ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto On’
is set from the cluster or infotainment
system setup menu, the system will
not turn off even if vehicle speed
exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h, Non RSPA
and PCA) / 24 mph (30 km/h, Applied
RSPA or PCA). Also if vehicle speed
belows 6 mph (10 km/h) will resume
warning when objects are detected.
05
5-101
Distance from object
in (cm)
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving
forward
When driving
rearward
24 ~ 40
(
60 ~ 100)
Front
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
24 ~ 48
(60 ~ 120)
Rear
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12 ~ 24
(30 ~ 60)
Front
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Rear
-
Buzzer beeps
frequently
~ 12
(~ 30)
Front
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Rear
-
Buzzer sounds
continuously
NOTICE
• The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors
status. If the indicator blinks, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when
shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient Features
5-102
Non-Operational Conditions
of Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning System
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system may not operate
normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign matter,
such as snow or water, or the sensor
cover is blocked.
There is a possibility of Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces such
as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or
gradient.
• Objects generating excessive
noise such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or if
the vehicle bumper height or sensor
installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
Outside air temperature is extremely hot
or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
• Undetectable objects smaller than 40
in (100 cm) and narrower than 6 in (14
cm) in diameter.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle or injuries to its occupants
related to Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning system. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
05
5-103
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning System
Precautions
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system may not sound
consistently depending on the speed
and shapes of the objects detected.
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system may malfunction if
the vehicle bumper height or sensor
installation has been modified or
damaged. Any non-factory installed
equipment or accessories may also
interfere with the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 in (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incorrect
distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or stained
with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor
may be inoperative until the stains are
removed using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the sensors or its
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
Convenient Features
5-104
REMOTE SMART PARKING ASSIST (RSPA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Remote Smart Parking Assist system
helps drivers recognize surrounding
objects by using sensors to detect
parking spaces control the steering
wheel, shift the gear and adjust vehicle
speed automatically.
Remote moving forward and backward
function provides assistance for forward
and backward movement as well as
taking the vehicle out of the parking
space with driver outside the vehicle.
The driver should check the distance
between the parking space and the
objects in direct and be careful to
operate.
Due to the surrounding environment and
array or shape of the parked vehicles, the
vehicle may not be parked or exit at the
exact spot you have wished.
RSPA stands for Remote Smart
Parking Assist.
Remote Smart Parking
Assist system button
Parking Distance Warning
system button
Function
Remote Moving
F
orward/
Backward
Available
Deactivate Remote Smart Parking
Assist system and park/exit your vehicle
manually if it is necessary. While using
Remote Smart Parking Assist system,
Parking Distance Warning system
activates as well. Remote Smart Parking
Assist system will be cancelled if Parking
Distance Warning system is cancelled by
pressing the button to the OFF position.
For operation of Parking Distance
Warning system, refer to the relevant
description in this manual.
WARNING
• Remote Smart Parking Assist system
may not operate normally if the
vehicle needs wheel alignment
adjustment. Have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• If you use a different tire or
wheel size rather than the size
recommended by the HYUNDAI
dealer, Remote Smart Parking Assist
system may not work properly.
Always use the same size tire and
wheel.
• Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist system when under the
influence of alcohol or drugs.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist system
may not operate properly depending
on the surrounding environment and
other conditions.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist system
may not recognize the object too
close to the vehicle.
• When operating Remote Smart
Parking Assist system, be careful
of the objects such as flower pots
or parking blocks located above
or below the sensor position. Such
object may damage the vehicle or
other objects.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist system
should only be considered as a
supplementary function. The driver
must check the front and rear view
for objects. The operational function
of the system can be affected by
many factors and conditions of the
surroundings, so the responsibility
rests always with the driver.
• Do not let children or other person to
use the smart key.
05
5-105
Operating Condition
ODN8059072
ODN8059072
Use Remote Smart Parking
Assist system when all the below
conditions are met
• When the parking space is a straight
line
• When there is enough space to move
or exit the vehicle
Non-operating Condition
In the following conditions, Remote
Smart Parking Assist system may not
operate properly or cancelled. Drive the
vehicle manually in the below conditions.
• Curved or diagonal parking space
• An obstacle such as a trash can,
bicycle, motorcycle, shopping cart,
narrow pillar etc. is near
• Near a circular pillar or narrow pillar,
or a pillar surrounded by objects such
as fire extinguisher, etc.
• Heavy snow, rain or wind
• Bumpy roads
• A vehicle equipped with a snow chain
or spare tire
• Tire pressure lower or higher than the
standard tire pressure
• Slippery or uneven road
• A vehicle loaded with longer or wider
cargo compared to the vehicle or a
trailer connected to the vehicle
• The sensor is positioned incorrectly by
an impact to the bumper
• Inclined roads parking
• A problem with the wheel alignment
• Vehicle leaned severely to one side
• Front or rear distance sensors are
malfunction or not working properly.
(Refer to Parking Distance Warning
system in this chapter)
• Low battery level of the smart key that
requires battery replacement.
Convenient Features
5-106
Limitations of the system
• When the vehicle has been parked/
stopped for a long time in a cold
environment, the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward may be delayed
depending on the vehicle condition
when the vehicle is turned on
remotely.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist system
may suddenly apply brake to avoid
collision against stationary or moving
object.
• The performance of the system may
be degraded and frequently stop
when driving in strong electric field
area.
• When there is any obstacle within
the blind-spot area, drive out of the
parking space manually
• Remote Smart Parking Assist system
may not recognize the object that
appears suddenly.
WARNING
Do not use Remote Smart Parking Assist
system in the following conditions for
unexpected results may occur and
cause a serious accident.
1. Parking on inclines
ODN8A059269
ODN8A059269
Park and exit manually when you park on
inclines.
2. Parking in snow
ODN8A059264
ODN8A059264
Snow may interfere with sensor
operation or Remote Smart Parking
Assist system may cancel if the road is
slippery while parking.
3. Parking diagonal
ODN8059080
ODN8059080
Remote Smart Parking Assist system is
not a supplemental for diagonal parking.
Even if the vehicle is able to enter the
space, do not operate the system.
05
5-107
4. Parking in uneven road
ODN8059081L
ODN8059081L
Remote Smart Parking Assist system
may cancel when the vehicle slips or
the vehicle could not move due to road
condition such as pebbles or fragmented
stones.
5. Parking behind a truck
ODN8059082L
ODN8059082L
An accident may occur when parking
behind a vehicle higher than yours. For
example, bus, truck, etc. Do not use the
system in that case.
6. Parking in the blind-spot or near a
circular pillar or narrow pillar
ODN8A059083
ODN8A059083
If you want to park your vehicle in the
blind spot or near a circular pillar and
narrow pillar or a pillar surrounded by
objects such as fire extinguisher and the
parking distance warning chime sounds
three times continuously, the vehicle
should not be parked in the area.
7. Parking in a parking place with a
vehicle on the right or left side only
ODN8059330
ODN8059330
If there is a vehicle on the right or left
side only when you park a vehicle, the
vehicle may cross the parking line.
CAUTION
• Always check for obstacles around
your vehicle before driving.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist
system may be cancelled if you
attach something (cover, etc.) to the
steering wheel.
Convenient Features
5-108
How Remote Smart Parking
Assist System Works
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
Remote Moving Forward/Backward is
available with the driver outside the
vehicle. Make sure the conditions are
met before activating Remote Moving
Forward/Backward function. With the
function, you can park or exit the vehicle
and the procedure is as follows.
1. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
ready:
(1) With the vehicle off: Remotely turn
on the vehicle.
(2) With the vehicle on: with shift
button is in P (Park) position,
then press Remote Smart Parking
Assist system button. Then exit the
vehicle possessing the smart key.
2. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
assist: Press and hold the Moving
Forward/Backward button of the
smart key to provide the Remote
Moving Forward/Backward assist
through steering wheel, gear shift and
vehicle speed control.
3. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
complete: When the vehicle reaches
the desired position, release the
smart key button. Then complete the
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
by entering the vehicle possessing the
smart key or by pressing the remote
start button of the smart key.
Remote Smart Parking
Assist system button
Parking Distance Warning
system button
Remote start button
Moving forward button
Moving backward button
ODN8059332
ODN8059332
OFE048422
OFE048422
1. Remote Moving Ready
You can activate Remote Moving
Forward/Backward in 2 ways.
(1) With the vehicle turned off, press
the door lock button of the smart
key and then within 4 seconds
press the remote start button for
over 2 seconds to start up the
vehicle. The hazard warning light
blinks and displays the status of the
function.
For the details of remote start up,
refer to Remote Start in this chapter.
05
5-109
ODN8A059248
ODN8A059248
(2) Park the vehicle in front of the
space where you desire to use
the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward. Press Remote Smart
Parking Assist system button
and select the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward. Exit the
vehicle possessing the smart key
and check whether all the doors
are closed. The hazard warning
light blinks and Remote Moving
Forward/Backward displays
whether the vehicle is movable or
not.
You will hear frequent beep sounds if
the driver gets off the vehicle after the
Remote Moving Forward/Backward is
ready.
ODN8059095
ODN8059095
2. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
Assist
With the vehicle stopped, press and
hold one of the moving forward/
backward button on the smart key
and then steering wheel, gear shift
and vehicle speed are controlled
automatically If the driver releases
the moving forward/backward button
while the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward button is in activation, the
control will stop temporarily. Press the
button again to resume the control.
For your safety, the assist is activated
only when the smart key is within
about 10-16 ft. (3-5 m) from the
vehicle.
The vehicle can travel up to 23 ft. (7 m)
per move. Press the moving forward/
backward button to make additional
movement.
Press the moving forward/backward
button again after checking the
distance from the vehicles if the
vehicle didn’t move after pressing
and holding the smart key button for
about 5 seconds.
Under cold weather, take enough time
before pressing the moving forward/
backward button of the smart key
after turning on the vehicle remotely.
It may take more time until the vehicle
moves.
Convenient Features
5-110
When the Remote Moving Forward
is ready by the above No. (1)
method, the vehicle recognizes the
condition as exit. After confirming
the surroundings within 13 ft. (4 m), it
allows to operate the steering wheel
up to the conditions ahead.
When Remote Moving Forward is
ready by the above No. (2) method,
the vehicle recognizes the condition
as entering to the parking space.
According to the front condition, it
immediately allows the vehicle to
enter to the parking space and line
up with the steering wheel control.
However, the function performance
can be degraded up to the shape or
position of the surrounding objects.
If you select the remote moving
backward, both of the No. (1) and (2)
methods make the vehicle go straight
after lining up.
While Remote Moving Forward/
Backward assist is operating, the
brake light turns on.
ODN8A059249
ODN8A059249
3. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
Complete
When the vehicle reaches the desired
position, Remote Moving Forward/
Backward is completed as follows:
(1) If the driver enters the vehicle with
the smart key, Remote Moving
Forward/Backward is completed. In
this case, the vehicle stays on.
(2) If the driver pushes the Remote
control button of the smart
key, Remote Moving Forward/
Backward is completed. In this
case, the vehicle stays off.
The parking complete sound (frequent
beep) is generated.
When Remote Moving Forward/
Backward assist is complete, the
gear in P (Park) and Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged
automatically.
WARNING
Always be careful of unexpected
approach of the other vehicles or
pedestrians during operation.
While the remote moving forward
function works, the vehicle is controlled
by the steering wheel control so that
the obstacles in the blind spots cannot
be detected.
Always check for obstacles around your
vehicle to prevent the accidents.
05
5-111
CAUTION
• The driver should check for obstacles
directly around the vehicle.
• The function may be cancelled if you
attach something (cover, etc.) to the
steering wheel.
• Make sure all the passengers exit the
vehicle when the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward is in activation.
• Make sure all the smart keys are
outside the vehicle when the Remote
Moving Forward/Backward assist is
in activation.
• The detection range of the smart key
can be differed by the surroundings
(ex: Indoor/outdoor, strong electric
field area)
• If the parking distance warning
sounds three consecutive times
during operating the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward system, you
should not move your vehicle in that
direction since the objects are too
close. The driver should operate the
vehicle manually.
To cancel the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward while in
operation
1. Press the remote start button on the
smart key.
2. The driver should press Remote Smart
Parking Assist system button while
Remote Moving Forward/Backward is
instructed.
3. The driver should shift the gear
besides P (parking) while Remote
Moving Forward/Backward is
instructed.
4. The driver should press Parking
Distance Warning system button
while the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward is instructed.
5. During Remote Moving Forward/
Backward operation, the vehicle
turns off when the driver presses the
remote start button on the smart key.
6. The function is cancelled but the
vehicle stays on when the driver
enters the vehicle with the smart key
and all the doors are open.
Convenient Features
5-112
The Remote Moving Forward/
Backward assist will stop
temporarily when:
7. An obstacle is detected at the
direction the vehicle is heading.
8. The door or trunk is opened.
9. The moving forward/backward button
on the smart key is released.
10. Multiple buttons on the smart key are
pressed at the same time.
11. The distance between the smart key
and vehicle is over 13 ft. (4 m).
12. A button on the other smart key is
pressed during operation.
13. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist system is activated while
reserving.
14. The vehicle moves 23 ft. (7 m) with the
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
while the smart key is pressed.
(Maximum travel distance per move)
The vehicle stops when the Remote
Smart Parking Assist system will stop
temporarily and the function will
resume when the above condition is
cleared.
The Remote Moving Forward/
Backward assist is cancelled while
in operation when:
1. The driver holds the steering wheel
while the steering wheel is controlled.
2. The gear is shifted or the Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB) is activated.
3. The hood opens.
4. The vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph
(5km/h).
5. The vehicle accelerates suddenly.
6. The vehicle slips back while
controlling the vehicle speed.
7. The wheel is stuck and the vehicle is
unable to move.
8. About 3 minutes and 50 seconds
have passed after the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward assist starts.
9. The gradient of the road exceeds
the range supported by the Remote
Moving Forward/Backward assist.
10. The steering, shifting gear and drive
assist are difficult.
11. The suspended status lasts for over 1
minute.
12. The driver continuously presses and
releases the smart key’s moving
forward/backward button over 10
times.
13. The Traction Control System (TCS) is
activated while controlling the vehicle
speed.
14. The smart key is damaged.
15. The accelerator/brake pedal is
depressed while all the doors are
closed.
16. The brake pedal is depressed while
the driver’s door is open and the smart
key is outside the vehicle.
17. The vehicle travels more than 46 ft. (14
m) after the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward assist is activated.
18. The theft alarm system is activated.
When the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward is completed, the gear in
P(Park) and Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) are engaged automatically and
the vehicle turns off.
The frequent beep sounds are
generated to show the deactivation
status.
05
5-113
Additional Instructions
When the Remote Smart Parking Assist
system is in operation, the system may
be cancelled regardless of the instruction
order.
The appeared messages could be
differed according to the circumstances.
Follow the instructions provided while
driving your vehicle with the Remote
Smart Parking Assist system in activation.
When the function works, please follow
the displayed messages and the driver
should be cautious for safety.
Malfunction warning
ODN8A059262
ODN8A059262
If there is a problem with Remote
Smart Parking Assist system, the above
message will appear when the system is
turned on.
In addition, the indicator on Remote
Smart Parking Assist system button
will blink and the warning sound will
beep three times. (The Parking Distance
Warning system can be operable
depending on the failure type.)
If you recognize any problem, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking assist conditions not met
ODN8A059261
ODN8A059261
When Remote Smart Parking Assist
system is not getting ready for activation,
the above message will appear when
Remote Smart Parking Assist system
button is pressed.
Press the button again after a while and
check whether the function operates
properly.
Remote Smart Parking Assist system is
on standby for a while, you should not
use the Remote Smart Parking Assist
system and have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient Features
5-114
Display Operation Status
While Remote Smart Parking Assist system is on, Smart key / Hazard lamp
status is displayed
The LED on the smart key and hazard warning light indicate the vehicle status as
follows.
The status is displayed when the Remote Moving Forward/Backward function
works.
Vehicle status Hazard lamp Smart key LED
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
function in activ
ation
-
Green LED blinks
continuously
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
function temporarily stopped/in stand by
Blinking Red LED blinks
continuously
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
function deactivated
Off after blinking 3
times
Red LED illuminates
for 4 seconds and
then light-out
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
function completed
Off after one blinking
Green LED
illuminates for 4
seconds and then
light-out
ODN8059097
ODN8059097
When the distance between the smart
key and vehicle is over 13 ft. (4 m),
the smart key LED may not display
normally. You should use it within the
operable range.
05
5-115
Link with other systems
Activation of other systems may
be restricted according to the
circumstances while Remote Smart
Parking Assist system is in activation.
The systems linked to the Remote Smart
Parking Assist system are as follows:
1. Idle Stop & Go
(1) While Remote Smart Parking
Assist system is operating, ISG is
deactivated.
(2) If Remote Smart Parking Assist
system is completed or cancelled,
ISG can be activated.
2. Auto Hold
(1) The activated Auto Hold is
switched to deactivation status
when Remote Smart Parking Assist
system starts.
(2) The Auto Hold button will not
respond while Remote Smart
Parking Assist system is in
activation.
(3) After Remote Smart Parking
Assist system is completed or
deactivated, the Auto Hold will
return to the status before Remote
Smart Parking Assist system was
activated.
3. Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
(1) Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system switches from OFF to
activation status (ESC OFF button
turns off) when Remote Smart
Parking Assist system is activated.
(2) The ESC OFF button will not
respond while Remote Smart
Parking Assist system is in
activation.
(3) The ABS/TCS/ESC system activates
while Remote Smart Parking Assist
system is in activation.
(4) After Remote Smart Parking
Assist system is completed or
deactivated, the ESC maintains the
ON status.
How the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward System
Works
Backward Parking
ODN8059255
ODN8059255
ODN8059335
ODN8059335
ODN8059257
ODN8059257
(1) Search for parking space and line up
the vehicle.
(2) Move until the spot where the
passengers can get off the vehicle
with ease.
(3) Press the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward button with the shift
button placed in P (Park).
Convenient Features
5-116
(4) Get out of the vehicle with the smart
key and close all of the doors.
(5) While you press and hold the
backward button of the smart key
within the operable distance, the
vehicle stays moving.
(6) Complete the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward with the remote
control button and press the Door
Lock button after parking the vehicle
to the desired position and releasing
the backward button of the smart key
Forward Parking
ODN8059258
ODN8059258
ODN8059336
ODN8059336
ODN8059260
ODN8059260
(1) Search for parking space and line up
the vehicle.
(2) Move until the spot where the
passengers can get off the vehicle
with ease.
(3) Press the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward button with the shift
button placed in P (Park).
(4) Get out of the vehicle with the smart
key and close all of the doors.
05
5-117
(5) While you press and hold the forward
button of the smart key within the
operable distance, the vehicle stays
moving.
(6) Complete the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward with the remote
control button and press the Door
Lock button after parking the vehicle
to the desired position and releasing
the forward button of the smart key.
5-118
Convenient Features
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Temperature control knob
3. Mode selection buttons
4. Front windshield defroster button
5. Rear window defroster button
6. A/C (Air conditioning) button
7. Air intake control button
8. Max A/C selection button
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Type A
Type A
ODN8A059100
ODN8A059100
Type B
Type B
ODN8A059101
ODN8A059101
05
5-119
Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select the mode
according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode or recirculation mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
When starting the vehicle in cold weather
a more efficient way to heat the passen-
ger compartment is to do the following.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
- Engine temperature is still low and the
air flow from the heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and with adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
Convenient Features
5-120
Mode selection
ODN8059107
ODN8059107
05
5-121
ODN8059106
ODN8059106
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and f
ace. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor
.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor
, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and side
window defrosters.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount dir
ected to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amoun
t of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
ODN8059108
ODN8059108
MAX A/C-Level (B, D, F)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the
inside o
f the vehicle faster. Air flow is
directed toward the upper body and
face.
In this mode, the A/C button and the
Recirculation mode button cannot be
selected. Turn the fan speed mode to
adjust.
After the interior cabin has cooled
sufficiently, move the temperature knob
away from the MAX A/C setting and
adjust the knob to the desired position.
If you wish to continue using A/C
ON, make sure the A/C button LED is
illuminated.
Convenient Features
5-122
Instrument panel vents
ODN8059109
ODN8059109
The instrument panel vent air flow can be
directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
To close the vent adjustment lever, rotate
it to the outer side till the end. To open
the vent, rotate it to the inner side.
Temperature control
ODN8059110
ODN8059110
The temperature will increase by turning
the knob to the right.
The temperature will decrease by turning
the knob to the left.
Air intake control
Type A
Type A
ODN8059111
ODN8059111
Type B
Type B
ODN8059112
ODN8059112
The air intake control button is used to
select either Fresh mode (outside air) or
Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode
is selected, air from the
passenger compartment will
be recirculated through the
system and heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Fresh mode
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
When Fresh mode is selected,
air enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
05
5-123
Information
Using the system primarily in Fresh mode
and Recirculation mode only when needed
is recommended for best results.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the A/C
ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result in
excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
cabin.
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode for a prolonged period of
time may cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This may lead
to loss of vehicle control which may
lead to an accident.
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode with the A/C OFF may allow
humidity to increase inside the
cabin. This may cause condensation
to accumulate on the windshield and
obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle with
the windows up and either the
heater or the air conditioning ON for
prolonged periods of time. Doing so
may increase the levels of carbon
dioxide in the cabin which may lead
to serious injury or death.
Fan speed control
ODN8A059113
ODN8A059113
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob
to the left to decrease fan speed and
airflow.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the
“0” position turns off the fan.
NOTICE
Operating the fan speed when the
ignition switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge.
Operate the fan speed when the engine
is running.
Air conditioning
ODN8059114
ODN8059114
Push the A/C button to turn the system
on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
Convenient Features
5-124
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor
& Defrost
mode or press the Front
Defrost
mode.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
fr
om entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to recirculation
mode. Return the control to Fresh
mode when the unpleasant air outside
has diminished. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and fan
speed to the desired position, turn
on the air conditioning system, and
adjust the temperature control to the
desired temperature.
Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning
system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When
the desired temperature in the cabin
is reached, change the air intake
control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the MAX A/C
position, then set the fan speed control
to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the engine temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in heavy
traffic when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in high
outside ambient temperatures can
cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn the air
conditioning system off if the engine
temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
05
5-125
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
dir
ect sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside air
position.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system
performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In
this case, set the mode selection knob
or button to the
position and fan
speed control to the lower speed.
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
OIK047401L
OIK047401L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Cabin air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle through
the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty or rough roads, more frequent
cabin air filter inspections and changes
are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
the system should be checked at an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning
system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient Features
5-126
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air
conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is
mildly flammable and
operated at high pressure,
the air conditioning system
should only be serviced
by trained and certified
technicians. It is important
that the correct type
and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
ODN8A079026
ODN8A079026
Air conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning
r
efrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.
Example
Example
OHYK059001
OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
5-127
05
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. Passenger’s temperature control knob
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. SYNC button
5. OFF button
6. Front windshield defroster button
7. Air conditioning button
8. Air intake control button
9. Rear window defroster button
10. Fan speed control toggle switch
11. Mode selection toggle switch
12. Climate control information screen
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
ODN8059102L
ODN8059102L
Convenient Features
5-128
Automatic Heating and Air
Conditioning
ODN8059115
ODN8059115
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically according to the
temperature setting you select.
ODN8059239
ODN8059239
You can control the wind strength in
three stages by pushing the AUTO button
during automatic operation.
- HIGH : Provide rapid air conditioning
and heating with strong wind
- MEDIUM : Provide air conditioning
and heating with medium
strength wind
- LOW : It is suitable for drivers who
prefer to soft wind.
When you select the temperature to HI
or LO in AUTO mode, the wind strength is
set to ‘HIGH’.
Driver’s side
Driver’s side
Passenger’s side
Passenger’s side
ODN8059116
ODN8059116
2. Turn the temperature control knob
to set the desired temperature. If
the temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.
• To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign
will illuminate on the information
screen once again.)
- Fan speed control toggle switch
The selected function will be
controlled manually while other
functions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and improved
operating efficiency, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
72 °F (22°C).
05
5-129
ODN8059214
ODN8059214
NOTICE
Never place anything near the ambient
light/solar sensor to ensure better
control of the heating and cooling
system.
Manual Temperature Control
Mode
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected will
be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select the mode
according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh
mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
full automatic control of the system.
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature
control, operate the system in the
following method to improve heating.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
- Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
- Using AUTO temperature control
mode set to 72 °F (22°C) will perform
the above steps automatically.
Convenient Features
5-130
Mode selection
ODN8H059107
ODN8H059107
05
5-131
ODN8059129L
ODN8059129L
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
The air flow outlet direction is cycled as
follows:
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and f
ace. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor
.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount dir
ected to the side window
defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor
, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and side
window defrosters.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount dir
ected to the side window
defrosters.
ODN8059118
ODN8059118
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amoun
t of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Convenient Features
5-132
Instrument panel vents
ODN8059109
ODN8059109
The instrument panel vent air flow can be
directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
To close the vent adjustment lever, rotate
it to the outer side till the end. To open
the vent, rotate it to the inner side.
Temperature control
Driver’s side
Driver’s side
Passenger’s side
Passenger’s side
ODN8059116
ODN8059116
The temperature will increase by turning
the knob to the right.
The temperature will decrease by turning
the knob to the left.
The temperature will increase or
decrease by 1 °F (0.5 °C) for each
incremental location. When set to the
lowest temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continuously.
ODN8059119
ODN8059119
Adjusting the driver and passenger side
temperature equally
• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust
the driv
er and passenger side
temperature equally.
• The passenger side temperature will
be set to the same temperature as the
driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and
passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
• If you rotate the passenger’s
temperature control knob, the SYNC
button is off and the passenger
side temperature can be operated
individually.
Adjusting the driver and passenger side
temperatur
e individually
Press the “SYNC” button again to
adjus
t the driver and passenger side
temperature individually. The button
indicator will turn off.
05
5-133
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnect
ed, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
To change the temperature unit from °C
to °F or °F to °C :
- Automatic climate control system
Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
while pressing the OFF button.
- Instrument cluster
Go to User Settings → Other →
Temperature Unit.
The temperature unit on both the cluster
LCD display and the climate control
screen will change.
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position,
push the control button.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from the
passenger compartment will
be drawn through the heating
system and heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Information
Using the system primarily in Fresh mode
and Recirculation mode only when needed
is recommended for best results.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the A/C
ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result in
excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
cabin.
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode for a prolonged period of
time may cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This may lead
to loss of vehicle control which may
lead to an accident.
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode with the A/C OFF may allow
humidity to increase inside the
cabin. This may cause condensation
to accumulate on the windshield and
obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle with
the windows up and either the
heater or the air conditioning ON for
prolonged periods of time. Doing so
may increase the levels of carbon
dioxide in the cabin which may lead
to serious injury or death.
Convenient Features
5-134
Fan speed control
ODN8H059319
ODN8H059319
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by using the fan speed control
toggle switch.
More air is delivered with higher fan
speeds.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
Information
For better sound quality, fan speed may
automatically slow down for a couple
of minutes when you activate voice
recognition or hands free.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the ignition
switch is in the ON position could cause
the battery to discharge. Operate the
fan when the engine is running.
Air conditioning
ODN8059121
ODN8059121
Push the A/C button to manually turn
the air conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OFF mode
ODN8059123
ODN8059123
Push the OFF button of the front to
turn off the air climate control system.
However, you can still operate the mode
and air intake buttons as long as the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
05
5-135
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor
& Defrost
mode or press the Front
Defrost
mode.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
fr
om entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculation
mode. Return the control to the to
Fresh mode when the unpleasant air
outside has diminished. This will help
keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and the
fan speed to the desired position, turn
on the air conditioning system, and
adjust the temperature control to the
desired temperature.
Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning
system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When
the desired temperature in the cabin
is reached, change the air intake
control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the MAX A/C
position, then set the fan speed control
to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the engine temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in heavy
traffic when outside temperatures.
Air conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures
can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn the air
conditioning system off if the engine
temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
Convenient Features
5-136
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
dir
ect sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside air
position.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system
performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In
this case, set the mode selection knob
or button to the
position and fan
speed control to the lower speed.
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
OIK047401L
OIK047401L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Cabin air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle through
the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty or rough roads, more frequent
cabin air filter inspections and changes
are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
the system should be checked at an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
05
5-137
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning
system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air
conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is
mildly flammable and
operated at high pressure,
the air conditioning system
should only be serviced
by trained and certified
technicians. It is important
that the correct type
and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
ODN8A079026
ODN8A079026
Air conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning
r
efrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.
Example
Example
OHYK059001
OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
Convenient Features
5-138
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the
or position
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield to fog
up, causing loss of visibility could cause
an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the mode
selection knob or button to the
position and fan speed control knob or
button to a lower speed.
• For maximum defrost performance,
set the temperature control knob
to the highest temperature setting
(rotated all the way to the right) and
the fan speed control to the highest
setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
NOTICE
If you start the vehicle when the
weather is cold, more adequate way to
heat the cabin is described below.
1. Turn off or lower the blower, right
after engine starting, because
engine temperature is still low and
the air flow is cold.
2. After few minutes of engine warm
up, turn the blower to low to medium
speed and set the temperature
control to Hot.
Manual Climate Control System
To defog inside windshield
ODN8A059125
ODN8A059125
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B
1. Select any fan speed except “0”
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the
or position.
4. Fresh mode air will be selected
automatically. Additionally, the
air conditioning (if equipped) will
automatically operate if the mode is
selected to the
position.
If the air conditioning and fresh mode
are not selected automatically, press the
corresponding button manually.
05
5-139
To defrost outside windshield
ODN8A059126
ODN8A059126
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
setting (knob rotated all the way to
the right).
2. Set the temperature control to the
highest temperature setting.
3. Select the
position.
4. Fresh mode air and air conditioning
(if equipped) will be selected
automatically.
Automatic Climate Control
System
To defog inside windshield
ODN8059124
ODN8059124
1. Select desired fan speed.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature, fresh mode and
higher fan speed will be selected
automatically.
If the air-conditioning, fresh mode
and higher fan speed are not selected
automatically, adjust the corresponding
button or knob manually.
If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is controlled to higher fan speed.
Convenient Features
5-140
To defrost outside windshield
ODN8059127
ODN8059127
1. Set fan speed to the highest position.
2. Set temperature to the extreme hot
(HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and fresh mode will be
selected automatically.
If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is controlled to higher fan speed.
Defogging Logic
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning are controlled
automatically according to certain
conditions such as
or position.
To cancel or return the defogging logic,
do the following.
Manual climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Select defroster mode (
).
3. Press the air intake control button at
least 5 times within 3 seconds. The
process should be completed within
10 seconds after the defroster mode
(
) is selected.
The LED indicator on the air intake
button will blink 3 times to indicate that
the defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the
defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
Automatic climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times within 3
seconds.
The automatic climate control
information screen will blink 3 times to
indicate that the defogging logic has
been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the
defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
05
5-141
Auto Defogging System (Only
for Automatic Climate Control
System, if equipped)
ODN8059215
ODN8059215
Auto defogging helps reduce the
possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.
$872
When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the
indicator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected
in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging
System will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON.
Step 2) The air intake control will change
to Fresh mode under low outside
temperature.
Step 3) The mode will be changed to
defrost to direct airflow to the
windshield.
Step 4) The fan speed will be increased.
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
System
Press the front windshield defroster
butt
on for 3 seconds when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
canceled, defrost button indicator will
blink 3 times.
When the Auto Defogging System is
reset, defrost button indicator will blink 6
times without a signal.
Information
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto defogging system, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning,
the indicator will blink 3 times and
the air conditioning will not be
turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select Recirculation
mode while the system is operating.
• When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the fan speed adjustment
knob, the temperature adjustment
knob, and the air intake control
button are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the driver side
windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
Convenient Features
5-142
Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the conductors
bonded to the inside surface of the rear
window, never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing abrasives
to clean the window.
Information
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
Defrosting and Defogging” in this chapter.
Rear window defroster
ODN8059284L
ODN8059284L
Manual climate control system
Manual climate control system
Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system
ODN8059283L
ODN8059283L
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while engine is running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster
button located in the center facia
switch panel. The indicator on the rear
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after
approximately 20 minutes or when the
ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF
position.
Outside mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside mirror defrosters, they will
operate at the same time you turn on the
rear window defroster.
05
5-143
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
(if equipped)
When the sunroof is opened, outside
(fresh) air will be automatically selected.
At this time, if you press the air intake
control button, recirculated air position
will be selected but will change back
to outside (fresh) air after 3 minutes.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the original
position that was selected.
Automatic Ventilation
The system automatically selects the
fresh mode when the climate control
system operates Floor-Level or Bi-Level
for more than 5 minutes and the outdoor
temperature is under 59°F (15°C).
Convenient Features
5-144
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These items
may catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
covers closed securely while driving.
Items inside your vehicle are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items may fly out of the compartment
and may cause an injury if they strike
the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.
Center Console Storage
ODN8059216
ODN8059216
To open:
Grab and hold the latch on the arm rest
then lift the lid.
Glove Box
ODN8059217
ODN8059217
To open:
Pull the lever (1).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in an
accident, even if the passenger is
wearing a seat belt.
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
05
5-145
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup Holder
Front
ODN8059218
ODN8059218
Rear
ODN8059219
ODN8059219
Cups or small beverages cups may be
placed in the cup holders.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is in use to
prevent spilling your drink. If hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while
the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may
result in the event of a sudden stop
or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. It may explode.
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving
to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid
spills, it may get into the vehicle’s
electrical/electronic system and
damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do not
use hot air to blow out or dry the cup
holder. This may damage the interior.
Convenient Features
5-146
Sunvisor
OTM048089
OTM048089
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull
it downward, unsnap it from the bracket
(1) and swing it to the side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward
(4, if equipped) as needed.
Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover securely
and return the sunvisor to its original
position after use.
NOTICE
Close the vanity mirror cover securely
and return the sunvisor to its original
position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket
holder at one time. This could cause
damage to the ticket holder.
Power Outlet
ODN8059220
ODN8059220
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 180 W with the engine
running.
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place
your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.)
into a power outlet or touch the power
outlet with a wet hand.
05
5-147
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 180 W in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat and the fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/
electronic devices with reverse
current protection. The current
from the battery may flow into the
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and cause system malfunction.
USB Charger (if equipped)
Front
Front
ODN8059222
ODN8059222
Rear
Rear
ODN8059296L
ODN8059296L
The USB charger is designed to recharge
batteries of small size electrical devices
using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged
when the ignition switch or the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC, ON or
START position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
port after use.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging
method, may not be properly re-
charged. In this case, use an exclusive
charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON an
audio or to play media on the AVN.
Convenient Features
5-148
Wireless Cellular Phone
Charging System (if equipped)
ODN8059223
ODN8059223
[A]: Indicator light, [B]: Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle comes
equipped with a wireless cellular phone
charger.
The system is available when all doors
are closed, and when the ignition switch
is ON.
To charge a cellular phone
The wireless cellular phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
cellular phones. Read the label on the
cellular phone accessory cover or visit
your cellular phone manufacturer’s
website to check whether your cellular
phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging
unit. If not, the wireless charging
process may be interrupted. Place
the cellular phone on the center of
the charging pad (
).
2. The indicator light is orange when
the cellular phone is charging. The
indicator light turns green when
phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
charging function in the user settings
mode on the instrument cluster. For
further information, refer to the “LCD
Display Modes” in this chapter.
If your cellular phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the
cellular phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
The indicator light will blink orange for 10
seconds if there is a malfunction in the
wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, and re-attempt to
charge your cellular phone again.
The system warns you with a message
on the LCD display if the cellular phone
is still on the wireless charging unit after
the engine is turned OFF and the front
door is opened.
Information
For some manufacturers’ cellular phones,
the system may not warn you even though
the cellular phone is left on the wireless
charging unit. This is due to the particular
characteristic of the cellular phone and
not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
NOTICE
• The wireless cellular phone charging
system may not support certain
cellular phones, which are not
verified for the Qi specification (
).
• When placing your cellular phone
on the charging mat, position the
phone in the middle of the mat for
optimal charging performance. If
your cellular phone is off to the side,
the charging rate may be less and in
some cases the cellular phone may
experience higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless charging
may stop temporarily when the
Remote Key or Smart Key is used,
either when starting the vehicle or
locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
• When charging certain cellular
phones, the charging indicator
may not change to green when the
cellular phone is fully charged.
05
5-149
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop, when temperature
abnormally increases inside the
wireless cellular phone charging
system. Stop the charging cellular
phone and wait until temperature
falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop when there is
any metallic item, such as a coin,
between the wireless cellular phone
charging system and the cellular
phone.
• When charging some cellular phones
with a self-protection feature,
the wireless charging speed may
decrease and the wireless charging
may stop.
• If the cellular phone has a thick
cover, the wireless charging may not
be possible.
• If the cellular phone is not
completely contacting the charging
pad, wireless charging may not
operate properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit
cards, phone cards or rail tickets may
be damaged if left with the cellular
phone during the charging process.
• When any cellular phone without
a wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to the
vehicle discerning compatibility of
the object placed on the charging
pad. It does not affect your vehicle or
the cellular phone in any way.
Information
If the ignition switch is in the OFF
position, the charging also stops.
Information
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Convenient Features
5-150
Clock
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock
while driving. Doing so may result in
distracted driving which may lead to
an accident involving personal injury or
death.
For more information, please refer to
the manual that was supplied with your
vehicle.
Clothes Hanger
OTM048095
OTM048095
These hangers are not designed to hold
large or heavy items.
WARNING
OQX059137L
OQX059137L
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects except
clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp
or breakable objects in the clothes
pockets. In an accident or when the
curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
05
5-151
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet
keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners
over the floor mats. If using All Weather
mats, remove the carpeted floor mats
before installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure to remove a protective
film attached on the carpet
before attaching a floor mat on
the front floor carpet. Otherwise,
the floor mat may move freely on
the protective film and it could
result in unintentional braking or
accelerating.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat
on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only
a single floor mat should be installed
in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, HYUNDAI recommends that
the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use
in your vehicle be installed.
Convenient Features
5-152
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic devices may not function
properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sunscreen, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from
contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage or
discoloration.
USB and iPod® Port
ODN8059229
ODN8059229
You can use an AUX or USB cable to
connect audio devices to the vehicle AUX
or USB port.
Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the portable audio device’s power
source.
iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Antenna
ODN8059226
ODN8059226
Shark fin antenna (1, if equipped)
The shark fin antenna receives
transmitted data. (for example : GPS)
Glass antenna (2)
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to
receive both AM and FM signals.
WARNING
• Do not clean the inside of the rear
window glass with a cleaner or
scraper to remove foreign deposits
as this may cause damage to the
antenna elements.
• To prevent damage to the rear
glass antenna, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaner
containing abrasives to clean the
window. Clean the inside surface of
the rear glass window with a piece of
soft cloth.
• Avoid adding metallic coatings such
as Ni, Cd, etc. These can degrade
the receiving AM and FM broadcast
signals.
• When putting a sticker on the inside
surface of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the rear glass
antenna.
• Do not put sharp instruments nearby
the rear glass antenna.
05
5-153
Steering Wheel Audio Control
ODN8059228
ODN8059228
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
VOLUME (VOL + / -) (1)
• Press the VOLUME switch up to
increase volume.
• Press the VOLUME switch down to
decrease volume.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down and held for 0.8 second or more,
it will function in the following modes:
• RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select butt
on. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
• MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET s
witch is pressed up
or down, it will function in the following
modes:
• RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN butt
on.
• MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN butt
on.
MODE ( ) (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.
MUTE ( ) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
Information
Detailed information for audio control
buttons are described in a separately
supplied manual with the vehicle.
Convenient Features
5-154
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Hands-Free
ODN8059230
ODN8059230
With the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
in the vehicle, you can use the phone
wireless.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
Detailed information for the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology hands-free is
described in the Vehicle Infotainment
User’s Manual.
Blue Link® center (if equipped)
ODN8A059143
ODN8A059143
For details, refer to the Blue Link®
Owner’s Guide or Navigation Manual.
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System (AVN)
(if equipped)
Detailed information for the AVN system
is described in the Vehicle Infotainment
User’s Manual.
6
6. While Driving
Before Driving ................................................................................................6-5
Before Entering the Vehicle .....................................................................................6-5
Before Starting .........................................................................................................6-5
Ignition Switch ...............................................................................................6-6
Key Ignition Switch ...................................................................................................6-6
Engine Start/Stop Button ........................................................................................6-9
Remote Start ............................................................................................................6-12
Automatic Transmission ...............................................................................6-13
Automatic Transmission Operation ........................................................................6-13
Parking .....................................................................................................................6-16
LCD Display Message ..............................................................................................6-17
Good Driving Practices ..........................................................................................6-18
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) ......................................................................6-19
Brake System ................................................................................................6-20
Power Brakes ..........................................................................................................6-20
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator....................................................................................6-20
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...............................................................................6-21
Auto Hold ................................................................................................................ 6-24
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................................................... 6-27
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ......................................................................... 6-29
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ....................................................................6-31
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ............................................................................... 6-32
Good Braking Practices ......................................................................................... 6-32
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.....................................................................6-33
To Activate the ISG System .................................................................................... 6-33
To Deactivate the ISG System ............................................................................... 6-35
ISG System Malfunction ........................................................................................ 6-35
Battery Sensor Deactivation ..................................................................................6-36
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ...................................................... 6-37
Drive Mode ............................................................................................................. 6-37
Forward Collision – Avoidance Assist (FCA) - Sensor Fusion .................. 6-40
System Setting and Activation ............................................................................. 6-40
FCA Warning Message and Brake Control ............................................................6-42
FCA Sensor .............................................................................................................6-45
System Malfunction ............................................................................................... 6-47
Limitations of the System ......................................................................................6-48
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist - Junction Turning ...................................... 6-55
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ...........................................................................6-59
LKA Operation ........................................................................................................ 6-61
LKA System Function Change ............................................................................... 6-61
Warning Light and Message ..................................................................................6-64
Limitations of the System ......................................................................................6-65
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) /
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) .............................................6-67
System Description ................................................................................................ 6-67
System Setting and Activation ..............................................................................6-68
Warning and System Control ................................................................................. 6-70
Detecting Sensors (Front view camera and Rear corner radar) .......................... 6-72
Limitations of the System ...................................................................................... 6-75
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ................................................................ 6-79
System Setting and Operation .............................................................................. 6-79
Resetting the System ............................................................................................. 6-81
System Standby ......................................................................................................6-82
System Malfunction ...............................................................................................6-82
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert ...........................................................................6-84
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ..................................................................6-87
Smart cruise control (SCC) ........................................................................ 6-88
Smart Cruise Control Switch .................................................................................6-89
To Convert to Cruise Control Mode ......................................................................6-89
Smart Cruise Control Speed ................................................................................. 6-90
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance ..............................................6-96
Limitations of the System ..................................................................................... 6-101
6
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control ................................................. 6-105
System Setting and Operation ............................................................................ 6-106
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ....................................................................... 6-109
LFA Operation ......................................................................................................... 6-111
Warning Message ...................................................................................................6-111
Limitations of the System ..................................................................................... 6-113
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) .................................................................... 6-115
System Setting and Operation ............................................................................. 6-116
Warning Message .................................................................................................. 6-118
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ............................ 6-121
System Description ............................................................................................... 6-121
System Setting and Activation .............................................................................6-122
Warning and System Control ................................................................................6-124
Detecting Sensors ................................................................................................. 6-127
Limitations of the System .....................................................................................6-128
Special Driving Conditions .........................................................................6-133
Hazardous Driving Conditions .............................................................................6-133
Rocking the Vehicle ..............................................................................................6-133
Smooth Cornering .................................................................................................6-134
Driving at Night .....................................................................................................6-134
Driving in the Rain .................................................................................................6-134
Driving in Flooded Areas .......................................................................................6-135
Highway Driving ....................................................................................................6-135
Winter Driving ............................................................................................ 6-136
Snow or Icy Conditions ........................................................................................ 6-136
Winter Precautions ................................................................................................6-137
Vehicle load limit........................................................................................ 6-139
Tire Loading Information Label ........................................................................... 6-139
Trailer Towing ............................................................................................. 6-144
6
6. While Driving
While Driving
6-4
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the
oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust
system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the
vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan
control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan
control set to high.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including
components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and
reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain
products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
06
6-5
Before Entering the Vehicle
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s),
and outside lights are clean and
unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and side view
mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that
all passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators
in the instrument panel and the
messages on the instrument display
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
• Check that any items you are carrying
are stored properly or fastened down
securely.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted
whenever the vehicle is moving.
For more information, refer to "Seat
Belts" in chapter 3.
• Always drive defensively. Assume
other drivers or pedestrians may be
careless and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of driving.
Driver distraction can cause
accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between you
and the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink alcohol or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and
driving is dangerous and may result in
an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small amount
of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment. Just
one drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions and
emergencies and your reaction time
gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence
of drugs is as dangerous or more
dangerous than driving under the
influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or take
drugs and drive. If you are drinking or
taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been drinking
or taking drugs. Choose a designated
driver or call a taxi.
BEFORE DRIVING
While Driving
6-6
Key Ignition Switch (if equipped)
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• NEVER allow children or any person
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the ignition switch or related
parts. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the ignition switch, or any
other control, while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your hand
or arm in this area may cause a loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
OAE056172L
OAE056172L
Whenever the front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate, provided
the ignition switch is not in the ON
position. The light will go off immediately
when the ignition switch is turned on or
go off after about 30 seconds when the
door is closed. (if equipped)
WARNING
NEVER turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle
is in motion except in an emergency.
This will result in the engine turning
off and loss of power assist for the
steering and brake systems. This may
lead to loss of directional control and
braking function, which could cause an
accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
make sure the shift button is in P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and turn ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
Unexpected vehicle movement may
occur if these precautions are not
followed.
IGNITION SWITCH
LOCK
ACC
ON
START
06
6-7
Key ignition switch positions
Switch
Position
Action Notice
LOCK
T
o turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, put the key in at
the ACC position and turn the key
towards the LOCK position.
The ignition key can be removed in
the LOCK position.
(The shift button must be in the P
(Park) position)
ACC
Electrical accessories are usable.
The steering wheel unlocks.
ON
This is the normal key position when
the engine has started.
All features and accessories are
usable.
The warning lights can be checked
when you turn the ignition switch
from ACC to ON.
Do not leave the ignition switch in
the ON position when the engine is
not running in order to prevent the
battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, turn the ignition
switch to the START position. The
switch returns to the ON position
when you let go of the key.
The engine will crank until you
release the key.
While Driving
6-8
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels,
ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may
interfere with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position. Hold the key (maximum of
10 seconds) until the engine starts and
release it.
Information
• It is best to maintain a moderate engine
speed until the vehicle engine comes
up to normal operating temperature.
Avoid harsh or abrupt acceleration or
deceleration while the engine is still
cold.
• Whether the engine is cold or warm,
always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not rev the engine while warming
it up.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not hold the ignition key in the
START position for more than 10
seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before
trying again.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.
Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition switch to the off
position and apply the parking brake.
06
6-9
Engine Start/Stop Button
(if equipped)
ODN8069001
ODN8069001
Whenever the front door is opened, the
Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate
and will go off 30 seconds after the door
is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death,
NEVER allow children or any person
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than two seconds OR
rapidly press and release the Engine
Start/Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the engine without depressing
the brake pedal by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the shift button
in the N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will
result in the engine turning off and
loss of power assist for the steering
and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional
control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift button
is in the P (Park) position, set the
parking brake, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, and take the Smart Key with
you. Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions are
not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the Engine Start/Stop
button or any other control while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence
of your hand or arm in this area
may cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
While Driving
6-10
Engine Stop/Start button positions
Button
Position
Action Notice
OFF
T
o turn off the engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop button with shift
button in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/
Stop button without the shift
button in P (Park), the Engine Start/
Stop button does not turn to the
OFF position, but turns to the ACC
position.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
when the button is in the OFF
position without depressing the
brake pedal.
Electrical accessories are usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position for more
than one hour, the battery power will
turn off automatically to prevent the
battery from discharging.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when the
engine is not running to prevent the
battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/Stop button with the shift
button in the P (Park) or in the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine
with the shift button in the P (Park)
position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop
button without depressing the brake
pedal, the engine does not start
and the Engine Start/Stop button
changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
However, the engine may start if you
depress the brake pedal within 0.5
second after pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button from the OFF
position.
06
6-11
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels,
ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc.,
may interfere with your ability to use
the brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if
the brake pedal is released when the
rpm is high.
Information
• The engine will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
if it is far away from the driver, the
engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for the
smart key. If the smart key is not in the
vehicle, the “
” indicator will blink
and the warning "Key not in vehicle"
will come on and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about
5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the
vehicle when using the ACC position or
if the vehicle engine is ON.
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
• Always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not rev the engine while warming
it up.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift button to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift button in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and press the Engine
Start/Stop button in an attempt to
restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.
While Driving
6-12
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is
blown, you can't start the engine
normally. Replace the fuse with a new
one. If you are not able to replace
the fuse, you can start the engine by
pressing and holding the Engine Start/
Stop button for 10 seconds with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC
position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds except
when the stop lamp switch fuse is
blown.
For your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the engine.
ODN8069002
ODN8069002
Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the smart key in
the direction of the picture above.
Remote Start
ODN8069003
ODN8069003
ODN8069004
ODN8069004
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
• Lock the doors by pressing the door
lock button within 32 feet (10 m)
distance from the vehicle.
• Press the remote start button for over
2 seconds within 4 seconds after
locking the doors and the hazard
warning will blink.
To turn off the remote start function,
press the remote start button once.
In case of the manual operation,
the climate control system will be
maintained even when the engine is
turned OFF. However, the automatic
operation is set to 72°F(22°C).
6-13
06
ODN8069005
ODN8069005
Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
WARNING
The automatic transmission shift button or interior parts might get hot when a
vehicle is parked outside during hot weather. Always be careful when the vehicle is
hot.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
While Driving
6-14
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the gear position when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before shifting a
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the gear is in
the P (Park) position, then set
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• If equipped, do not use the engine
brake (shifting from a high gear to
lower gear using the paddle shifters)
rapidly on slippery roads.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting in
to P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must depress
firmly on the brake pedal and make sure
your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
The gear must be in P (Park) before
turning the engine off.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the gear is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn
the engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backw
ard.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
in motion.
When the vehicle is stopped in
R (Reverse) position, if you open
the driver's door with the seat belt
unfastened, the gear is shifted to P (Park)
position automatically.
However when the vehicle moves
in R (Reverse) position, if you open
the driver's door with the seat belt
unfastened, the gear may be not shifted
to P (Park) position automatically for
protecting the automatic transmission.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
U
se N (Neutral) if you need to restart a
stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop
with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park)
if you need to leave your vehicle for any
reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into
gear when the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to move
very rapidly. You could lose control of
the vehicle and hit people or objects.
06
6-15
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The
tr
ansmission will automatically shift
through a 8-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
To start the vehicle forward, push the D
(Drive) button by depressing the brake
pedal with the engine ON. Then depress
the accelerator pedal smoothly.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
accelerator fully. The transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
When the vehicle is stopped in D (Drive)
position, if you open the driver's door
with the seat belt unfastened, the gear is
shifted to P (Park) position automatically.
However when the vehicle moves in D
(Drive) position, if you open the driver's
door with the seat belt unfastened, the
gear may not shift to P (Park) position
automatically to protect the automatic
transmission.
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the gear from
P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift the gear from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition
switch in the ON position.
3. Depress the brake pedal and push the
R (Reverse) or D (Drive) button.
Stay in N (Neutral) position when
engine is Off
ODN8069006
ODN8069006
ODN8069008
ODN8069008
If you want to keep the N (Neutral)
position after the engine is OFF, do the
following.
1. Deactivate the AUTO HOLD and
release the parking brake when the
ignition switch is ON.
2. Start the engine. Push the N (neutral)
button while depressing the brake
pedal. If the message ("Press and
hold OK button to stay in Neutral
when vehicle is OFF") appears on the
cluster LCD display, press and hold
the OK button on the steering wheel
for more than 1 second.
3. When the message ("Vehicle will
stay in (N). Change gear to cancel")
appears on the cluster LCD display,
turn off the engine.
In this situation, if you unfasten the
driver's seat belt and open the driver's
door within 3 minutes, the gear stays in
the N (Neutral) position and the ignition
switch is turned off.
While Driving
6-16
When the battery is discharged:
You cannot shift the gear when the
battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift button to N (Neutral) on a
level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another
battery to the jump-starting terminals
inside the engine compartment.
For more information refer to "Jump
Starting" in chapter 7.
2. Release the parking brake with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position.
3. Shift the gear to the N(Neutral)
position. Refer to the "Stay in Neutral
when vehicle is Off" in this chapter.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Press the P button, apply the parking
brake, and place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
• The gear is shifted to P (Park) position
automatically for safety under the
following conditions.
- When the driver unfastens the seat
belt and opens the driver’s door.
- When the engine is turned off with
the gear shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral).
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with
the engine running, be careful not to
depress the accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system
are very hot. Keep away from the
exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper or
leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
06
6-17
LCD Display Message
Shifting conditions not met
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when engine RPM is too
high, or when driving speed is too fast to
shift the gear.
We recommend you decrease the engine
speed or slow down before shifting the
gear.
Press brake pedal to change gear
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when the brake pedal is not
depressed while shifting the gear.
We recommend you to depress the brake
pedal and then shift the gear.
Shift to P after stopping
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
PARK engaged
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
Press and hold OK button to stay in
Neutral when vehicle is Off
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when pushing the N
(Neutral) button. If you want to stay N
(Neutral) after turning off the engine,
press and hold the “OK” button on the
steering wheel more than 1 second.
Vehicle will stay in (N). Change gear
to cancel
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when depressing the "OK"
button on the steering wheel after the
message ("Press and hold OK button
to stay in Neutral when vehicle is Off")
appears on the cluster LCD display. The
gear stays in N(Neutral) position after
turning off the engine.
NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the LCD
display, when the N (Neutral) position is
engaged.
Gear already selected
The message appears on the LCD
display, when pushing the current shift
button again.
Shift button held down
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when the shift button is
pressed continuously or the shift button
does not properly operate. Clean the
surroundings of gear shift button.
If this message appears again, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Shifter system malfunction
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when the transmission
or the shift button does not properly
operate in the P (Park) position.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check shift controls
The warning message appears on the
LCD display, when there is a malfunction
with transmission shift button.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
While Driving
6-18
Good Driving Practices
• Never shift the gear from P (Park) or
N (Neutral) to any other position with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
the vehicle is in motion.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. Doing so may result
in an accident because of a loss of
engine braking and the transmission
could be damaged.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
• When driving in the manual shift
mode, slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear
may not be engaged if the engine
rpms are outside of the allowable
range.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
is significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.
06
6-19
Paddle Shifter
(Manual Shift Mode)
(if equipped)
ODN8069009
ODN8069009
The paddle shifter is available when the
gear is in the D (Drive) position.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear and the system
changes from automatic shift mode to
manual shift mode.
To change back to the automatic shift
mode from manual shift mode, do one of
the following:
• Gently depress the accelerator pedal
for more than 5 seconds.
• Drive the vehicle under 6 mph (10
km/h).
• Pull and hold the right side paddle
shifter.
Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
at the same time, gear shift may not occur.
While Driving
6-20
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned
off while driving, the power assist for
the brakes will not work. You can still
stop your vehicle by applying greater
force to the brake pedal than typical.
The stopping distance, however, will be
longer than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied.
Do not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Only pump the brakes on slippery
surfaces if the power assist has been
interrupted to maintain steering control.
Do not pump the brakes on slippery
surfaces if the brakes are operating
normally.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormal high brake temperatures,
excessive brake lining and pad wear,
and increased stopping distances.
• When descending down a long or
steep hill, move the gear shift button
to Manual Shift Mode and manually
downshift to a lower gear in order
to control your speed without using
the brake pedal excessively. Applying
the brakes continuously will cause
the brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of braking
performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the
vehicle may also pull to one side
when the brakes are applied.
Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test your
brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the
brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
heat up the brakes while maintaining
a safe forward speed until brake
performance returns to normal.
Avoid driving at high speeds until the
brakes function correctly.
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front
or rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
Note that some driving conditions or
climates may cause a brake squeal
when you first apply (or lightly apply)
the brakes. This is normal and does not
indicate a problem with your brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
continue to drive with worn brake pads.
Information
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.
06
6-21
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
ODN8069012
ODN8069012
To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2.
Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the parking brake
warning light comes on.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH, do not operate the EPB
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and lead to
an accident.
Releasing the parking brake
ODN8069013
ODN8069013
To release the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake):
• Place the ignition switch in the ON
position.
•
Depress and hold the brake pedal.
• Press the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning
Light goes off.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
automatically:
• Satisfy the following conditions
1.
Ensure seat belts are fastened
and the doors, hood and trunk are
closed.
2. With the engine running, depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or
Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the parking brake warning
light goes off.
While Driving
6-22
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be
automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the engine off while
Auto Hold is operating.
• The vehicle is parked on the slope and
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position.
• The Engine is turned off when the
driver tries to park but the vehicle still
moves a bit.
Warning messages
OAEE056115L
OAEE056115L
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close
door, hood and trunk
• If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is unfastened
and the engine hood or trunk is
opened, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle,
a warning may sound and a message
may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the brake
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
EPB switch.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal.
Shift the gear into the P (Park)
position, press the EPB switch, and
set the ignition switch to the OFF
position. Take the Key with you when
exiting the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk
for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the EPB switch. If the EPB is released
unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
• Only release the EPB when you are
seated inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is engaged.
If you depress the accelerator pedal
with the EPB engaged, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake may
occur.
• Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the braking system and
cause premature wear or damage
to brake parts. Make sure the EPB
is released and the Parking Brake
Warning Light is off before driving.
06
6-23
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB. These
conditions are normal and indicate that
the EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a parking
attendant or assistant, make sure to
inform him/her how to operate the
EPB.
OIK057079N
OIK057079N
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is no
t working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
OIK057077N
OIK057077N
Parking brake automatically engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
activ
ated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
EPB malfunction indicator
ODN8069014
ODN8069014
This warning light illuminates if the
ignition switch is set to the ON position
and goes off in approximately 3 seconds
if the system is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving, or
does not come on when the ignition
switch is changed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not working
properly, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
• If the EPB warning light is still on,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB may not be applied.
• If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light is
on, press the switch, and then pull it
up. Repeat this one more time. If the
EPB warning does not go off, have
the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
While Driving
6-24
Parking brake warning light
Check the parking brake
warning light by placing the
ignition switch to the ON
position (do not start the
engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position.
If the parking brake warning light
remains on after the parking brake
is released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle
immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating
the vehicle and only continue to drive
the vehicle until you can reach a safe
location.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking
is possible by pulling up and holding
the EPB switch. Braking is possible only
while you are holding the EPB switch.
However, braking distance will be longer
than normal.
WARNING
Do not operate the parking brake while
the vehicle is moving except in an
emergency situation. It could damage
the brake system and lead to a severe
accident.
Information
During emergency braking, the parking
brake warning light will illuminate to
indicate that the system is operating.
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used
for emergency braking, have system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
does not r
elease
If the EPB does not release normally,
contact an authoriz
ed HYUNDAI dealer
by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow
truck and have the system checked.
Auto Hold
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a
standstill even though the brake pedal is
not depressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
the brake pedal.
To apply :
ODN8069015
ODN8069015
1. With the driver's door and engine
hood closed, depress the brake
pedal and then press the [AUTO
HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD
indicator will come on and the system
will be in the standby position.
•
•
CLUSTER
CLUSTER
06
6-25
ODN8069016
ODN8069016
2. When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes from
white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
To release :
• If you press the accelerator pedal
with the gear in D (Drive), R (Reverse)
or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold
will be released automatically and the
vehicle will start to move. The AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white.
• If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise
control is operating, the Auto Hold will
be released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.
WARNING
When the AUTO HOLD is automatically
released by depressing the accelerator
pedal, always take a look around your
vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth start.
To cancel :
ODN8069017
ODN8069017
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
Information
• The Auto Hold does not operate when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened with the
gear in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The trunk is opened with the gear in
R (Reverse)
- The engine hood is opened with the
gear in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The vehicle stops for more than 10
minutes
- The vehicle stands on a steep slope
- The vehicle moves several times
•
•
CLUSTER
CLUSTER
While Driving
6-26
In these cases, the parking brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white, and a warning sound and a
message will appear to inform you that
EPB has been automatically engaged.
Before driving off again, press foot
brake pedal, check the surrounding
area near your vehicle and release
parking brake manually with the EPB
switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes
to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working
properly. Contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
when you start the vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold
when you drive downhill, back up the
vehicle or park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood open
detection system, the Auto Hold may
not work properly.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Warning messages
OTM058187L
OTM058187L
Parking brake automatically engaged
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold,
a w
arning will sound and a message will
appear.
OIK057079N
OIK057079N
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is no
t working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, the Auto
Hold and EPB may not operate. For your
safety, depress the brake pedal.
06
6-27
OIK057080L
OIK057080L
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO
HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when
y
ou release the Auto Hold by pressing
the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
OTM058159L
OTM058159L
AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close
door and hood.
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
s
witch, if the driver's door and engine
hood are not closed, a warning will
sound and a message will appear on the
cluster LCD display.
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after
closing the driver's door and hood.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or
an Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle
control is improved during emergency
braking, always maintain a safe
distance between you and objects
ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during extreme
road conditions. The braking distance
for cars equipped with ABS or ESC
may be longer than for those without
these systems in the following road
conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds
during the following conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your
vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS or ESC
equipped vehicle should not be tested
by high speed driving or cornering. This
could endanger the safety of yourself or
others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows
the driver to steer and brake at the same
time.
While Driving
6-28
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your brake
pressure and do not try to pump your
brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard
as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance
it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
as trying to take a corner too fast or
making a sudden lane change. Always
drive at a safe speed for the road and
weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping distance
than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light (
) will stay on
for several seconds after the ignition
switch is in the ON position. During
that time, the ABS will go through self-
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
you may have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and
stays on, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Your power brakes will work
normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply
your brakes continuously, the ABS will
be active continuously and the ABS
warning light (
) may illuminate. Pull
your car over to a safe place and turn
the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning
light is off, then your ABS system is
normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem
with your ABS system. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Information
When you jump start your vehicle because
of a drained battery, the ABS warning
light (
) may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery
recharged before driving the vehicle.
06
6-29
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
ODN8069018
ODN8069018
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system helps to stabilize the vehicle
during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks
where you are steering and where the
vehicle is actually going. ESC applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the
engine management system to assist the
driver with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Always adjust your
speed and driving to the road conditions.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when
cornering. The ESC system will not
prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can result in severe accidents.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the
ON position, the ESC and the ESC
OFF indica
tor lights illuminate for
approximately three seconds. After both
lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation,
the ESC indicator light blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in
the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
• When the ESC activates, the engine
may not respond to the accelerator as
it does under routine conditions.
• If the Cruise Control was in use when
the ESC activates, the Cruise Control
automatically disengages. The Cruise
Control can be reengaged when the
road conditions allow. See "Cruise
Control System" later in this chapter.
(if equipped)
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the engine
RPM (revolutions per minute) may
not increase even if you press the
accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.
While Driving
6-30
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation:
• S
tate 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The
ESC OFF indicator light and message
"Traction Control disabled" will
illuminate. In this state, the traction
control function of ESC (engine
management) is disabled, but the
brake control function of ESC (braking
management) still operates.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds.
The ESC OFF indicator light and message
"Traction and Stability Control disabled"
illuminates and a warning chime sounds.
In this state, both the traction control
function of ESC (engine management)
and the brake control function of ESC
(braking management) are disabled.
If the ignition switch is placed to the
LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically turn on again.
Indicator lights
Ŷ
ESC indicator light (blinks)
Ŷ
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the ignition switch is placed to
the ON position, the ESC indicator light
illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning light
illuminates have your vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when the ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates
the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off
while the ESC indicator light is blinking
or you may lose control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
are the same size. Never drive the
vehicle with different sized wheels and
tires installed.
06
6-31
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
brie
fly to help free the vehicle if stuck in
snow by temporarily stopping operation
of the ESC to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS,
and parking brake warning lights
are displayed. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do not
spin the wheel(s) excessively while
these lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle on
a dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS
or standard brake system operation.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
is a function of the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the
vehicle stays stable when accelerating
or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and
rough roads where traction over the four
tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM):
• ALWAYS check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. The
VSM is not a substitute for safe
driving practices.
• Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. The VSM system will not
prevent accidents. Excessive speed
in bad weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe accidents.
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
•
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
is on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately above
9 mph (15 km/h) on curve roads.
• Vehicle speed is approximately above
12 mph (20 km/h) when the vehicle is
braking on rough roads.
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which ma
y activate the ESC,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means
your VSM is active.
NOTICE
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving rearward.
• ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• EPS (Electric Power Steering)
warning light (
) is on or blinks.
While Driving
6-32
WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS
warning light (
) stays on or blinks,
your vehicle may have a malfunction
with the VSM system. When the
warning light illuminates, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC system
to malfunction. Before replacing tires,
make sure all four tires and wheels are
the same size. Never drive the vehicle
with different sized tires and wheels
installed.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
helps prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards when starting a vehicle from
a stop on a hill. The system operates the
brakes automatically for approximately
2 seconds and releases the brake after 2
seconds or when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting off on
a incline. The HAC activates only for
approximately 2 seconds.
NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when
the shift button is in P (Park) or N
(Neutral)
• The HAC activates even though the
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
off but does not activate when the
ESC has malfunctioned.
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the brake
pedal. Move the shift button into P
(Park) position, then apply the parking
brake, and place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake
not applied or not fully engaged may
roll inadvertently and may cause injury
to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply
the parking brake before exiting the
vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns to
normal, taking care to keep the vehicle
under control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal, stop
as soon as it is safe to do so and call
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
06
6-33
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
automatically and temporarily shuts
down the engine when the vehicle
is stopped and idling to improve fuel
efficiency and reduce exhaust gas
emissions. (i.e. red stop light, stop sign,
and traffic jam).
The engine is automatically started upon
satisfying the starting conditions.
The ISG system is always active, when
the engine is running.
Information
When the engine is automatically started
by the ISG system, some warning
lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS,
and parking brake warning light) may
illuminate for a few seconds due to the
low battery voltage. However, it does
not indicate a malfunction with the ISG
system.
To Activate the ISG System
Prerequisite for activation
The ISG system operates in the following
situations.
• The driver's seatbelt is fastened
• The driver's door and hood are closed
• The brake vacuum pressure is
adequate
• The battery sensor is activated and
the battery is sufficiently charged
• Outside temperature is not too low or
too high
• The vehicle is driven over a constant
speed and stops
• The climate control system satisfies
the conditions
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
• The incline is gradual
• The steering wheel is turned less than
180 degrees and then the vehicle
stops
Information
• The ISG system is not
activated, when the
prerequisites to activate
the ISG system are
unsatisfied. In this case,
the ISG OFF button indicator
illuminates, and the auto stop indicator
(
) illuminates in yellow on the
instrument cluster.
• When the above indicator remains
illuminated on the instrument cluster,
have the IGS system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Auto stop
To stop the engine in idle stop mode
1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0 mph.
2. Depress the brake pedal with the shift
button in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The auto stop indicator (
) illuminates
in green on the instrument cluster, when
the engine stops.
Information
The driving speed must reach at least 3
mph (5 km/h) after an idle stop to stop the
engine in idle stop mode again.
In auto stop mode, when the driver
opens the hood, the ISG system will be
deactivated.
ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-34
When the system is deactivated:
ODN8069019
ODN8069019
The ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
If the message "Auto Stop is Off.
OIK057173N
OIK057173N
Start vehicle manually", appears on the
LCD display with a beep sound, restart
the vehicle manually by depressing the
brake pedal with the vehicle shifted
to P (Park) or N (Neutral). For your
safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park)
position.
Auto start
To restart the engine in the auto stop
mode
Release the brake pedal.
- When Auto Hold is activated, if you
release the brake pedal, the engine will
be in the auto stop state. However, if
you depress the accelerator pedal, the
engine will start again.
The auto stop indicator ( ) goes OFF on
the instrument cluster, when the engine
is restarted.
The engine is automatically restarted in
the following situations.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low
•
The engine has stopped for about 5
minutes
• The air conditioning is ON with the fan
speed set to the highest position
• The front defroster is ON
• The battery is weak
• The cooling and heating performance
of the climate control system is
unsatisfactory
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) when
Auto Hold is activated
• The door is opened or the seatbelt
is unfastened when Auto Hold is
activated
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto
Hold is activated
The auto stop indicator (
) blinks in
green for 5 seconds on the instrument
cluster.
06
6-35
OIK057086N
OIK057086N
The auto start is temporarily deactivated
in the following situations.
When the gear is shifted from N (Neutral)
t
o R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual
shift mode without the brake pedal
depressed. A message "Press brake pedal
for Auto Start" will appear on the LCD
display. To activate auto start, depress
the brake pedal.
To Deactivate the ISG System
• Press the ISG OFF button to
deactivate the ISG system. Then, the
ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
• Press the ISG OFF button again to
reactivate the ISG system. Then, the
ISG OFF button indicator turns OFF.
ISG System Malfunction
The ISG system may not operate:
When there is a malfunction with the ISG
sensor
s or the ISG system.
The followings occur, when there is a
malfunction with the ISG system:
• The auto stop indicator ( ) will blink
in yellow on the instrument cluster.
• The light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
Information
• When you cannot turn OFF the ISG
OFF button indicator by pressing
the ISG OFF button, or when the
malfunction with the ISG system
persists, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• You can turn off the ISG OFF button
indicator by driving over 50 mph (80
km/h) for up to 2 hours with the fan
speed below the 2nd position. If the
ISG OFF button indicator remains
ON, contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
When the engine is in auto stop mode,
the engine may restart. Before leaving
the vehicle or checking the engine
compartment, stop the engine placing
the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF
position or remove the ignition key.
While Driving
6-36
Battery Sensor Deactivation
ODN8A069204
ODN8A069204
[A] : Battery sensor
The battery sensor is deactivated, when
the battery is disconnected from the
negative pole for maintenance purpose.
In this case, the ISG system is limitedly
operated due to the battery sensor
deactivation. Thus, the driver needs
to take the following procedures to
reactivate the battery sensor after
disconnecting the battery.
Prerequisites to reactivate the
battery sensor
Switch "ON" and "OFF" the ignition one
time. Park the vehicle for a minimum of 4
hours with the hood and all doors closed.
Pay extreme caution not to connect any
accessories (i.e. navigation and black
box) to the vehicle with the engine in the
OFF status. If not, the battery sensor may
not be reactivated.
Information
The ISG system may not operate in the
following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG
system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
• Use only a genuine HYUNDAI
Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
for replacement. If not, the ISG
system may not operate normally.
• Do not recharge the Absorbent Glass
Mat (AGM) battery with a general
battery charger. It may damage or
explode the Absorbent Glass Mat
(AGM) battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap. The
battery electrolyte, which is harmful
to the human body, may leak out.
06
6-37
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Drive Mode
ODN8069020
ODN8069020
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver’s preference or
road condition.
Information
If there is a problem with the
instrument cluster, the drive mode will
be in COMFORT mode and may not
change to NORMAL mode or SPORT
mode.
The mode changes when you toggle the
DRIVE MODE button.
CUSTOM
SPORT
NORMAL
SMART
When COMFORT mode is selected, it is
not displayed on the instrument cluster.
• NORMAL mode :
NORMAL mode helps provide smooth
driving and comfortable riding.
• SPORT mode :
SPORT mode helps provide sporty but
firm riding.
• CUSTOM mode :
The driver can separately adjust
modes of each driving system.
• SMART mode :
SMART mode automatically adjusts
the driving mode (NORMAL « SPORT)
in accordance with the driver's driving
habits.
The drive mode will change to NORMAL
mode when the engine is restarted.
When changing the drive mode setting,
the responsiveness of Smart Cruise
Control changes.
Drive Mode SCC Reaction
NORMAL Normal
SMART Normal
SPORT Fast
In CUSTOM mode, SCC Reaction
operates according to the mode set in
the Engine/Transmission.
(e.g. in CUSTOM mode, the driver select
mode of Engine/Transmission as SPORT,
SCC Reaction operates as Fast)
While Driving
6-38
CUSTOM mode
In CUSTOM mode, the driver
can select separate modes
and combine them on the
infotainment system screen.
- Engine/Transmission: NORMAL/
SPORT
- Steering wheel: NORMAL/SPORT
For more infomation, refer to the
separately supplied manual with your
vehicle.
• When CUSTOM mode is selected
by using the DRIVE MODE button,
the CUSTOM mode indicator will
illuminate.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by
automatically adjusting the
steering effort, the engine
and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver
performance.
• When SPORT mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the
SPORT indicator will illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode from
the DRIVE MODE button.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
SMART mode
60$57
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode among
NORMAL and SPORT by
judging the driver’s driving
habits (i.e. Economic or
Aggressive (Sportive)) from
the brake pedal depression
or the steering wheel
operation.
• Toggle the DRIVE MODE button to
select SMART mode. When SMART
mode is selected, the indicator
illuminates on the instrument cluster.
• SMART mode automatically controls
the vehicle driving, such as gear
shifting patterns and engine torque,
in accordance with the driver’s driving
habits.
Information
When you dynamically drive the vehicle
in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating
or sharply turning the driving mode
changes to SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
06
6-39
Various driving situations, which you may
encounter in SMART mode
• The driving mode automatically
changes t
o SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
or repetitively operate the steering
wheel (Your driving is categorized
to be sporty.). In this mode, your
vehicle drives in a lower gear for
abrupt accelerating/decelerating
and increases the engine brake
performance.
• You may still sense the engine
braking performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal in
SMART SPORT mode. It is because
your vehicle remains in lower gear
over a certain period of time for next
acceleration. Thus, it is a normal
driving situation, not indicating any
malfunction.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode only
in harsh driving situations. In most
of the normal driving situations, the
driving mode sets to be in SMART
NORMAL mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
f
ollowing situations. (The OFF indicator
illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver uses the paddle shifter
(manual shift mode) :
It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle drives, as the driver manually
changes gear with the paddle shifter.
• The cruise control is activated :
The cruise control system may
deactivate the SMART mode when
the vehicle is controlled by the set
speed of Smart Cruise Control system.
(SMART mode is not deactivated
just by activating the cruise control
system.)
• The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high :
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situations.
However, an extremely high/ low
transmission oil temperature may
temporarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission
condition is out of normal operation
condition.
While Driving
6-40
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is designed to detect the
vehicle, a pedestrian or cyclist ahead (if
equipped) in the roadway through front
radar signals and front view camera
recognition to warn the driver that a
collision is imminent, and if necessary,
apply emergency braking.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system:
• This system is only a supplemental
system and it is not intended to,
nor does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of
the driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors
are limited. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
• Drive at posted speed limits and
accordance to road conditions.
• Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. FCA does not always
stop the vehicle completely.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
OTMA058186
OTMA058186
• Setting Forward Safety function
The driver can activate FCA by placing
the ignition switch to the ON position
and by selecting:
‘User Settings → Driver Assistance →
Forward Safety’
- If you select ‘Active Assist’, FCA
system activates. FCA produces
warning messages and warning
alarms in accordance with the
collision risk levels. Braking assist
will be applied in accordance with
the collision risk.
- If you select ‘Warning Only’, FCA
system activates and produces only
warning alarms in accordance with
the collision risk levels. Braking
assist will not be applied in this
setting.
- If you select ‘Off’, FCA system
deactivates. If you turn the ESC off
stage 2, FCA deactivates and the
warning light comes on.
FORWARD COLLISION – AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) - SENSOR
FUSION (IF EQUIPPED)
06
6-41
•
The warning light illuminates
on the instrument cluster,
when you cancel FCA
system.
The driver can monitor the FCA ON/OFF
status on the LCD display or infotainment
system display (if equipped). Also, the
warning light illuminates when ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) is turned
off. If the warning light remains ON
when FCA is activated, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OTMA058089
OTMA058089
• Selecting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time from the
User Settings in the LCD display
or infotainment system display (if
equipped) by selecting ‘User Settings
→ Driver Assistance → Warning Timing
→ Normal/Later’.
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning
is activated sensitively. If you feel
the warning activates too early, set
Forward Collision Warning to ‘Later’.
Even though, ‘Normal’ is selected if
the front vehicle suddenly stops the
initial warning activation time may not
seem fast.
- Later:
When this option is selected, the initial
Forward Collision Warning is activated
later than normal. This setting reduces
the amount of distance between
the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if
equipped) ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
Select ‘Later’ when traffic is light and
when driving speed is slow.
When you accelerate suddenly to the
vehicle ahead, the warning may seem
to activate earlier even if ‘Later’ is
selected.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning timing of other systems may
change.
OTMA058094
OTMA058094
• The driver can select the warning
volume of Forward Collision Warning
in the User Settings in the
LCD display or infotainment system
display by selecting ‘User Settings
Driver Assistance
Warning Volume
High/Medium/Low'.
Information
If you change the warning volume, the
warning volume of other systems may
change. Always be aware before changing
the warning volume.
While Driving
6-42
Prerequisite for activation
FCA gets ready to be activated, when
‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’ under
Forward Safety is selected in the cluster
LCD display, and when the following
prerequisites are satisfied.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on.
- Vehicle speed is over 6 mph (10 km/h ).
(FCA is only activated within a certain
speed range.)
- The system detects a pedestrian,
cyclist or a vehicle in front, which may
collide with your vehicle. However,
FCA may not be activated or may only
sound a warning alarm depending on
the driving or vehicle conditions.
FCA may not operate properly according
to the frontal situation, condition of the
vehicle, the direction of pedestrian or
cyclist or speed. If you select "Warning
Only", only warnings occur.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do not
attempt to set or cancel FCA while
driving the vehicle. Always completely
stop the vehicle at a safe place before
setting or canceling the system.
FCA automatically activates upon
placing the ignition switch to the ON
position. The driver can deactivate FCA
by canceling the system setting on the
cluster LCD display or infotainment
system display (if equipped).
FCA automatically deactivates upon
canceling ESC (Electronic Stability
Control). When ESC is canceled, FCA
cannot be activated in the LCD display
or infotainment system display (if
equipped). In this situation, the FCA
warning light will illuminate which is
normal.
FCA Warning Message and Brake
Control
FCA produces warning messages,
warning alarms, and emergency braking
based on the level of risk of a frontal
collision, such as when a vehicle ahead
suddenly brakes, or the system detects
that a collision with a pedestrian or
cyclist is imminent.
Collision warning (First warning)
ODN8H069201L
ODN8H069201L
This warning message appears on the
LCD display with a warning chime.
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate
the vehicle.
06
6-43
• Your vehicle speed may decelerate
moderately.
• If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the
system operates when your vehicle
speed is between 6 mph (10 km/h )
and 112 mph (180 km/h). Maximum
vehicle speed may decrease
depending on the condition of the
vehicle ahead and surroundings.
• If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist
in front, the system operates when
your vehicle speed is between 6
mph (10 km/h ) and 53 mph (85
km/h). Maximum vehicle speed may
decrease depending on the condition
of the pedestrian or cyclist ahead and
surroundings.
• If you select ‘Warning Only’ for the
system setting, FCA system activates
and produces only warning alarms
in accordance with the collision risk
levels. You should control the brake
directly because FCA system will not
control the brake.
Emergency braking (Second
warning)
ODN8H069202L
ODN8H069202L
This warning message appears on the
LCD display with a warning chime.
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate
the vehicle.
• FCA system limitedly controls the
brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision. The brake control
is maximized just before a collision.
• If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the
system operates when your vehicle
speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h ) and
47 mph (75 km/h) or under. Maximum
vehicle speed may decrease
depending on the condition of the
vehicle ahead and surroundings.
• If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist
in front, the system operates when
your vehicle speed is between 6 mph
(10 km/h) or above and under 40 mph
(65 km/h). Maximum vehicle speed
may decrease depending on the
condition of the pedestrian or cyclist
ahead or surroundings.
• If you select ‘Warning Only’ for the
system setting, FCA system activates
and produces only warning alarms
in accordance with the collision risk
levels. You should control the brake
directly because FCA system will not
control the brake.
While Driving
6-44
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status for
prompt reaction against the driver’s
depressing the brake pedal.
• FCA provides additional braking
power for optimum braking
performance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatically
deactivated, when the driver sharply
depresses the accelerator pedal, or
when the driver abruptly operates the
steering wheel.
• FCA brake control is automatically
canceled, when risk factors disappear.
CAUTION
• The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not there is a
warning message or alarm from FCA
system.
• After the brake control is activated,
the driver must immediately depress
the brake pedal and check the
surroundings. The brake activation
by the system lasts for about 2
seconds.
• If any other warning sound such as
seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist system warning
may not sound.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent occupants
from hearing the system warning
sounds.
WARNING
The braking control cannot completely
stop the vehicle nor avoid all
collisions. The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive and control
the vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates within
certain parameters, such as the
distance from the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist (if equipped) ahead, the speed
of the vehicle ahead, and the driver’s
vehicle speed. Certain conditions
such as inclement weather and road
conditions may affect the operation of
FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to
activate the system.
Information
Exceptional operation of the braking assist
system
• The vehicle drives on a slope or curve.
• The vehicle drives by a pedestrian or
cyclist at the crossroads, traffic signals
or structure.
• The vehicle drives through a tunnel or
near a railroad.
• The vehicle drives where steam, smoke
or shadow is on the road.
• The vehicle drives the road tree planted
or streetlamps installed.
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves or electric noise.
06
6-45
FCA Sensor
Front view camera
Front view camera
ODN8A069024
ODN8A069024
Front radar
Front radar
ODN8A069023
ODN8A069023
These sensors detect frontal vehicles,
pedestrian and cyclist.
In order for FCA system to operate
properly, always make sure the sensor
cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt,
snow, and debris.
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the
sensor cover or sensor may adversely
affect the sensing performance of the
sensor. Always keep these clean.
Refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
for cautions for the front camera.
NOTICE
• Do not apply license plate frame or
foreign objects such as a bumper
sticker or a bumper guard near the
radar sensor. Doing so may adversely
affect the sensing performance of
the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor and
cover clean and free of dirt and
debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary
force on the radar sensor or sensor
cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved
out of proper alignment, FCA system
may not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may not
be displayed. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, FCA system may not
operate properly. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Use only genuine parts to repair or
replace a damaged sensor or sensor
cover. Do not apply paint to the
sensor cover.
While Driving
6-46
NOTICE
NEVER install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield, or tint
the front windshield.
NEVER place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection may
prevent the system from functioning
properly.
Pay extreme caution to keep the camera
dry.
NEVER disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact on the
camera assembly.
Information
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The radar sensor or cover gets
damaged or replaced.
Warning message and warning light
ODN8A069221
ODN8A069221
OIK057091L
OIK057091L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system disabled. Camera obscured / Radar
blocked
When the sensor cover is blocked with
dirt, sno
w, or debris, FCA system may
not detect other vehicles. If this occurs, a
warning message will appear on the LCD
display.
The system will operate normally when
such dirt, snow or debris is removed.
FCA may not properly operate in an area
(e.g. open terrain), where any substances
are not detected after turning ON the
vehicle.
Also, even though a warning message
does not appear on the LCD display, FCA
may not properly operate.
WARNING
FCA system may not activate according
to the road conditions, inclement
weather, driving conditions or traffic
conditions.
06
6-47
System Malfunction
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
OAD058171L
OAD058171L
OIK057091L
OIK057091L
Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
system
When FCA is not working properly, FCA
w
arning light (
) will illuminate and the
warning message will appear for a few
seconds. After the message disappears,
the master warning light (
) will
illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
The FCA warning message may appear
along with the illumination of the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) warning
light. Both FCA warning light and
warning message will disappear once the
ESC warning light issue is resolved.
WARNING
• FCA is only a supplemental system
for the driver's convenience. The
driver should hold the responsibility
to control the vehicle operation. Do
not solely depend on FCA system.
Rather, maintain a safe braking
distance, and, if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce the driving
speed or to stop the vehicle.
• In certain instances and under
certain driving conditions, FCA
system may activate unintentionally.
This initial warning message appears
on the LCD display with a warning
chime.
Also due to sensing limitations, in
certain situations, the front radar
sensor or camera recognition
system may not detect the vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped)
ahead. FCA system may not activate
and the warning message may not be
displayed.
• Even if there is any problem with
the brake control function of FCA
system, the vehicle’s basic braking
performance will operate normally.
However, brake control function for
avoiding collision will not activate.
While Driving
6-48
• If the vehicle in front stops suddenly,
you may have less control of the
brake system. Therefore, always keep
a safe distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
• FCA system may activate during
braking and the vehicle may stop
suddenly shifting loose objects
toward the passengers. Always keep
loose objects secured and fasten the
seat belt.
• FCA system may not activate if the
driver applies the brake pedal to
avoid collision.
• The brake control may be
insufficient, possibly causing a
collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly
stops. Always pay extreme caution.
• Occupants may get injured, if
the vehicle abruptly stops by the
activated FCA system. Pay extreme
caution.
• FCA system operates only when the
system detect vehicles, pedestrian or
cyclist in front of the vehicle.
• FCA system may not activate
according to road conditions,
inclement weather, driving
conditions or traffic conditions.
• FCA system may not work for all
vehicles, passengers or cyclists.
WARNING
• FCA system does not operate when
the vehicle is in reverse.
• FCA system is not designed to detect
other objects on the road such as
animals.
• FCA system does not detect vehicles
in the opposite lane.
• FCA system does not detect cross
traffic vehicles that are approaching.
• FCA system cannot detect vehicles
that are stopped vertically to your
vehicle at a intersection or dead end
street.
• FCA system cannot detect the cross
traffic cyclist that are approaching.
In these cases, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce the
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance or to stop the vehicle.
Limitations of the System
Forward Collision avoidance assist
system is designed to monitor the
vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or cyclist
in the roadway through radar signals
and camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent, and if
necessary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the radar sensor
or the camera may not be able to
detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead. In these cases, FCA system may
not operate normally. The driver must
pay careful attention in the following
situations where FCA operation may be
limited.
06
6-49
Detecting vehicle, pedestrian and
cyclist
The sensor may be limited when:
• The system may not operate for 15
seconds after the vehicle is started or
the camera is initialized
• The radar sensor or camera is covered
with a foreign object or debris
• The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain
or snow obscures the field of view of
the radar sensor or camera
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves
• There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar sensor
• The radar/camera sensor recognition
is limited
• The vehicle in front is too small to be
detected (for example a motorcycle
etc.)
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to be
detected by the camera recognition
system (for example a tractor trailer,
etc.)
• The camera’s field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much backlight
that obscures the field of view)
• The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights or their rear lights
does not turned ON or their rear lights
are located unusually
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when entering
or exiting a tunnel
• Light coming from a street light or an
oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet
road surface such as a puddle in the
road
• The field of view in front is obstructed
by sun glare or head light of oncoming
vehicle
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a
clear view of the road is obstructed
• The vehicle in front is driving
erratically
• The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven
rough surfaces, or road with sudden
gradient changes
• The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances as a
construction zone, railroad, etc.
• The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
• The camera does not recognize the
entire vehicle in front
• The camera is damaged
• The brightness outside is too low such
as when the headlamps are not on at
night or the vehicle is going through
a tunnel
• The shadow is on the road by a
median strip, trees, etc.
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a
clear view of the road is obstructed
• The rear part of the vehicle in front is
not normally visible (the vehicle turns
in other direction or the vehicle is
overturned.)
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a speed
bump
• The vehicle in front is moving
vertically to the driving direction
• The vehicle in front is stopped
vertically
• The vehicle in front is driving towards
your vehicle or reversing
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front circles
While Driving
6-50
OADAS014SD
OADAS014SD
OADAS016SD
OADAS016SD
OADAS018SD
OADAS018SD
• Driving on a curve
The performance of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist system may be
limited when driving on a curved road.
The front view camera or radar sensor
recognition system may not detect the
vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist traveling
in front on a curved road. This may
result in no alarm and braking when
necessary.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
06
6-51
OADAS015SD
OADAS015SD
OADAS017SD
OADAS017SD
OADAS019SD
OADAS019SD
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may recognize a vehicle or
pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane
or outside the lane when driving on a
curved road.
If this occurs, the system may
unnecessarily alarm the driver and
apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
While Driving
6-52
OADAS012SD
OADAS012SD
OADAS011SD
OADAS011SD
OADAS010SD
OADAS010SD
• Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist system may be
decreased while driving upward or
downward on a slope.
The front view camera or front radar
sensor recognition may not detect the
vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front.
This may result in unnecessary alarm
and braking or no alarm and braking
when necessary.
When the system suddenly recognizes
the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in
front while passing over a slope, you
may experience sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
06
6-53
ODN8H069196
ODN8H069196
• Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle,
especially if the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
OHI058308L
OHI058308L
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, FCA system may not
immediately detect the new vehicle
that is now in front of you. In this case,
you must maintain a safe braking
distance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
ODN8A069200
ODN8A069200
• Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. FCA
system may not be able to detect the
cargo extending from the vehicle. In
these instances, you must maintain
a safe braking distance from the
rearmost object, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
While Driving
6-54
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected by the camera recognition
system, for example, if the pedestrian
is leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is moving
very quickly or appears abruptly in the
camera detection area
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to be
detected by the camera recognition
system
• The outside lighting is too bright (e.g.
when driving in bright sunlight or
in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when
driving on a dark rural road at night)
• It is difficult to detect and distinguish
the pedestrian or cyclist from other
objects in the surroundings, for
example, when there is a group of
pedestrians, cyclists or a large crowd
• There is an item similar to a person’s
body structure
• The pedestrian or cyclist is small
• The pedestrian has impaired mobility
• The sensor recognition is limited
• The radar sensor or camera is blocked
with a foreign object or debris
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain
or snow obscures the field of view of
the radar sensor or camera
• When light coming from a street light
or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on
a wet road surface such as a puddle in
the road
• The field of view in front is obstructed
by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a
clear view of the road is obstructed
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a speed
bump
• You are on a roundabout
• The pedestrian or cyclist suddenly
interrupts in front of the vehicle
• The cyclist in front is riding intersected
with the driving direction
• There is any other electromagnetic
interference
• The construction area, rail or other
metal object is near the cyclist
• The bicycle material is not reflected
well on the radar
WARNING
Turn off Forward Collision avoidance
Assist system through cluster or
infotainment system before towing
a vehicle. Application of FCA system
while towing may adversely affect the
safety of your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when the vehicle
in front of you has cargo that extends
rearward from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has higher
ground clearance.
06
6-55
FCA system may work when it
recognizes objects similar in shape or
property to a vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist.
FCA system is designed to help detect
and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect
a pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway
through radar signals and camera
recognition. It is not designed to detect
bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects such as luggage bags,
shopping carts, or strollers.
Never try to test the operation of FCA
system. Doing so may cause severe
injury or death.
If the front bumper, front glass, radar or
camera have been replaced or repaired,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
In some instances, FCA system
may be cancelled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist - Junction Turning (if
equipped)
FCA-Junction Turning function is
designed to reduce the risk of collision
by detecting and monitoring the
oncoming vehicle ahead. When the
vehicle turns to the left at a junction, the
system recognises the oncoming vehicle
ahead in advance with the front view
camera and the front radar. It produces
warning messages or haptic warning
alarms in accordance with the collision
risk levels.
System setting
FCA-Junction Turning function can be
activated from the User Settings menu
by following the procedure below.
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON or START position.
2. Select ‘User settings
Driver
assistance
Forward safety’.
For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” in this
chapter.
While Driving
6-56
Prerequisite for activation
FCA system is on and ready if you select
“Active assist” or “Warning only” on
the infotainment system and when the
following prerequisites are satisfied:
- The system detects a oncoming
vehicle in front, which may collide
with your vehicle. It may be activated
when the system recognise the
collision risk at a junction in each
situation.
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is on.
- The vehicle speed moving toward
your vehicle exceeds approximately 19
mph (30 km/h) or decreases under 44
mph (70 km/h).
- Driving speed exceeds approximately
6 mph (10 km/h) or decreases under
19 mph (30 km/h)
- Direction signals turn on.
CAUTION
• FCA system may not work or only
some part of the warning system may
perform according to the condition,
driving direction or speed of the
vehicle moving toward your vehicle.
• If you select “Warning only”, FCA
system activates and produces only
warning alarms.
WARNING
• FCA system may not produce the
warning alarm or be activated too
late due to the unexpected driving
caused by the approaching vehicles.
• While turning left, only when the turn
signal is on along with the driving
direction, FCA system is activated
toward the approaching vehicles.
FCA warning message and function
control
FCA produces warning messages and
warning alarms as well as vibrates the
steering wheel in accordance with the
collision risk levels whilst the vehicle
turns left at the crossroads. In addition,
the system controls the brakes according
to the collision risk levels.
ODN8A069201
ODN8A069201
Collision warning (First warning)
-
The warning message appears on the
LCD display with a warning chime and
the steering wheel vibrates.
- The vehicle may slow down slightly.
- The system works when the vehicle
speed is under 19 mph (30 km/h).
(The operable speed range might be
reduced according to the condition
and surroundings of the approaching
vehicles.)
- If you select “Warning only” on the
LCD display or infotainment system,
the system does not control the
brake so you should control the brake
directly.
06
6-57
ODN8A069202
ODN8A069202
Emergency braking (Second warning)
-
The warning message appears on the
LCD display with a warning chime and
the steering wheel vibrates.
- FCA system limitedly controls the
brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in collision. The brake control
is maximised just before a collision.
- The system works when the vehicle
speed is under 19 mph (30 km/h).
(The operable speed range might be
reduced according to the condition
and surroundings of the approaching
vehicles.)
- If you select “Warning only” on the
LCD display or infotainment system,
the system does not control the
brake so you should control the brake
directly.
WARNING
FCA-Junction Turning function
only activates for vehicles except
pedestrians, two wheel vehicles,
animals or obstacles.
WARNING
FCA braking control cannot completely
stop the vehicle nor avoid all
collisions. The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive and control
the vehicle.
WARNING
FCA-Junction Turning function operates
in accordance with the collision risk
levels based on certain parameters
such as the condition, driving direction
and speed of the approaching vehicle.
Never deliberately drive dangerously to
activate the system.
While Driving
6-58
Limitations of the system
FCA-Junction Turning function is only a
supplemental system for driver’s safety
whilst turning left on the crossroads. The
driver should hold the responsibility to
control the vehicle. The system monitors
the oncoming vehicle ahead the road
through the front view camera and
radar. In certain situations, the front view
camera and radar may not be able to
detect the oncoming vehicles properly.
The driver must pay careful attention
in the following situations where the
system operation may be limited or it
may activate unintentionally.
The sensor may be limited when:
• The radar sensor or camera
r
ecognizes the approaching vehicle
too late.
• The radar sensor or camera is blocked
with a foreign object or debris.
• The driving direction of the
approaching vehicle is irregular or
frontal.
• The approaching vehicle changes
lanes too late or decelerates suddenly.
• The angle of the approaching vehicle
is out of range.
• Whilst circling, the sensor (the front
view camera or front radar) does not
detect the approaching vehicle.
• The driving speed of the approaching
vehicle is too fast or slow.
• The head lamps of the approaching
vehicle are turned off or asymmetrical.
• The approaching vehicle stops whilst
turning left.
• The vehicle moves out of its lane or
returns to its lane.
• The vehicle changes lanes suddenly
at a low speed whilst there is an
approaching vehicle.
• The brightness outside is too so it
does not detect the vehicle.
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain
or snow obscures the field of view of
the front view camera or front radar.
• The approaching vehicle is covered
with snow.
• The field of view in front is obstructed
by sun glare.
• The shape of approaching vehicle is
unusual.
• Whilst driving upward or downward
on a slope.
For more information, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” in this
chapter.
06
6-59
ODN8A069024
ODN8A069024
Lane Keeping Assist system detect lane
markers on the road with a camera at
the front windshield, and assists the
driver’s steering to help keep the vehicle
between lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the driver
with a visual and audible warning, while
applying a counter-steering torque,
trying to help prevent the vehicle from
moving out of its lane.
WARNING
Lane Keeping Assist system is not a
substitute for safe driving practices, but
a convenience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always be
aware of the surroundings and steer the
vehicle.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Lane Keeping Assist system:
• Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly when the steering wheel is
being assisted by the system.
• LKA system helps to prevent the
driver from moving out of the lane
(or road) unintentionally by assisting
the driver’s steering. However, the
driver should not solely rely on the
system but always pay attention on
the steering wheel to stay in the lane.
• The operation of LKA system can
be cancelled or not work properly
according to road condition and
surroundings. Always be cautious
when driving.
• Do not disassemble LKA system
camera temporarily to tint the
window or attach any types of
coatings and accessories. If you
disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and have the system checked
for calibration.
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) (IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-60
• When you replace the windshield
glass, LKA system camera or related
parts of the steering wheel, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system
checked for calibration.
• The system detects lane markers
and controls the steering wheel
by a camera, therefore, if the lane
markers are hard to detect, the
system may not work properly.
Please refer to “Limitations of the
System”.
• Do not remove or damage the related
parts of LKA system.
• You may not hear a warning sound
of LKA system if the audio volume is
high.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. This may
prevent LKA system from functioning
properly.
• Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while LKA system is
activated. If you continue to drive
with your hands off the steering
wheel after the “Keep hands on
steering wheel” warning message
appears, the system will stop
controlling the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel is not
continuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher rate
when leaving a lane the vehicle may
not be controlled by the system. The
driver must always follow the speed
limit when using the system.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the system may not assist
steering or the hands off alarm may
not work properly.
06
6-61
LKA Operation
ODN8069059
ODN8069059
To activate/deactivate LKA system:
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, press LKA system button
located on the instrument panel on the
left hand side of the steering wheel.
The
indicator in the cluster
display will initially illuminate white. This
indicates LKA system is in the READY but
NOT ENABLED state.
Note that the vehicle speed
must be at least approximately
40 mph (64 km/h) to ENABLE
LKA system. The indicator in the
cluster display will illuminate
green.
- White: Sensor does not detect lane
markers or vehicle speed is under 40
mph (64 km/h).
- Green: Sensor detects lane markers
and the system is able to control
vehicle steering.
Information
If the indicator (white) is activated from
the previous ignition cycle, the system will
turn ON without any additional control.
If you press the LKA button again, the
indicator on the cluster goes off.
LKA System Function Change
The driver can change LKA to
Lane Departure Warning or Lane
Keeping Assist from the LCD display
or infotainment system display(if
equipped). Go to the ‘User Settings →
Driver Assistance → Lane Safety → Lane
Keeping Assist/Lane Departure Warning/
Off'. The system is automatically set to
Lane Keeping Assist if a function is not
changed.
Lane Keeping Assist
The LKA mode guides the driver to help
keep the vehicle within the lanes. It
rarely controls the steering wheel, when
the vehicle drives well inside the lanes.
However, it starts to control the steering
wheel, when the vehicle is about to
deviate out of the lanes.
Lane Departure Warning
LDW alerts the driver with a visual
warning and a warning alarm when the
system detects the vehicle departing
the lane. The steering wheel will not be
controlled.
LKA system operation
ODN8H069060
ODN8H069060
To see LKA screen on the LCD display in
the cluster, select Driving Assist mode
(
). For more information, refer to “LCD
Display Modes” section in chapter 4.
While Driving
6-62
Lane marker
Lane marker
undetected
undetected
Lane marker
Lane marker
detected
detected
ODN8H069064L
ODN8H069064L
ODN8069062
ODN8069062
• If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h) and the system detects lane
markers, the color changes from gray
to white.
• If your vehicle speed exceeds 40 mph
(64 km/h) and LKA system button is
ON, the system is enabled. If your
vehicle departs from the projected
lane in front of you, LKA system
operates as follows:
Left lane departure
Left lane departure
warning
warning
Right lane departure
Right lane departure
warning
warning
ODN8069064
ODN8069064
ODN8069066
ODN8069066
1. A visual warning appears on the
cluster LCD display. Either the left
lane marker or the right lane marker
in the cluster LCD display will blink
depending on which direction the
vehicle is veering.
2. LKA system will help control the
vehicle’s steering to prevent the
vehicle from crossing the lane maker
in below conditions.
- Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h)
- The system detects both lane
markers
- When driving, the vehicle is located
between both lanes normally.
- The steering wheel is not turned
suddenly.
When lanes are detected and all the
conditions to activate LKA system are
satisfied, LKA system indicator light
(
) will change from white to green.
This indicates that LKA system is in the
ENABLED state and the steering wheel
will be controlled.
06
6-63
ODN8069068L
ODN8069068L
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
s
teering wheel for several seconds while
LKA system is activated, the system will
warn the driver.
Information
If the steering wheel is held very lightly
the message may still appear because LKA
system may not recognize that the driver
has their hands on the wheel.
WARNING
The warning message may appear
late according to road conditions.
Therefore, always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
OOSH069085L
OOSH069085L
Driver’s hands not detected.
LKA system is disabled temporarily
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the s
teering wheel after the
message “Keep hands on steering
wheel”, the system will not control the
steering wheel and warn the driver
only when the driver crosses the lane
markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on
the steering wheel again, the system will
start controlling the steering wheel.
WARNING
• LKA system is a supplemental system
only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to safely steer the vehicle and
to maintain it in its lane.
• Turn off LKA system and drive
without using the system in the
following situations:
- In bad weather
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel needs
to be controlled by the driver
frequently
Information
Even though the steering is assisted by the
system, the driver can still steer to control
the steering wheel.
The steering wheel may feel heavier when
the steering wheel is assisted by the system
than when it is not.
While Driving
6-64
Warning Light and Message
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
OIK057121N
OIK057121N
OIK057122N
OIK057122N
Check LKA (Lane Keep Assist) system
If there is a problem with the system a
message will appear f
or a few seconds.
If the problem continues LKA system
failure indicator will illuminate.
LKA system indicator
The LKA system indicator
(yellow) will illuminate if LKA
system is not working properly.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When there is a problem with the system
do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning the
v
ehicle off and on again.
• Check if the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by the
weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on the
camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
LKA system will not be in the ENABLED
state and the steering wheel will not be
assisted when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If y
ou change
lanes without the turn signal on, the
steering wheel might be controlled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the middle
of the lane when the system is turned
on or right after changing a lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph (64
km/h) and over 110 mph (177 km/h).
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• Only one lane marker is detected.
• The lane (or road width) is very wide
or narrow.
• There are more than two lane markers
on the road. (e.g. construction area)
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
• The system may not operate for 15
seconds after the engine is started or
the camera is initialized.
06
6-65
Limitations of the System
LKA system may operate prematurely
even if the vehicle does not depart from
the intended lane, OR, LKA system may
not assist your steering or warn you if the
vehicle leaves the intended lane under
the following circumstances:
When the lane and road conditions are
poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or the
lane marking is faded or not clearly
marked.
• It is difficult to distinguish the color of
the lane marker from the road.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane marker
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
• The lane marker is merged or divided
(e.g. tollgate).
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane marker are
crossing complicatedly.
• There are more than two lane markers
on the road in front of you.
• The lane marker is very thick or thin.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• The lane ahead is not visible due
to rain, snow, water on the road,
damaged or stained road surface, or
other factors.
• The shadow is on the lane marker by
a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise
barriers, etc.
• The lane markers are complicated or a
structure substitutes for the lines such
as a construction area.
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane marker in a tunnel is stained
with oil, etc.
• The lane suddenly disappears such as
at the intersection.
While Driving
6-66
When external condition is intervened
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel, or when passing
under a bridge.
• The brightness outside is too low such
as when the headlamps are not on at
night or the vehicle is going through
a tunnel.
• There is a boundary structure in the
roadway such as a concrete barrier,
guardrail and reflector post that is
inadvertently being detected by the
camera.
• When light coming from a street light
or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on
a wet road surface such as a puddle in
the road.
• The field of view in front is obstructed
by sun glare.
• There is not enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front to be
able to detect the lane marker or the
vehicle ahead is driving on the lane
marke.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or
when driving on a curved road.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high due to
direct sunlight, etc.
• Road surface is not even.
When front visibility is poor
• The windshield or the camera lens is
blocked with dirt or debris.
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a
clear view of the road is obstructed.
• Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
marker because of fog, heavy rain or
snow.
06
6-67
System Description
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
uses rear corner radar sensors to monitor
and warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle in the driver’s blind spot area.
(1) Blind-spot vehicle warning
OIK057138
OIK057138
BCW system detects and warns vehicles
in blind-spot.
The blind spot detection range varies
relative to vehicle speed.
Note that if your vehicle is traveling
much faster than the vehicles around
you, the warning will not occur.
(2) Fast approach vehicle warning
OIK057139L
OIK057139L
BCW system will alert you when a vehicle
is detected approaching in an adjacent
lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver
activates the turn signal when the system
detects an oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist
ODN8H059322
ODN8H059322
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system detects the front lane through the
front view camera installed on the upper
front windshield and detects the side/
rear areas through rear corner radars.
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) / BLIND-SPOT
COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (BCA) (IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-68
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may activate the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) in accordance
with a colliding possibility with an
approaching vehicle while changing
lanes. It is to lower the colliding risk or
help mitigate the colliding damage.
WARNING
• Always be aware of road conditions
while driving and be alert for
unexpected situations even though
the Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system and Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist system are
operating.
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system are supplemental
systems to assist you. Always pay
attention, while driving, for your
safety. Do not entirely rely on the
systems or an accident may occur.
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system are not substitutes
for proper and safe driving. Always
drive safely and use caution when
changing lanes or backing up the
vehicle.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
• The driver can activate the system
by placing the ignition switch to the
ON position and by selecting ‘User
Settings → Driver Assistance → Blind-
Spot Safety’
- BCA and BCW turn on and get
ready to be activated when ‘Active
assist’ is selected. Then, if a vehicle
approaches the driver’s blind spot
area a warning sounds or braking
power is applied.
- BCW turns on and gets ready to
be activated when ‘Warning only’
is selected. Then, if a vehicle
approaches the driver’s blind spot
area a warning sounds. Braking
assist will not be applied in this
setting.
- If you select “Off”, BCW system
deactivates.
• If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the
previous state.
• The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the
User Settings in the LCD display
or infotainment system display by
selecting ‘User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’.
06
6-69
• The options for the initial Blind-
Spot Collision Warning includes the
following:
- Normal:
When this condition is selected, the
initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning
is activated normally. If this setting
feels sensitive change the option to
‘Later’.
The warning activation time may
feel late if a vehicle at the side or
rear abruptly accelerates.
- Later:
Select this warning activation time
when the traffic is light and you are
driving in a low speed.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other systems may
change. Always be aware before changing
the warning timing.
• The driver can select the warning
volume of Blind-Spot Collision
Warning in the User Settings in the
LCD display or infotainment system
display by selecting ‘User Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning Volume →
High/Medium/Low’.
Information
If you change the warning volume, the
warning volume of other systems may
change. Always be aware before changing
the warning volume.
Operating Conditions
The system enters the ready status,
when ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’ is
selected and the following conditions are
satisfied:
• Active Assist
(1) Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system will activate when:
- Vehicle speed is between 40 mph
and 112 mph (60 km/h and 180
km/h).
- The system detects both of the lane
lines.
- An approaching vehicle is detected
next to or behind your vehicle.
(2) Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
will activate when:
The vehicle speed is above about 20
mph (30 km/h).
• Warning Only
(1) Blind-Spot Collision Warning system
will activate when:
- The vehicle speed is above 20 mph
(30 km/h).
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is not activated.
While Driving
6-70
Warning and System Control
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Left side
Left side
Right side
Right side
ODN8069028
ODN8069028
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary o
f the system, a warning light
will illuminate on the side view mirror
and the head up display (if equipped).
Once the detected vehicle is no longer
within the blind spot area, the warning
will turn off according to the driving
conditions of the vehicle.
Left side
Left side
ODN8069029
ODN8069029
Right side
Right side
ODN8069030
ODN8069030
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver will
activ
ate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the
blind spot area by the radar system
AND.
2. The turn signal is applied (same
side as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning
light on the side view mirror and the
head up display (if equipped) will also
blink. And a warning chime will sound.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator,
the second stage alert will be
deactivated.
Once the detected vehicle is no longer
within the blind spot area, the warning
will turn off according to the driving
conditions of the vehicle.
06
6-71
WARNING
• The warning light on the side view
mirror will illuminate whenever a
vehicle is detected at the rear side by
the system.
To avoid accidents, do not focus only
on the warning light and neglect to
see the surrounding of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
Do not solely rely on the system
but check your surrounding before
changing lanes or backing the
vehicle up.
• The system may not alert the driver
in some conditions so always check
your surroundings while driving.
CAUTION
• The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not the
warning light on the side view mirror
illuminates or there is a warning
alarm.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may offset the Blind-
Spot Collision Warning system
warning sounds.
• The warning of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist system may not
sound while other system’s warning
sounds.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may apply braking power, when
an approaching vehicle is detected
within a certain distance next to or
behind your vehicle.
It gently applies braking power on the
tire, which is located in the opposite
side of the possibly-colliding point. The
instrument cluster will inform the driver
of the system activation.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is automatically deactivated
when:
- The vehicle drives a certain distance
away
- The vehicle direction is changed
against the possible-colliding point
- The steering wheel is abruptly moved
- The brake pedal is depressed
- After a certain period of time
The driver should drive the vehicle in the
middle of the vehicle lanes to keep the
system in the ready status.
When the vehicle drives too close to one
side of the vehicle lanes, the system may
not properly operate.
In addition, the system may not properly
control your vehicle in accordance with
driving situations. Thus, always pay close
attention to road situations.
While Driving
6-72
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for accurate
steering.
• Do not unnecessarily operate the
steering wheel, when Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist system is
in operation.
• Always pay extreme caution while
driving. The Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist system may not
operate or unnecessarily operate
in accordance with your driving
situations.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system is not a substitute
for safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver to
always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
Detecting Sensors
(Front view camera and Rear
corner radar)
Front view camera
Front view camera
ODN8A069024
ODN8A069024
Rear corner radars
Rear corner radars
ODN8069031L
ODN8069031L
Front view camera
The front view camera is a sensor
detecting the lane. If the sensors are
covered with snow, rain or foreign
substance, the system may temporarily
be cancelled and not work properly
until the system is cancelled due to the
degradation of the sensor’s detection
performance. Always keep the sensor
clean.
Refer to Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) for
cautions for the front view camera.
06
6-73
Rear corner radar
The rear corner radars are the sensors
inside the rear bumper for detecting the
side and rear areas. Always keep the rear
bumper clean for proper operation of the
system.
CAUTION
• The system may not work properly
when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper has
been replaced or repaired.
• The sensing range differs somewhat
according to the width of the road.
When the road is narrow, the system
may detect other vehicles in the next
lane. On the other hand, when the
road is wide, the system may not
detect vehicles on both lanes and
may not warn.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic waves.
• Always keep the sensors clean.
• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the
sensor component nor apply any
impact on the sensor component.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary
force on the radar sensor or sensor
cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved
out of proper alignment, the system
may not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may not
be displayed. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not apply foreign objects such as
a bumper sticker or a bumper guard
near the radar sensor or apply paint
to the sensor area. Doing so may
adversely affect the performance of
the sensor.
• NEVER install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield, nor
tint the front windshield.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
front view camera out of water.
• NEVER locate any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
crash pad. Any light reflection may
cause a malfunction of the system.
While Driving
6-74
Warning message
OIK057092L
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system disabled.
Radar blocked
This warning message may appear when:
-
One or both of the sensors on the rear
bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a
foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the sensor
does not detect another vehicle for an
extended period of time.
- When there is inclement weather such
as heavy snow or rain.
- A trailer or carrier or another object is
installed around the rear view radars.
If any of these conditions occur, the
system will turn off automatically.
When BCW canceled warning message
is displayed in the cluster, check to make
sure that the rear bumper is free from
any dirt or snow in the areas where the
sensors are located. Remove any dirt,
snow, or foreign material that could
interfere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed, the
system should operate normally after
about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
Turn off BCW, BCA and RCCW, RCCA
system (if equipped) when a trailer or
carrier is installed.
- Deactivate BCW, BCA system by
deselecting `User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Off'
- Deactivate RCCW, RCCA system by
deselecting ‘User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety → Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety’
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
OAD058169L
OAD058169L
OTM058151L
OTM058151L
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system
If there is a problem with BCW system,
a w
arning message will appear. The
system will turn off automatically. BCA
will not operate also if BCW system turns
off due to malfunction. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
06
6-75
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
OTM058087L
OTM058087L
ODN8059289L
ODN8059289L
Check Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA) system
If there is a problem with BCA system,
a w
arning message will appear. The
system will turn off automatically. BCW
will still operate even if BCA system turns
off due to malfunction. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the below
situations, because the system may not
detect other vehicles or objects in certain
circumstances.
• The system may not work around 15
seconds after starting the vehicle or
the initialization or rebooting of the
front view camera.
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or snow.
• The sensors are polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensors
are located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or the
sensor is out of the original default
position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a trunk,
abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
• The vehicle drives on a curved road.
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
• The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (i.e. possibly due to
subway construction).
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
While Driving
6-76
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• Driving on a narrow road where trees
or grass or overgrown.
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor
does not detect another vehicle or
structure for an extended period of
time.
• Driving on a wet road.
• Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus or
truck.
• When the other vehicle approaches
very close.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• If the vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you OR
when the vehicle two lanes away
moves to the next lane from you.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle such as
a sports car.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
activated.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
malfunctions.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• The brake is reworked.
• The vehicle abruptly changes driving
direction.
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low around
the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven/
bumpy road, or concrete patch.
• The vehicle drives on a slippery
surface due to snow, water puddle,
or ice.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
normally. (if equipped)
• For more information, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)” in this chapter.
06
6-77
ODN8H069208L
ODN8H069208L
• Driving on a curve
BCW and BCA systems may not
operate properly when driving on a
curved road. In certain instances, the
system may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
OHI058313L
OHI058313L
BCW and BCA systems may not
operate properly when driving on a
curved road. In certain instances, the
system may recognize a vehicle in the
same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
OHI058314L
OHI058314L
• Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
BCW and BCA systems may not
operate properly when driving where
the road is merging/dividing. In
certain instances, the system may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
ODN8069034L
ODN8069034L
• Driving on a slope
BCW and BCA systems may not
operate properly when driving on a
slope. In certain instances the system
may not detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
Also, in certain instances, the system
may wrongly recognize the ground or
structures.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
While Driving
6-78
ODN8A069033
ODN8A069033
• Driving where the heights of the lanes
are different
BCW and BCA systems may not
operate properly when driving where
the heights of the lanes are different.
In certain instances, the system may
not detect the vehicle on a road with
different lane heights (i.e. underpass
joining section, grade separated
intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
ODN8A069035
ODN8A069035
[A] : Noise barrier, [B] : Guardrail
• Driving where there is a structure
beside the road
BCW and BCA systems may not
operate properly when driving where
there is structure beside the road.
In certain instances, the system may
wrongly recognize the structures
(i.e. noise barriers, guardrail, double
guardrail, median strip, bollard, street
light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.)
beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
06
6-79
Driver Attention Warning system displays
the condition of the driver’s fatigue level
and inattentive driving practices.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
ODN8H069209L
ODN8H069209L
• Selecting Driver Attention Warning
function
Driver Attention Warning can be
activated from the Users Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display
or infotainment system display(if
equipped) by following the procedure
below.
1. Set the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Select “User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Driver Attention
Warning → Inattentive Driving
Warning” on the LCD display
or infotainment system display.
Deselect the setting to turn off the
system.
• If the vehicle is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the last
setting.
OTMA058089
OTMA058089
• Selecting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time from the User
Settings in the cluster LCD display
or infotainment system display(if
equipped) by selecting ‘User Settings
Driver Assistance Warning
Timing
Normal/Later’.
The options for the initial Driver
Attention Warning includes the
following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the
initial Driver Attention Warning is
activated normally. If this setting
feels sensitive, change the option to
‘Later’.
The warning activation time may
feel late if a vehicle at the side or
rear abruptly accelerates.
- Later:
Select this warning activation time
when the traffic is light and you are
driving at low speeds.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other systems may
change.
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) (IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-80
Display of the driver’s attention level
System off
System off
•
•
Type A,B
Type A,B
•
•
Type C
Type C
OIK057129N
OIK057129N
ODN8H069074L
ODN8H069074L
Attentive driving
Attentive driving
•
•
Type A,B
Type A,B
•
•
Type C
Type C
OIK057130L
OIK057130L
ODN8A069075
ODN8A069075
Inattentive driving
Inattentive driving
•
•
Type A,B
Type A,B
•
•
Type C
Type C
OIK057131L
OIK057131L
ODN8A069076
ODN8A069076
The driver can monitor his/her driving
conditions on the cluster LCD display.
The DAW screen will appear when you
select the Driving Assist mode tab
(
) on the LCD display if the system is
activated. (For more information, refer
to “LCD Display Modes” section in
chapter 4.)
• The driver’s attention level is displayed
on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the
level is, the more inattentive the driver
is.
• The level decreases when the driver
does not take a break for a certain
period of time.
• The level increases when the driver
attentively drives for a certain period
of time.
• When the driver turns on the system
while driving, it displays ‘Last Break
time’ and level.
06
6-81
Take a break
OOSH069090L
OOSH069090L
• The “Consider taking a break”
message appears on the cluster LCD
display and a warning sounds to
suggest that the driver take a break,
when the driver’s attention level is
below 1.
• Driver Attention Warning system
will not suggest a break, when the
total driving time is shorter than 10
minutes.
• System will not suggest a break, if
"Consider taking a break" message
appears within 10 minutes.
• Depending on the driver's driving style
and habits, system can be suggest to
rest even when driver is not tired.
CAUTION
If any other warning sound such as
seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Driver Attention Warning
system warning may not sound.
Resetting the System
• The last break time is set to 00:00 and
the driver’s attention level is set to 5
(very attentive) when the driver resets
Driver Attention Warning system.
• Driver Attention Warning system
resets the last break time to 00:00
and the driver’s attention level to 5 in
the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver’s door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more
than 10 minutes.
• Driver Attention Warning system
operates again, when the driver
restarts driving.
While Driving
6-82
System Standby
OIK057133N
OIK057133N
Driver Attention Warning system
enters the ready status and displays
the ‘Standby’ screen in the following
situations.
- Driving speed is over 110 mph (180
km/h).
System Malfunction
OIK057134N
OIK057134N
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system
When the “Check Driver Attention
W
arning (DAW) system” warning
message appears, the system is not
working properly. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Driver Attention Warning system
is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience
function only. It is the responsibility
of the driver to always drive
cautiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
• The driver who feels fatigued should
take a break, even though there is no
break suggestion by Driver Attention
Warning system.
06
6-83
Information
The system may suggest a break according
to the driver’s driving pattern or habits
even if the driver doesn’t feel fatigue.
NOTICE
• Driver Attention Warning system
utilizes the camera sensor on the
front windshield for its operation. To
keep the camera sensor in the best
condition, you should observe the
followings:
• Never install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield, or
tint the front windshield.
• NEVER place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection
may cause a malfunction of Driver
Attention Warning system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor dry.
• Never disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact on the
camera assembly.
If the sensor is forcibly moved out
of proper alignment, the system
may not operate correctly. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
• Driver Attention Warning system may
not provide alerts in the following
situations:
• Driver Attention Warning system
is using the front view camera. To
optimize the function of the front
view camera, the driver should
manage carefully. For detailed
information, please refer to the
warning statements in Lane Keeping
Assist system section.
• The lane detection performance
is limited. (For more information,
refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
section in this chapter.)
• The vehicle is erratically driven
or is abruptly turned for obstacle
avoidance (e.g. construction area,
other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy
road).
• Forward drivability of the vehicle is
severely undermined (possibly due
to wide variation in tire pressures,
uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out
alignment).
• The vehicle is driven on a curvy road.
• The vehicle is driven through a windy
area.
• The vehicle is driven on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle is controlled by the
following driving assist systems:
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system
- Lane Keeping Assist system
- Smart Cruise Control system
- Lane Following Assist system
CAUTION
Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent occupants
from hearing Driver Attention Warning
system warning sounds.
While Driving
6-84
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
(if equipped)
After the vehicle in front departs an alert
informs the driver.
System setting
With the engine ON, Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert function turns on and
gets ready to be activated when the
‘User Settings → Driver Assistance →
Driver Attention Warning → Leading
Vehicle Departure Alert’ is selected on
the cluster. The function stops operation
when the setting is deactivated.
However, if the engine is turned off then
on again, the function maintains the
previous state.
Operating conditions
ODN8059263L
ODN8059263L
After the vehicle in front departs, the
message is displayed on the cluster with
the alarm.
WARNING
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function only assists the driver
and the function may not sound
the alarm even the vehicle in front
departs.
• Even though the function allows the
driver to recognize the departure of
the vehicle in front, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and operate the vehicle.
CAUTION
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function is using the front view
camera. To optimize the function
of the front view camera, the driver
should manage carefully. For
detailed information, please refer
to the warning statements in Lane
Keeping Assist system section.
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function will not be in the ENABLED
state when:
- The vehicle stops on a speed bump
or on a slope.
- The vehicle stops during turning
right or driving on a curve.
- The function may not work
around 15 seconds after starting
the vehicle or the initialization
or rebooting of the front view
camera.
06
6-85
Limitations
The leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function may not properly operate
with limited alerting in the following
situations:
OADAS021SD
OADAS021SD
[A] : Your vehicle
• When a vehicle cuts in front of your
vehicle (No vehicle ahead)
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle
within the sensor to detect distance to
the vehicle ahead, it may not operate
to alert.
OADAS022SD
OADAS022SD
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Vehicle in front
• When a vehicle cuts in front of your
vehicle (vehicle ahead)
According to the cut-in position, the
function may operate to alert the
driver or it may not alert the driver of
the departure of the vehicle in front or
the vehicle cut in.
OADAS023SD
OADAS023SD
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Vehicle in front
• When a vehicle in front turns right or
left or makes a U-turn
If a vehicle in front turns the steering
wheel rapidly and drives away from a
closer distance, it may not operate to
alert the driver.
OADAS024SD
OADAS024SD
• When a vehicle in front makes a
quick start
If a vehicle in front makes a quick
start, the function may alert earlier or
it may not alert to the driver.
While Driving
6-86
OADAS025SD
OADAS025SD
• When there is a pedestrian or bicycle
between your vehicle and a vehicle
ahead
- The function may misrecognize and
alert to you if a pedestrian or bicycle
moves around between your vehicle
and a vehicle ahead.
- It may not alert to the driver for the
safety of pedestrians or bicycles
that pass around your vehicle even
though the vehicle in front departs.
OADAS027SD
OADAS027SD
• When parking your vehicle at a
parking lot, rest area or shoulder
If a vehicle in front tries to park and
moves far from your vehicle, the
function may alert.
OADAS026SD
OADAS026SD
• When driving a road with lots of
vehicles in front
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, it may not alert or alert in a
wrong way since the function cannot
specify a vehicle in front.
06
6-87
Left
Left
ODN8A059141
ODN8A059141
Right
Right
ODN8A059142
ODN8A059142
Blind-Spot View Monitor system displays
the left or right side of the rear blind spot
area of your vehicle in the instrument
cluster when the left or right turn signal
is on. This function helps you when
changing lanes.
• The system is activated when the
following steps are performed.
1. The engine is running.
2. The turn signal is turned on.
• The system is deactivated when one
of the following is performed.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position.
- The turn signal is turned off
- The hazard warning flasher is on
- A warning screen pops up and
takes priority over Blind-Spot View
Monitor system.
WARNING
• This system is a supplemental system
only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the area
around the vehicle before and while
making turns or changing lanes.
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle
to make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle
in any direction to prevent a collision.
• Objects are closer than they appear.
Failure to visually confirm that view
the blind spot area is safe to change
the lane before doing so may result
in crash and serious injury or death.
• Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with foreign
substance.
BLIND-SPOT VIEW MONITOR (BVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-88
ODN8A069211
ODN8A069211
(1) Cruise indicator
(2) Set speed
(3) Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD display
in the cluster, select Driving Assist mode
(
). For more information, refer to "LCD
Display Modes" section in chapter 4.
Smart Cruise Control system allows you
to program the vehicle to help maintain
the desired speed and minimum distance
between the vehicle ahead.
Smart Cruise Control system will
automatically adjust your vehicle speed
to maintain your programmed speed
and following distance without requiring
you to depress the accelerator or brake
pedals.
WARNING
For your safety, please read the owner's
manual before using Smart Cruise
Control system.
WARNING
Smart Cruise Control system is not a
substitute for safe driving practices, but
a convenience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the speed and distance to the
vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Always set the vehicle speed under
the speed limit in your country.
• If Smart Cruise Control is left on,
(cruise (
) indicator
light in the instrument cluster is
illuminated) Smart Cruise Control
can be activated unintentionally.
Keep Smart Cruise Control system
off (cruise (
) indicator
light OFF) when Smart Cruise Control
is not in use, to avoid inadvertently
setting a speed.
• Use Smart Cruise Control system only
when traveling on open highways in
good weather.
SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED)
06
6-89
• Do not use Smart Cruise Control
when it may not be safe to keep the
vehicle at a constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make it
difficult to drive at a constant
speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- When driving on a steep downhill
or uphill
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving in parking lots
- When driving near crash barriers
- When driving on a sharp curve
- When driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather, such
as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm)
- When the vehicle sensing
ability decreases due to vehicle
modification resulting level
difference of the vehicle's front
and rear
• Unexpected situations may lead to
possible accidents. Pay attention
continuously to road conditions
and driving even when smart cruise
control system is being operated.
Smart Cruise Control Switch
CRUISE/ :
Turns cruise control system
on or off.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control
speed.
:
Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
CANCEL (CNCL): Cancels cruise control
operation.
To Convert to Cruise Control
Mode
The driver may choose to only use the
conventional Cruise Control mode
(speed control function) by doing as
follows:
1. Turn Smart Cruise Control system on
(the cruise indicator light will be on
but the system will not be activated).
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance button for more than 2
seconds.
3. Choose between “Smart Cruise
Control” and “Cruise Control”.
When the system is canceled using the
CRUISE/
button or the CRUISE button
is used after the engine is turned on, the
Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.
WARNING
When using the Cruise Control mode,
you must manually adjust the distance
to other vehicles by depressing the
brake pedal. The system does not
automatically adjust the distance to
vehicles in front of you.
While Driving
6-90
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control speed
ODN8069043
ODN8069043
1. Push the CRUISE/ button on the
steering wheel to turn the system on.
The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed can
be set as follows :
• 5 ~ 110 mph (10 ~ 180 km/h) : when
there is no vehicle in front
• 0 ~ 110 mph (0 ~ 180 km/h) : when
there is a vehicle in front
ODN8069044
ODN8069044
3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-).
The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance on the LCD display will
illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The
desired speed will automatically be
maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow
down or speed up slightly while going
uphill or downhill.
Information
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
• When you are setting the cruise control
speed, with a vehicle in front and your
vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 20 mph (0
~ 30 km/h), the speed will set to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
06
6-91
To increase Smart Cruise Control set
speed
ODN8069045
ODN8069045
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h)
each time you move the toggle switch
up in this manner.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release
the toggle switch at the speed you
want.
• You can set the speed to 110 mph (180
km/h).
CAUTION
Check the driving condition before
using the toggle switch. Driving speed
sharply increases, when you push up
and hold the toggle switch.
To decrease the Smart Cruise
Control set speed
ODN8069044
ODN8069044
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and release it immediately.
The cruising speed will decrease by 1
mph (1 km/h) each time you move the
toggle switch down in this manner.
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release
the toggle switch at the speed you
want.
• You can set the speed to 20 mph (30
km/h).
While Driving
6-92
To temporarily accelerate with
Smart Cruise Control on
If you want to speed up temporarily
when Smart Cruise Control is on, depress
the accelerator pedal. Increased speed
will not interfere with Smart Cruise
Control operation or change the set
speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot
off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the toggle switch down
(SET-) at increased speed, the set speed
is updated.
Information
Be careful when accelerating temporarily,
because the speed is not controlled
automatically at this time even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
Smart Cruise Control will be
temporarily canceled when:
ODN8069048
ODN8069048
Cancelled manually
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pushing the CANCEL (CNCL) button
located on the steering wheel.
Smart Cruise Control turns off
temporarily when the Set Speed and
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on
the LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator (
) is illuminated
continuously.
Cancelled automatically
• The driver’s door is opened.
• The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral), R
(Reverse) or P (Park).
• The parking brake is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 120 mph
(190 km/h).
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS
is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time.
06
6-93
• The vehicle is stopped for more than
5 minutes.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly
for a long period of time.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a long period of time.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for more than one minute.
• The engine performance is abnormal.
• Engine rpm is in the red zone.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelerator
pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by
Smart Cruise Control system with no
other vehicle ahead.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelerator
pedal, after stopping the vehicle with
a vehicle stopped far away in front.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
activated.
• The engine speed is in dangerous
range.
• When engine is stopped by ISG (Idle
Stop & Go).
Each of these actions will cancel the
Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set
Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
on the LCD display will go off.
In a condition Smart Cruise Control is
cancelled automatically, Smart Cruise
Control will not resume even though the
RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed.
Information
If Smart Cruise Control is cancelled by
other than the reasons mentioned, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OIK057096L
OIK057096L
Smart Cruise Control cancelled
If the system is cancelled, the warning
chime will sound and a message will
appear f
or a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions. Do not
rely on the warning chime.
While Driving
6-94
To resume Smart Cruise Control set
speed
If any method other than the cruise
toggle switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you push the
toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up (RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently set
speed. However, if vehicle speed drops
below 5 mph (10 km/h), it will resume
when there is a vehicle in front of your
vehicle.
Information
Always check the road conditions when
you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to
resume speed.
To turn Cruise Control off
ODN8069043
ODN8069043
• Pushing the CRUISE/ button.
The cruise indicator will go off.
If you wish not to use the cruise
control system, always turn the
system off by pushing the CRUISE/
button.
WARNING
Take the following precautions :
• Always set the vehicle speed under
the speed limit in your country.
• If Smart Cruise Control is left on,
(
indicator light in the
instrument cluster is illuminated)
Smart Cruise Control can be
activated unintentionally. Keep
Smart Cruise Control system off
(
indicator light OFF)
when Smart Cruise Control is not in
use, to avoid inadvertently setting a
speed.
• Use Smart Cruise Control system only
when traveling on open highways in
good weather.
06
6-95
• Do not use Smart Cruise Control
when it may not be safe to keep the
vehicle at a constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make it
difficult to drive at a constant
speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- When driving on a steep downhill
or uphill
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving in parking lots
- When driving near crash barriers
- When driving on a sharp curve
- When driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather, such
as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm)
- When the vehicle sensing
ability decreases due to vehicle
modification resulting level
difference of the vehicle’s front
and rear
• Unexpected situations may lead to
possible accidents. Pay attention
continuously to road conditions and
driving even when Smart Cruise
Control system is being operated.
When changing the Drive mode setting,
the responsiveness of Smart Cruise
Control changes. (If equipped)
Drive Mode SCC Reaction
NORMAL Normal
SMAR
T Normal
SPORT Fast
In CUSTOM mode, SCC Reaction
operates according to the mode set in
the Engine/Transmission.
(e.g. in CUSTOM mode, the driver select
mode of Engine/Transmission as SPORT,
SCC Reaction operates as Fast)
While Driving
6-96
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-
Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
ODN8069049
ODN8069049
When Smart Cruise Control system
is ON, you can set and maintain the
distance from the vehicle ahead of you
without pressing the accelerator or brake
pedal.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes as
follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3
Dis
tance 1
Distance 2
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90
km/h), the distance is maintained as
follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet
Distance 2 - approximately 160 feet
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
When the lane ahead is clear:
ODN8A069050
ODN8A069050
The vehicle speed will maintain the set
speed.
06
6-97
When there is a vehicle ahead of you
in your lane:
Distance 4 Distance 3
ODN8A069051
ODN8A069051
ODN8A069053
ODN8A069053
Distance 2 Distance 1
ODN8A069052
ODN8A069052
ODN8A069054
ODN8A069054
Your vehicle speed will slow down or
speed up to maintain the selected
distance.
If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set speed.
If distance from the front vehicle has
been changed due to accelerating or
decelerating of the front vehicle, the
distance on the LCD display may change.
WARNING
ODN8H069205L
ODN8H069205L
When using Smart Cruise Control
system:
• The warning message appears and
warning chime sounds if the vehicle
is unable to maintain the selected
distance from the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning message appears and
warning chime sounds, depress the
brake pedal to actively adjust the
vehicle speed, and the distance to
the vehicle ahead.
• Even if the warning message does
not appear and warning chime does
not sound, always pay attention to
the driving conditions to prevent
dangerous situations from occurring.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent occupants
from hearing the system warning
sounds.
While Driving
6-98
CAUTION
ODN8A069212
ODN8A069212
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:
less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) disappears
to the next lane, the warning chime
will sound and a message "Watch for
surrounding vehicles" will appear.
Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles
or objects that can suddenly appear in
front of you by depressing the brake
pedal.
Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
In traffic situation
OOSH069118L
OOSH069118L
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
v
ehicle ahead of you stops. Also,
if the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as well.
However, if the vehicle stops for more
than 3 seconds, you must depress
the accelerator pedal or push up the
toggle switch (RES+) to start driving.
• If you push Smart Cruise Control
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while
Auto Hold and smart cruise control
is operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle
will start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.
06
6-99
Sensor to detect distance to the
vehicle ahead (Front view camera
and Front Radar)
Front view camera
Front view camera
ODN8A069024
ODN8A069024
Front view camera
The front view camera is a sensor
de
tecting the lane. If the sensors are
covered with snow, rain or foreign
substance, the system may temporarily
be cancelled and not work properly
until the system is cancelled due to the
degradation of the sensor’s detection
performance. Always keep the sensor
clean.
Refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
for cautions for the front camera.
Front radar
Front radar
ODN8A069023
ODN8A069023
Front radar
The front radar is a sensor detecting
v
ehicles in front and maintains the
distance between them.
If the sensors are covered with snow, rain
or foreign substance, the system may
temporarily be cancelled and not work
properly until the system is cancelled
due to the degradation of the sensor’s
detection performance. Always keep the
sensor clean.
CAUTION
• Do not apply license plate frame or
foreign objects such as a bumper
sticker or a bumper guard near the
radar sensor. Doing so may adversely
affect the sensing performance of
the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor and
lens cover clean and free of dirt and
debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary
force on the radar sensor or sensor
cover. If the sensor is forcibly
moved out of proper alignment,
Smart Cruise Control system
may not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may not
be displayed. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, Smart Cruise Control
system may not operate properly.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to
repair or replace a damaged sensor
or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to
the sensor cover.
While Driving
6-100
Warning message
OTM058061L
OTM058061L
Smart Cruise Control disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is blocked
with dirt, sno
w, or debris, Smart Cruise
Control system operation may stop
temporarily. If this occurs, a warning
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris
and clean the radar sensor lens cover
before operating Smart Cruise Control
system. Smart Cruise Control system
may not properly activate, if the radar is
totally covered, or if any substance is not
detected after turning on the engine
(e.g. in an open terrain).
Information
For the SCC operation is temporarily
stopped if the radar is blocked, but you
wish to use cruise control mode (speed
control function), you must convert to the
cruise control mode (refer to "To convert
to Cruise Control mode" in the following
page.
OIK057109L
OIK057109L
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the
v
ehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
06
6-101
Limitations of the System
Smart Cruise Control system may have
limits to its ability to detect distance to
the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic
conditions.
On curves
OADAS014SD
OADAS014SD
• Smart Cruise Control system may
not detect a moving vehicle in your
lane, and then your vehicle could
accelerate to the set speed. Also, the
vehicle speed will decrease when the
vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
OADAS015SD
OADAS015SD
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due
to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check to be
sure that the road conditions permit safe
operation of Smart Cruise Control.
On inclines
OADAS012SD
OADAS012SD
• During uphill or downhill driving,
Smart Cruise Control system may not
detect a moving vehicle in your lane,
and cause your vehicle to accelerate
to the set speed. Also, the vehicle
speed will rapidly decrease when the
vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
While Driving
6-102
Lane changing
ODN8H069196
ODN8H069196
• A vehicle which moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane cannot be
recognized by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range.
• The radar may not detect immediately
when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
Always pay attention to the traffic,
road and driving conditions.
• If a slower vehicle moves into your
lane, your speed may decrease to
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle which moves into
your lane, your vehicle will accelerate
to the set speed.
Vehicle recognition
ODN8H069198
ODN8H069198
• Some vehicles in your lane cannot be
recognized by the sensor:
- Narrow vehicles such as
motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
• A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized
correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is
operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if
necessary.
06
6-103
OAE056108
OAE056108
• Your vehicle may accelerate when a
vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the vehicle
ahead of you is not detected, drive
with caution.
ODN8A069222
ODN8A069222
• When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, the system may not
immediately detect the new vehicle
that is now in front of you. In this case,
you must maintain a safe braking
distance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
OHI058323L
OHI058323L
• Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
ODN8069027L
ODN8069027L
• Always be cautious for vehicles with
higher height or vehicles carrying
loads that sticks out from the back of
the vehicle.
While Driving
6-104
WARNING
When using Smart Cruise Control take
the following precautions:
• If an emergency stop is necessary,
you must apply the brakes. The
vehicle cannot be stopped at every
emergency situation by using Smart
Cruise Control system.
• Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed. If
the vehicle to vehicle distance is too
close during a high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
• Always maintain sufficient braking
distance and decelerate your vehicle
by applying the brakes if necessary.
• Smart Cruise Control system cannot
recognize a stopped vehicle,
pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of you with
a frequent lane change may cause
a delay in the system's reaction or
may cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
• Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle to vehicle
distance. The driver should not solely
rely on the system but always pay
attention to driving conditions and
control your vehicle speed.
• Smart Cruise Control system may not
recognize complex driving situations
so always pay attention to driving
conditions and control your vehicle
speed.
• Smart Cruise Control system may
recognize a pedestrian, bicycle,
motorcycle, etc. as a vehicle. Always,
look ahead cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control system
when the vehicle is being towed.
NOTICE
Smart Cruise Control system may not
operate temporarily due to:
• Electrical interference
• Modifying the suspension
• Differences of tire abrasion or tire
pressure
• Installing different type of tires
The brake control using Smart Cruise
Control system may make a sound.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
06
6-105
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
system will help automatically adjust
your speed when a curved road is ahead
by receiving road information from
the navigation while the Smart Cruise
Control is operating.
WARNING
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control system is not a substitute
for safe driving practices, but a
convenience function. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
be aware of the surroundings and
drive safely.
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control system relies entirely on
the road information provided by
the navigation system and may
accelerate above speed limit. It is the
responsibility of the driver to follow
traffic laws and avoid accidents.
• For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
system.
Information
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
system is available only on controlled
access road of certain highways.
Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
USA
Select In
terstate
Highway and U.S.
(Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and
Territorial Highways
• Additional highways may be expanded
by navigation updates.
NAVIGATION-BASED SMART CRUISE CONTROL
(IF EQUIPPPED)
While Driving
6-106
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON or START position, Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control can
be activated by selecting 'Driver
Assistance
Highway Auto Curve
Slowdown' from the User Settings
mode on the infotainment system.
For detailed information, please refer
to the infotainment system manual
separately supplied.
• If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the last
setting.
Operating conditions
Select 'Highway Auto Curve Slowdown'
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen and satisfy
the following conditions for the system
to operate.
• Driving on the highway main line
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
If all the mentioned conditions are
satisfied, the system is ENABLED and
the 'AUTO' symbol on the cluster will
illuminate white.
System operation
ODN8A069213
ODN8A069213
System standby
If the system is ENABLED, the
symbol on the cluster will illuminate
white.
ODN8A069214
ODN8A069214
System in operation
If the vehicle decelerates in a curve,
the
symbol on the cluster will
illuminate green.
• This system works only for curved
sections located on highway main
lines.
• Depending on the curve ahead on the
road, the vehicle will decelerate, and
after passing curve, the vehicle will
accelerate to Smart Cruise Control set
speed.
• The higher the driving speed, the
faster the vehicle is decelerated.
• The system responds to curves
located on the destination set in the
navigation. If the destination is not
set, the system will respond to road
information of the expected route.
06
6-107
Information
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is limited in other countries.
• The system may not operate due to the
existence of leading vehicles and the
driving situations of the vehicle.
• The system operates regardless of
whether the sharp curve warning
appears on the navigation, but the time
gap could occur between the warning
and system operation.
• The navigation only provides curve
information within permitted speed
ranges so that the system may not
decrease its speed during extreme over-
speed driving.
• The system is not designed to work on
highways other than mentioned as a
controlled access road.
• The system automatically cancels when
you leave the highway.
• Highway Driving Assist and
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control uses the same
symbol
that indicates the status of the system.
Therefore, even if Navigation-based
Cruise Control is off, the
symbol
may be displayed.
• If there is a problem with Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control, the system
cannot be activated in the AVN system
screen, and the
symbol will turn
off. However, if Highway Driving Assist
is activated, the
symbol will be
displayed.
• After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway, the system operates based
on the first lane. If you enter one of
the other lanes, the system might not
properly decelerate.
• If you over speed, the system may not
decelerate the vehicle in a curve.
• Deceleration by the system may not be
sufficient if the driver accelerates while
the system is operating,
• Deceleration by the system may not be
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.
• If the road is controlled, due to
construction or holiday events, the
system might not work properly.
While Driving
6-108
CAUTION
Navigation-based Cruise Control
system may not function properly in the
following situations:
• The navigation is not working
properly.
• The navigation is not updated.
• The real-time GPS or map
information provided has errors.
• The navigation is overloaded by
performing functions such as route
search, video playback, voice
recognition, etc. are performing
simultaneously.
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel.
• The driver goes off course or the
route to the destination is changed
or canceled by resetting the
navigation.
• The vehicle enters a service station
or rest area.
• A section of the highway’s shape has
changed.
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating.
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (ex: elevated
roads including overpass adjacent to
general roads or nearby roads exist
in a parallel way).
• The navigation is being updated
while driving.
• The navigation is being reset while
driving.
• The road is slippery due to bad
weather such as rain or snow.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
06
6-109
ODN8A069024
ODN8A069024
Lane Following Assist system helps
detect lane markers on the road
with a front view camera at the front
windshield, and assists the driver’s
steering to help keep the vehicle
between lanes.
WARNING
Lane Following Assist system is not a
substitute for safe driving practices,
but a convenience function. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always be
aware of the surroundings and steer the
vehicle.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Lane Following Assist system:
• Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly when the steering wheel is
being assisted by the system.
• LFA system helps the driver to keep
the vehicle in the center of the lane
by assisting the driver’s steering.
However, the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always pay
attention on the steering wheel to
stay in the lane.
• The operation of LFA system can
be canceled or not work properly
according to road condition and
surroundings. Always be cautious
when driving.
• Do not disassemble LFA system
camera temporarily to tint the
window or attach any types of
coatings and accessories. If you
disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) (IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-110
• When you replace the windshield
glass, LFA system camera or related
parts of the steering wheel, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The system helps detect lane
markers and controls the steering
wheel by a camera, therefore, if the
lane markers are hard to detect, the
system may not work properly.
• Please refer to “Limitations of the
System”.
• Do not remove or damage the related
parts of LFA system.
• You may not hear a warning sound
of LFA system if the audio volume is
high.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. This may
prevent LFA system from functioning
properly.
• Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while LFA system is
activated. If you continue to drive
with your hands off the steering
wheel after the “Keep hands on
steering wheel” warning message
appears, the system will turn off
automatically.
However, if the driver has their
hands on the steering wheel again,
the system will start controlling the
steering wheel.
• The steering wheel is not
continuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher rate
when leaving a lane the vehicle may
not be controlled by the system. The
driver must always follow the speed
limit when using the system.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the system may not assist
steering or the hands off alarm may
not work properly.
06
6-111
LFA Operation
ODN8069079
ODN8069079
With the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON or START position, Lane
Following Assist can be activated by
pressing the button.
Operating conditions
When the system is activated, the
indicator (
) on the cluster will
illuminate. The color of the indicator will
change depending on the condition of
LFA system.
- Green: Steering assist mode is ON
- White: Steering assist mode is OFF
LFA system operation
• If the vehicle is inside the lane with
both lanes detected by the system
(lane color changes from gray to
white), and there is no abrupt steering
made by the driver, LFA system
changes to steering assist mode.
The
indicator light will come on
green, and the system helps the
vehicle stay in line by controlling the
steering wheel.
When the steering wheel is not
controlled temporarily, the
indicator light will flash green and
change to white.
Warning Message
ODN8069068L
ODN8069068L
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
s
teering wheel for several seconds while
LFA system is activated, the system will
warn the driver.
Information
Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise,
LFA system could misjudge that the
driver’s hands are off the steering wheel,
and the above warning may occur.
WARNING
The warning message may appear
late according to road conditions.
Therefore, always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
While Driving
6-112
OOSH069079L
OOSH069079L
Driver’s hands not detected.
LFA system is disabled temporarily
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the s
teering wheel after the
message “Keep hands on steering
wheel”, the system will not control the
steering wheel and warn the driver
only when the driver crosses the lane
markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on
the steering wheel again, the system will
start controlling the steering wheel.
WARNING
• LFA system is a supplemental system
only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to safely steer the vehicle and
to maintain it in its lane.
• Turn off LFA system and drive
without using the system in the
following situations:
- In bad weather
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel needs
to be controlled by the driver
frequently
- A trailer or carrier is installed.
Information
• Even though the steering is assisted by
the system, the driver may control the
steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
when the steering wheel is assisted by
the system than when it is not.
ODN8069070L
ODN8069070L
Check LFA (Lane Following Assist) system
If there is a problem with the system a
message will appear f
or a few seconds. If
the problem continues LFA system failure
indicator will illuminate.
06
6-113
LFA system will not be in the ENABLED
state and/or the steering wheel will not be
assisted when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If y
ou change
lanes without the turn signal on, the
steering wheel might be controlled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the middle
of the lane when the system is turned
on or right after changing a lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
• If vehicle speed is over 95 mph (153
km/h)
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• Only one lane marker is detected.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• There are more than two lane markers
on the road (e.g. construction area).
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
• The system may not operate for 15
seconds after the engine is started or
the camera is initialized.
Limitations of the System
LFA system may operate prematurely
even if the vehicle does not depart from
the intended lane, OR, LFA system may
not assist your steering or warn you if the
vehicle leaves the intended lane under
the following circumstances:
When the lane and road conditions are
poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or the
lane marking is faded or not clearly
marked.
• It is difficult to distinguish the color of
the lane marker from the road.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane marker
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
• The lane marker is merged or divided
(e.g. tollgate).
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane marker are
crossing complicatedly.
• There are more than two lane markers
on the road in front of you.
• The lane marker is very thick or thin.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• The lane marker ahead is not visible
due to rain, snow, water on the road,
damaged or stained road surface, or
other factors.
While Driving
6-114
• The shadow is on the lane marker by
a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise
barriers, etc.
• The lane markers are complicated or a
structure substitutes for the lines such
as a construction area.
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane marker in a tunnel is stained
with oil, etc.
• The lane suddenly disappears such as
at the intersection.
• Driving the shared lane usage (bicycle
lane, pedestrians lane, etc.)
When external condition is intervened
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel, or when passing
under a bridge.
• The brightness outside is too low such
as when the headlamps are not on at
night or the vehicle is going through
a tunnel.
• There is a boundary structure in the
roadway such as a concrete barrier,
guardrail and reflector post that is
inadvertently being detected by the
camera.
• When light coming from a street light
or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on
a wet road surface such as a puddle in
the road.
• The field of view in front is obstructed
by sun glare.
• There is not enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front to be
able to detect the lane marker or the
vehicle ahead is driving on the lane
marker.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or
when driving on a curved road.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high due to
direct sunlight, etc.
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a speed
bump or driving on a steep up/down
or right/left grade
When front visibility is poor
• The windshield or the camera lens is
blocked with dirt or debris.
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a
clear view of the road is obstructed.
• Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
06
6-115
Highway Driving Assist system helps
keep the vehicle between lanes, maintain
a distance with the vehicle ahead, and
automatically adjusts the vehicle speed
to the speed limit while driving on the
highway.
WARNING
• Highway Driving Assist system is
not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience
function. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
• Highway Driving Assist system relies
entirely on the road information
provided by the navigation system.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to follow traffic laws and avoid
accidents.
• For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
system.
Information
• Highway Driving Assist system is
available only on controlled access road
of certain highways.
Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
USA
Select In
terstate
Highway and U.S.
(Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and
Territorial Highways
• Additional highways may be expanded
by navigation updates.
HIGHWAY DRIVING ASSIST (HDA) (IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-116
System Setting and Operation
System setting
• With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON or START position, Highway
Driving Assist can be activated
by selecting 'Driver Assistance
Highway Driving Assist’ from the User
Settings mode on the infotainment
system. For detailed information,
please refer to the infotainment
system manual separately supplied.
• If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the last
setting.
Operating conditions
Select 'Highway Driving Assist' from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen and satisfy the following
conditions for the system to operate.
• Driving on the highway main line
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
- If Smart Cruise Control is in the
READY state the Highway Driving
Assist will be in the READY state.
The
indicator on the cluster
will illuminate white.
• Vehicle speed is under 95 mph (153
km/h)
If all the mentioned conditions are
satisfied, the system is ENABLED and
the
indicator on the cluster will
illuminate green.
Steering wheel control
ODN8A069215
ODN8A069215
Steering control
If the vehicle detects both lane markers
(lane color whit
e), the
indicator light
will change from white to green. This
indicates that the steering wheel is being
controlled.
ODN8A069216
ODN8A069216
Temporary deactivation
The
indicator light changes from
green to white when the steering wheel
control is temporarily deactivated. Even
if the steering wheel is not controlled,
the distance between the vehicle ahead
will be maintained.
06
6-117
Speed setting
ODN8A069217
ODN8A069217
Automatic speed setting mode
The system enters the automatic speed
se
tting mode when:
1. The operating conditions are satisfied
-
indicator will illuminate
green
2. Smart Cruise Control set speed and
the highway speed limit matches
If the system changes to the automatic
speed mode, the
symbol will turn
green and a chime will sound.
When the highway speed limit changes,
the set speed automatically changes to
the changed speed limit.
ODN8A069218
ODN8A069218
Manual speed setting mode
If the speed is set manually using the
RES+ or SET
- toggle switch on the
steering wheel, the set speed on the
cluster will turn white and the 'AUTO'
symbol will disappear.
While Driving
6-118
Warning Message
Hands-off warning
ODN8A069219
ODN8A069219
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
s
teering wheel for several seconds while
HDA system is activated, the system will
warn the driver.
Information
If the steering wheel is held with a light
grip, the message may appear because
HDA system may not recognize that the
driver has their hands on the steering
wheel.
WARNING
The warning message may appear
late according to road conditions.
Therefore, always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system
canceled
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the s
teering wheel after the
message "Keep hands on steering
wheel", HDA system will be canceled.
However, if Lane Following Assist is
reactivated manually by the driver,
Highway Driving Assist System will
reactivate.
To activate Lane Following Assist, refer to
“Lane Following Assist” in this chapter.
HDA system will not be in the ENABLED
state and/or the steering wheel will not
be assisted when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If you change
lanes without the turn signal on, the
steering wheel might be controlled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the middle
of the lane when the system is turned
on or right after changing a lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
• Vehicle speed is over 95 mph (153
km/h).
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• Only one lane marker is detected.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• There are more than two lane markers
on the road (e.g. construction area).
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
06
6-119
System malfunction
ODN8A069220
ODN8A069220
Check Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
system
If there is a problem with the system, a
message will appear f
or a few seconds. If
the problem continues, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Information
• High Driving Assist is limited in other
countries.
• High Driving Assist only operates based
on the speed limits of the highway but it
does not work with the speed cameras.
• The time gap could occur between the
navigation speed warning and system
operation.
• The system is not designed to work
on highways other than mentioned as
a controlled access road. The system
automatically cancels when you leave
the highway.
• If there is a problem with Highway
Driving Assist, the system cannot be
activated in the infotainment system
screen.
• If your vehicle is 1640 ft. (500 m) ahead
and behind of an open tollgate, the
system is automatically canceled. Also,
it is converted to Smart Cruise Control
automatically with a pop-up message
on the navigation.
• In the automatic speed setting mode,
the vehicle automatically accelerates
or decelerates when the highway speed
limit changes.
• If your vehicle speed exceeds 95 mph
(153 km/h), Highway Driving Assist
is automatically canceled. Also, it is
converted to Smart Cruise Control
automatically with a pop-up message
on the navigation.
• If you enter a rest area on the highway
or a IC/JC (intersection/junction)
without a destination set, the system is
canceled later than when the vehicle
actually leaves the highway.
While Driving
6-120
CAUTION
Highway Driving Assist system may
not function properly in the following
situations:
• The navigation is not working
properly.
• The navigation is not updated.
• The real-time GPS or map
information provided has errors.
• The navigation is overloaded by
performing functions such as route
search, video playback, voice
recognition, etc. are performing
simultaneously.
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel.
• The driver goes off course or the
route to the destination is changed
or canceled by resetting the
navigation.
• The vehicle enters a service station
or rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating.
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (ex: elevated
roads including overpass adjacent to
general roads or nearby roads exist
in a parallel way).
• The navigation is being updated
while driving.
• The navigation is being reset while
driving.
• The road is slippery due to bad
weather such as rain or snow.
Information
• For information's on vehicle to vehicle
distance control and the front radar,
refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)"
in this chapter.
• For information's on steering control
and distance control and the front
camera, refer to "Lane Following Assist
(LFA)" in this chapter.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
06
6-121
System Description
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
ODN8H059323
ODN8H059323
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system uses rear radar to monitor the
approaching cross traffic from the left
and right side of the vehicle when your
vehicle is in reverse.
The warning distance varies relative to
the approaching vehicle speed.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist system monitors approaching
cross traffic from the left and right side
of the vehicle when your vehicle is
approaching.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may activate the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) in accordance
with a colliding possibility with an
approaching vehicle. It is to lower the
colliding risk or mitigate the colliding
damage.
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) / REAR
CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (RCCA)
(IF EQUIPPED)
While Driving
6-122
WARNING
• Always be aware of road conditions
while driving and be alert for
unexpected situations even though
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
are operating.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
are supplemental systems to assist
you. Do not entirely rely on the
systems. Always pay attention, while
driving, for your safety.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
are not substitutes for proper and
safe driving. Always drive safely and
use caution when backing up the
vehicle.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
• The driver can activate the systems
by placing the ignition switch to the
ON position and by selecting “User
Settings → Driver Assistance → Parking
Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safety”.
RCCW and RCCA turn on and get
ready to be activated when ‘Rear
Cross-Traffic safety’ is selected.
• When the engine is turned off then on
again, the systems are always ready to
be activated.
• When the system is initially turned
on and when the engine is turned off
then on again, the warning light will
illuminate for 3 seconds on the side
view mirror.
The driver can select the initial warning
activation time in the User Settings in
the LCD display or infotainment system
display by selecting ‘User Settings →
Driver Assistance → Warning Timing’.
06
6-123
The options for the initial Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning includes the
following:
- Normal:
When this condition is selected, the
initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning is activated normally. If this
setting feels sensitive, change the
option to ‘Later’.
The warning activation time may feel
late if the a vehicle at the side or rear
abruptly accelerates.
- Later:
Select this warning activation time
when the traffic is light and you are
driving at a low speed.
Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other systems may
change. Always be aware before changing
the warning timing.
The driver can select the warning volume
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
by selecting ‘User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume → High/
Medium/Low’.
Information
If you change the warning volume, the
warning volume of other systems may
change. Always be aware before changing
the warning volume.
Operating conditions
To operate:
Go to the “User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety → Rear Cross-
Traffic Safety” on the LCD display or
infotainment system display. The system
will turn on and standby to activate.
The system will activate when vehicle
speed is below 7 mph (10 km/h) and with
the shift button in R (Reverse).
The system will not activate when
the vehicle speed exceeds 7 mph (10
km/h). The system will activate again
when the speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h).
The system’s detecting range is
approximately 1 ~ 65 ft (0.5 ~ 20 m). An
approaching vehicle will be detected if
their vehicle speed is within 5 ~ 22.5 mph
(8 ~ 36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range and
operating speed may vary under certain
conditions. As always, use caution and
pay close attention to your surroundings
when backing up your vehicle.
While Driving
6-124
Warning and System Control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system
Left
Left
ODN8H069036
ODN8H069036
Right
Right
ODN8H069037
ODN8H069037
Left
Left
ODN8069038
ODN8069038
Right
Right
ODN8069039
ODN8069039
If the vehicle detected by the radar sensors approaches from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display or infotainment system display.
If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the
infotainment system screen.
The warning will stop when:
- The detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
- when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or
- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
- The vehicle’s approaching speed is decreased.
06
6-125
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system
Left
Left
ODN8H069203L
ODN8H069203L
Right
Right
ODN8H069204L
ODN8H069204L
Left
Left
ODN8069038
ODN8069038
Right
Right
ODN8069038
ODN8069038
If the risk of collision is detected while RCCW is generated, brake is controlled. The
instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake control. If the rear view monitor
system is in activation, a message will also appear on the infotainment system screen.
After the brake control, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and
check the surroundings.
- The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds.
- The brake control by the system is cancelled if the driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power.
- Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shifting the shift
button to R (Reverse).
The brake control may not operate properly according to the status of the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control). The same warning message is displayed on the
instrument cluster for this case also.
- When the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on.
- When the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different function.
While Driving
6-126
CAUTION
• When the operation condition of
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system is satisfied, the warning
will occur every time a vehicle
approaches the side or rear of your
stopped (0 mph (0 km/h) vehicle
speed) vehicle.
• The system’s warning or brake may
not operate properly if the left or
right of your vehicle’s rear bumper is
blocked by a vehicle or obstacle.
• The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not the
warning light on the side view mirror
illuminates or there is a warning
alarm.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may offset the system’s
warning sounds.
• The warning of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning System may not
sound while other system’s warning
sounds.
• If any other warning sound such as
seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system warning
may not sound.
WARNING
• Drive safely even though the vehicle
is equipped with Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist system. Do not solely rely
on the system but check your
surrounding when backing the
vehicle up.
• The driver is responsible for accurate
brake control.
• Always pay extreme caution while
driving. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system and Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may not operate properly or
unnecessarily operate in accordance
with your driving situations.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist system is not a
substitute for safe driving practices,
but a convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
06
6-127
Detecting Sensors
ODN8069031L
ODN8069031L
The rear corner radars are the sensors
inside the rear bumper for detecting the
side and rear areas. Always keep the rear
bumper clean for proper operation of the
system.
CAUTION
• The system may not work properly
when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper has
been replaced or repaired.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic waves.
• Always keep the sensors clean.
• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the
sensor component nor apply any
impact on the sensor component.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary
force on the radar sensor or sensor
cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved
out of proper alignment, the system
may not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may not
be displayed. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not apply foreign objects such as
a bumper sticker or a bumper guard
near the radar sensor or apply paint
to the sensor area. Doing so may
adversely affect the performance of
the sensor.
Warning message
OIK057092L
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system disabled. Radar blocked
This warning message may appear when:
One or both of the sensors on the rear
bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a
foreign object.
Driving in rural areas where the sensor
does not detect another vehicle for an
extended period of time.
When there is inclement weather such as
heavy snow or rain.
While Driving
6-128
If any of these conditions occur, the
system will turn off automatically.
When BCW canceled warning message
is displayed in the cluster, check to make
sure that the rear bumper is free from
any dirt or snow in the areas where the
sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow,
or foreign material that could interfere
with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed, the
system should operate normally after
about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
Turn off BCW, BCA and RCCA system
when a trailer or carrier is installed.
Deactivate BCW and BCA system
by selecting “User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Off”
Deactivate RCCW and RCCA system
by deselecting “User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety → Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety”.
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
OAD058169L
OAD058169L
OTM058151L
OTM058151L
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system
If there is a problem with BCW system,
a w
arning message will appear. The
system will turn off automatically. RCCW
and RCCA will not operate also if BCW
system turns off due to malfunction.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the below
situations, because the system may not
detect other vehicles or objects in certain
circumstances.
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or snow.
• The radar sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the radar
sensors are located is covered with
a foreign object such as a bumper
sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack,
etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or the
sensor is out of the original default
position.
06
6-129
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a trunk,
abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
• The vehicle drives on a curved road.
• The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (i.e. possibly due to
subway construction).
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• Driving on a narrow road where trees
or grass or overgrown.
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor
does not detect another vehicle for an
extended period of time.
• Driving on a wet road.
• Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus or
truck.
• When the other vehicle approaches
very close.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• If the vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you or
when the vehicle two lanes away
moves to the next lane from you.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle such as
a sports car.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
activated.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
malfunctions.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• The brake is reworked.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low around
the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven/
bumpy road, or concrete patch.
• The vehicle drives on a slippery
surface due to snow, water puddle,
or ice.
• If the vehicle moves backward after
the vehicle is parked with a diagonal
line
While Driving
6-130
OHI058316L
OHI058316L
[A] : Structure
• Driving where there is a vehicle or
structure near
The system may not operate properly
when driving where there is a vehicle
or structure near.
In certain instances, the system may
not detect the vehicle approaching
from behind and the warning or brake
may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your
surrounding while driving.
OHI058317L
OHI058317L
• When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
The system may not operate properly
when the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment.
In certain instances, the system may
not be able to exactly determine the
risk of collision for the vehicles which
are parking or pulling out near your
vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside
your vehicle, a vehicle parking or
pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle
approaching your vehicle making a
turn, etc.).
In this case, the warning or brake may
not operate properly.
06
6-131
OHI058318L
OHI058318L
[A] : Vehicle
• When the vehicle is parked diagonally
The system may not operate properly
when the vehicle is parked diagonally.
In certain instances, when the
diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out
of the parking space, the system may
not detect the vehicle approaching
from the rear left/right of your vehicle.
In this case, the warning or brake may
not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your
surrounding while driving.
ODN8069042L
ODN8069042L
• When the vehicle is on/near a slope
The system may not operate properly
when the vehicle is on/near a slope.
In certain instances, the system may
not detect the vehicle approaching
from the rear left/right and the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention to your
surrounding while driving.
While Driving
6-132
OHI058319L
OHI058319L
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
• Pulling into the parking space where
there is a structure
The system may not operate properly
when pulling in the vehicle to the
parking space where there is a
structure at the back or side of your
vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing
into the parking space, the system
may not detect the vehicle moving
in front of your vehicle. In this case,
the warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention to the parking
space while driving.
OHI058320L
OHI058320L
• When the vehicle is parked rearward
If the vehicle is parked rearward and
the radar sensor detects the another
vehicle in the rear area of the parking
space, the system can warn or control
braking. Always pay attention to the
parking space while driving.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
06
6-133
Hazardous Driving Conditions
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water, snow,
ice, mud and sand, take the below
suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and keep a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud, or sand, use second
gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid
unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other
non-slip materials under the wheels to
provide additional traction while the
vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow,
or mud.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on slippery
surfaces can cause an accident. The
sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. Be careful when
downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Rocking the Vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn
the steering wheel right and left to clear
the area around your front wheels. Then,
shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal while the transmission
is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
forward and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive
wheel spin occurs, the temperature
of the tires can increase very quickly.
If the tires become damaged, a tire
blow out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous - you and
others may be injured. Do not attempt
this procedure if people or objects are
anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly
causing an engine compartment fire
or other damage. Try to avoid spinning
the wheels as much as possible to
prevent overheating of either the tires
or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle
to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56
km/h).
Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the
vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage to
the transmission, and tire damage. See
"Towing" in chapter 7.
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
While Driving
6-134
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration.
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards than
driving in the daylight. Here are some
important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other driver's headlamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it much
more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the
headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your eyes
to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or on
slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
distance. A heavy rainfall makes
it harder to see and increases the
distance needed to stop your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
• Replace your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• Tires should be properly maintained
with at least 2/32nds of an inch of
tread depth. If your tires do not have
enough tread, making a quick stop on
wet pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire
Tread" in chapter 8.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be wet,
apply them lightly while driving until
normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as
the depth of tire tread decreases, refer
to "Tire Tread" in chapter 8.
06
6-135
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel hub.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or damage
the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires,
which may reduce traction or adversely
affect vehicle handling. This could lead
to sudden tire failure that may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified
on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway
consumes more fuel and is less efficient
than driving at a slower, more moderate
speed. Maintain a moderate speed in
order to conserve fuel when driving on
the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant
level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
While Driving
6-136
The severe weather conditions of winter
quickly wear out tires and cause other
problems. To minimize winter driving
problems, you should take the following
suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid
acceleration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are potentially
very hazardous practices. During
deceleration, use engine braking to the
fullest extent. Sudden brake applications
on snowy or icy roads may cause the
vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or chains,
a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a
shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,
etc.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size
and type to the vehicle’s standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of
your vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure to use radial tires of the same
size and load range as the original tires.
Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle’s handling in
all weather conditions. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry roads
may not be as high as your vehicle's
original equipment tires. Check with
the tire dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
Information
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal
regulations for possible restrictions against
their use.
Tire chains
ODN8069077L
ODN8069077L
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner than other types of tires, they
may be damaged by mounting some
types of tire chains on them. Therefore
the use of snow tires is preferred over the
use of tire chains.
If the road and weather conditions
require the use of tire chains, be sure to
use tire chains that have been properly
selected for the size of tire on your
HYUNDAI vehicle.
Be sure to follow the guidelines and
installation instructions provided from
the tire chain manufacturer.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not covered by
your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
WINTER DRIVING
06
6-137
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer's
recommended speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
braking.
Information
• Install tire chains on both left and right
front tires. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tires will
provide a greater driving force, but will
not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal
regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manuf
acturer’s instructions and mount
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
(less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with
chains installed. If you hear the chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until the noise stops. Remove
the tire chains as soon as you begin
driving on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park the
vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency
warning device behind the vehicle (if
available). Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow
chains.
NOTICE
When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
• Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles
(0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If
unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.59 inch
(15mm) wide to prevent damage to
the chain’s connection.
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because it
helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
system, lubricates the water pump and
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or
replenish your coolant in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
chapter 8. Before winter, have your
coolant tested to assure that its freezing
point is sufficient for the temperatures
anticipated during the winter.
While Driving
6-138
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. See chapter 8
for recommendations. If you aren't sure
what weight oil you should use, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the
battery and cables as described in
chapter 8. The level of charge in your
battery can be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
chapter 8 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and
components to be sure they are not
cracked, worn or damaged in any way.
Use approved window washer anti-
freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the
container. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do
not use engine coolant or other types
of antifreeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position.
This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or
ice around or near the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
the parking brake may freeze, apply
it only temporarily while you put the
gear selector lever in P and block the
rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then
release the parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in severe winter conditions where this
may happen, you should periodically
check underneath the car to be sure the
movement of the front wheels and the
steering components is not obstructed.
Don't place foreign objects
or materials in the engine
compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials
which prevent cooling of the engine, in
the engine compartment, may cause a
failure or combustion. The manufacturer
is not responsible for the damage caused
by such placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt
an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine
into the key opening. If a lock is covered
with ice, squirt it with an approved de-
icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock
is frozen internally, you may be able to
thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle
the heated key with care to avoid injury.
06
6-139
Two labels on your driver's door sill show
how much weight your vehicle was
designed to carry: the Tire and Loading
Information Label and the Certification
Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms for
determining your vehicle’s weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifications
and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional
equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the Certification Label. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
of the fully loaded vehicle (including
all options, equipment, passengers
and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the
Certification Label located on the driver’s
door sill.
Tire Loading Information Label
ODN8A069205
ODN8A069205
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
ODN8A069206
ODN8A069206
Type C
Type C
ODN8A069207
ODN8A069207
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
While Driving
6-140
ODN8A069208
ODN8A069208
Type D
Type D
Type E
Type E
ODN8A069209
ODN8A069209
Type F
Type F
ODN8A069210
ODN8A069210
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that can
be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
Vehicle capacity weight
904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum
combined weight of occupants and
cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a
trailer, the combined weight includes the
tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total: 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a driver,
your vehicle may carry. However, the
seating capacity may be reduced based
upon the weight of all of the occupants,
and the weight of the cargo being carried
or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo, the
vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this vehicle
for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will
increase or decrease depending on the
weight and the number of occupants
and the tongue load, if your vehicle is
equipped with a trailer.
06
6-141
Steps for determining correct load
limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on
your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,
if the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit, including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If the
GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts
on the vehicle can break, and it can
change the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose control
and result in an accident.
While Driving
6-142
Example 1
≥ +
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Example 2
≥ +
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Example 3
≥ +
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
06
6-143
Certification label
OBH059070
OBH059070
The certification label is located on the
driver’s door sill at the center pillar and
shows the maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle,
all occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum
weight that can be supported by the
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle, including
all occupants, accessories, cargo, and
trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your front
and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure
to spread out your load equally on both
sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the front
or rear axle and vehicle capacity
weight. Exceeding these ratings
can affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability, and cause an
accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause
heat buildup in your vehicle’s tires
and possible tire failure, increased
stopping distances and poor vehicle
handling-all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered
by your warranty. Do not overload your
vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle
(e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else), they are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items will keep going and can cause
an injury if they strike the driver or a
passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of your
vehicle. Try to spread the weight
evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle above the tops of
the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it.
While Driving
6-144
We do not recommend using this vehicle
for trailer towing.
TRAILER TOWING
Hazard Warning Flasher .................................................................................7-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving ........................................................7-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving .............................................................................7-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing .......................................................7-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ........................................................................7-3
If the Engine Will not Start .............................................................................7-3
If the Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly ............................................7-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn’t Start ..............................................7-3
Jump Starting ................................................................................................ 7-4
If the Engine Overheats ................................................................................. 7-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ......................................................7-7
Check Tire Pressure ...................................................................................................7-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ............................................................................ 7-8
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ........................................................................................ 7-9
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ......................................... 7-9
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ................................................................................... 7-10
Changing a Tire with TPMS ....................................................................................7-10
If you Have a Flat Tire (With Spare Tire) ...................................................... 7-12
Jack and Tools ......................................................................................................... 7-12
Changing Tires ......................................................................................................... 7-13
Towing ........................................................................................................... 7-18
Towing Service ........................................................................................................ 7-18
Emergency Towing .................................................................................................. 7-19
7. Emergency Situations
7
Emergency Situations
7-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad
or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift
button to the N (Neutral) position and
then push the vehicle to a safe location.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
ODN8079001
ODN8079001
The hazard warning flasher serves as
a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button. The button is located
in the center fascia panel. Both the left
and right turn signal lights will flash
simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
07
7-3
If you Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the
vehicle has slowed to such a speed
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully
and pull off the road. Drive off the
road as far as possible and park on
firm, level ground. If you are on a
divided highway, do not park in the
median area between the two traffic
lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press the
hazard warning flasher button, move
the shift button into P (Park), and
apply the parking brake, and place
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow the
instructions provided later in this
chapter.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT
START
If the Engine Doesn’t Turn Over
or Turns Over Slowly
• Be sure the shift button is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine starts
only when the shift button is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park).
• Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could cause damage to your vehicle.
See instructions for “Jump Starting”
provided in this chapter.
CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle may
cause the catalytic converter to
overload which can lead to damage to
the emission control system.
If the Engine Turns Over
Normally but Doesn’t Start
Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Emergency Situations
7-4
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting
procedure in this section to avoid serious
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in
doubt about how to properly jump start
your vehicle, we strongly recommend
that you have a service technician or
towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
to you or bystanders, always follow
these precautions when working near
or handling the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed
to protect the eyes from acid
splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may explode
if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention. If acid gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch
these components with the engine
running or when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump
start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
JUMP STARTING
07
7-5
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach, but
do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
engine compartment at all times, even
when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc.
Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set
the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles
OFF.
ODN8A079022
ODN8A079022
4. Connect the jumper cables in
the exact sequence shown in the
illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1).
5. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/chassis
ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
7. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery or jumper terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately
2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then
start your vehicle.
If your vehicle will not start after a few
attempts, it probably requires servicing.
In this event please seek qualified
assistance. If the cause of your battery
discharging is not apparent, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative
(-) battery/chassis ground of the
assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
Emergency Situations
7-6
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking,
the engine may be overheating. If this
happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift button in P (Park)
and set the parking brake. If the air
conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from the hood, stop the engine. Do
not open the hood until the coolant
has stopped running or the steaming
has stopped. If there is no visible
loss of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and check
to be sure the engine cooling fan is
operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
WARNING
While the engine is running,
keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the moving parts
such as the cooling fan and
drive belt to prevent serious
injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If
the air conditioning had been in use, it
is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for assistance.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped
with a pressurized coolant
reserve tank. NEVER remove
the engine coolant reservoir
tank/radiator cap or the drain
plug while the engine and
radiator are HOT. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the engine coolant
reservoir tank/radiator cap. Wrap
a towel or thick rag around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
release some of the pressure from the
system. Step back while the pressure is
released.
When you are sure all the pressure has
been released, continue turning the cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir
to bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and should
be checked as soon as possible by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
07
7-7
ODN8079002
ODN8079002
ODN8049030L
ODN8049030L
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure
Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display
(shown on the cluster LCD display)
Check Tire Pressure
ODN8049022L
ODN8049022L
• You can check the tire pressure in the
Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the “LCD Display Mode”
section in chapter 4.
• A “Drive to display” message will
appear for the first few minutes of
driving after initial engine start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed
after a few minutes of driving, check
the tire pressures.
• The displayed tire pressure values may
differ from those measured with a tire
pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure unit
in the User Settings mode on the
cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the “User
Settings Mode” section in chapter
4).
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)
Emergency Situations
7-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label. If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on
a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low
tire pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPMS from functioning
properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires
or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when the
ignition switch is placed to the ON
position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD display
remains illuminated
07
7-9
Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display
with Position Indicator
ODN8049019L
ODN8049019L
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are
illuminated and the warning message
is displayed on the cluster LCD
display, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. The LCD
position indicator will indicate which
tire is significantly under-inflated by
illuminating the corresponding position
light.
If any of your tire pressures are indicated
as being low, immediately reduce
your speed, avoid hard cornering, and
anticipate increased stopping distances.
You should stop and check your tires
as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to
the proper pressure as indicated on the
vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver’s side center
pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or
if the tire cannot hold the newly added
air, replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire. (if equipped)
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator may blink for one
minute and then remain illuminated until
you have the low pressure tire repaired
and replaced on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning because
the decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a cold
area to a warm area, or the outside
temperature is greatly higher or lower,
you should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to the
recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes
the vehicle unstable and can contribute
to loss of vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires
can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
Emergency Situations
7-10
TPMS Malfunction
Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
will illuminate after it blinks for
approximately one minute when there
is a problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the individual tire pressures
in the cluster LCD display will not be
available. Have the system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
illuminate after blinking for one minute
if the vehicle is near electric power
supply cables or radio transmitters
such as police stations, government
and public offices, broadcasting
stations, military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow chains
are used or electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote starters,
navigation, etc. This may interfere with
normal operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and LCD position indicator will
come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible or replace the flat tire with the
spare tire. (if equipped)
CAUTION
It is recommended that you do not use a
puncture-repairing agent not approved
by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant
not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may
damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor. When
the low pressure tire or the flat tire is
replaced with the spare tire, the Low
Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will
remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will illuminate after blinking
for one minute if the vehicle is driven
at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for
approximately 20 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure
and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low
Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and
TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off
within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear after a
few minutes, please visit an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
07
7-11
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem (except for the
spare tire). You must use TPMS specific
wheels. It is recommended that you
always have your tires serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
You may not be able to identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire’s inflation
pressure. Please note that a tire that is
hot (from being driven) will have a higher
pressure measurement than a tire that is
cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off
the accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere
with the system’s ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions
and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
Emergency Situations
7-12
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE)
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this section
when changing a tire to reduce the risk
of serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and Tools
OLF064004N
OLF064004N
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
OLF064031N
OLF064031N
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
Store the spare tire in the same
compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from
“rattling”, store them in their proper
location.
OLF064005
OLF064005
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down
wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it
easily using the jack handle.
1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of the
tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the jack
handle.
07
7-13
Changing Tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
• Never place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is supported by
a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off
the road, call a towing service for
assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers
or any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Keep children away from the road
and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift button into P (Park)
or into R (Reverse) if equipped with
a manual transmission, apply the
parking brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire from
the vehicle.
ODN8A069089
ODN8A069089
[A] : Block
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire you
are changing.
ODN8069090L
ODN8069090L
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts
counterclockwise one turn each in
the order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire has
been raised off of the ground.
Emergency Situations
7-14
ODN8A069091
ODN8A069091
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two
notches. Never jack at any other
position or part of the vehicle. Doing
so may damage the side sill molding
or other parts of the vehicle.
ODN8A069092
ODN8A069092
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the ground.
Make sure the vehicle is stable on the
jack.
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
lug nut wrench and remove them with
your fingers. Remove the wheel from
the studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Remove any dirt or
debris from the studs, mounting
surfaces, and wheel.
10.
Install the spare tire onto the studs of
the hub.
11.
Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers
onto the studs with the smaller end of
the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12.
Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.
ODN8069090L
ODN8069090L
13.
Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug nut
until they are tight. After changing
tires, have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer tighten the lug nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible. The
wheel lug nut should be tightened to
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
07
7-15
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire
pressure (see “Tires and Wheels” in
chapter 2 for tire pressure instructions.).
If the pressure is lower or higher than
recommended, drive slowly to the
nearest service station and adjust it to
the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another
and install it as soon as possible. After
changing tires, secure the flat tire and
return the jack and tools to their proper
storage locations. If it is hard to secure
the flat tire, put the flat tire in the
luggage compartment.
NOTICE
• Check the tire pressure as soon
as possible after installing a spare
tire. Adjust it to the recommended
pressure.
• Check and tighten the wheel lug
nuts after driving over 30 miles (50
km), after the spare tire is installed.
Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts after
driving over 620 miles (1,000 km)
after the replaced tire is reinstalled.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads on the
studs and lug nuts. Make certain during
tire changing that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled. If you
have to replace your lug nuts make
sure they have metric threads to avoid
damaging the studs and ensure the
wheel is properly secured to the hub.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the jack,
lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is
damaged or in poor condition, do not
attempt to change the tire and call for
assistance.
Use of compact spare tires (if equipped)
Compact spare tires are designed for
emer
gency use only. Drive carefully on
the compact spare tire and always follow
the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire failure
and loss of control possibly resulting in
an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire only in an
emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over 50
mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s
maximum load rating or the load
carrying capacity shown on the
sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
continuously. Repair or replace the
original tire as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the compact spare
tire.
Emergency Situations
7-16
When driving with the compact spare tire
mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after installing
the compact spare tire. The compact
spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi
(420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through
an automatic car wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire
has been designed especially for your
vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted on
the same wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
NOTICE
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the lug nut torque must be set correctly.
The correct lug nut tightening torque is
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact
spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards, such
as a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel
covers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel.
07
7-17
Jack label
Example
Example
OHYK065011
OHYK065011
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking
brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the
frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base
plate of jack must be vertical under
the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move the
shift button to the P (Park) position on
vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level
ground.
10.
Jack manufacture
11.
Production date
12.
Representative company and address
Emergency Situations
7-18
TOWING
Towing Service
ODN8079010L
ODN8079010L
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service. Proper
lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground. If any
of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the vehicle
is being towed with the front wheels on
the ground, use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used,
the front of the vehicle should always be
lifted, not the rear.
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle with the front
wheels on the ground as this may
cause damage to the vehicle.
ODN8079012L
ODN8079012L
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use a wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
ODN8079011L
ODN8079011L
07
7-19
WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with a
rollover sensor, place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position
when the vehicle is being towed.
The side impact and curtain air bag
may deploy if the sensor detects the
situation as a rollover.
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift button in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift button in N
(Neutral) when being towed with the
front wheels on the ground can cause
internal damage to the transmission.
Emergency Towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow
truck service.
Engine Compartment .................................................................................... 8-3
Maintenance Services ...................................................................................8-4
Owner’s Responsibility ............................................................................................8-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................................................8-4
Owner Maintenance ......................................................................................8-5
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................................................8-5
Scheduled Maintenance Services ................................................................ 8-7
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) ...................................8-8
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) ......... 8-11
Severe Driving Conditions ...................................................................................... 8-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Smartstream G2.5 GDi) .....................................8-12
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Smartstream G2.5 GDi) ................8-15
Severe Driving Conditions ......................................................................................8-15
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items .......................................... 8-16
Engine Oil ..................................................................................................... 8-19
Checking the Engine Oil Level ................................................................................8-19
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter .......................................................................8-20
Engine Coolant ..............................................................................................8-21
Checking the Engine Coolant Level .......................................................................8-21
Engine Coolant ........................................................................................................8-21
Changing Engine Coolant ...................................................................................... 8-23
Brake fluid .................................................................................................... 8-24
Checking the Brake Fluid Level ............................................................................. 8-24
Washer Fluid ................................................................................................. 8-25
Checking the Washer Fluid Level .......................................................................... 8-25
Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................8-26
Filter Replacement ................................................................................................. 8-26
Climate Control Air Filter .............................................................................8-28
Filter Inspection......................................................................................................8-28
Filter Replacement .................................................................................................8-28
Wiper Blades ................................................................................................8-29
Blade Inspection .................................................................................................... 8-29
Blade Replacement ................................................................................................ 8-29
Battery ...........................................................................................................8-31
For Best Battery Service ........................................................................................ 8-32
Battery Recharging ................................................................................................ 8-32
Reset Features ........................................................................................................ 8-33
8. Maintenance
8
Tires and Wheels ..........................................................................................8-34
Tire Care ..................................................................................................................8-34
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures .......................................................8-34
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ................................................................................. 8-35
Tire Rotation ...........................................................................................................8-36
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance .......................................................................8-36
Tire Replacement ................................................................................................... 8-37
Wheel Replacement ...............................................................................................8-38
Tire Traction ............................................................................................................8-38
Tire Maintenance....................................................................................................8-38
Tire Sidewall Labeling ............................................................................................8-38
Tire Terminology and Definitions ..........................................................................8-42
All Season Tires .......................................................................................................8-44
Summer Tires .........................................................................................................8-44
Snow Tires...............................................................................................................8-44
Radial-Ply Tires .......................................................................................................8-45
Low Aspect Ratio Tires ...........................................................................................8-45
Fuses ............................................................................................................ 8-46
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement .................................................................... 8-47
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement ..................................................8-48
Fuse/Relay Panel Description................................................................................8-49
Light Bulbs ....................................................................................................8-55
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn Signal Lamp,
Cornering Lamp and Side Marker .........................................................................8-55
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .......................................................................8-56
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement .........................................................8-56
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement ..............................................................8-58
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement .................................................................8-58
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...........................................................................8-59
Appearance Care ......................................................................................... 8-61
Exterior Care ........................................................................................................... 8-61
Interior Care ............................................................................................................8-65
Emission Control System .............................................................................8-67
California Perchlorate Notice ...................................................................... 8-70
Consumer Information .................................................................................8-71
Reporting Safety Defects ............................................................................ 8-72
8
8-3
08
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Brake fluid reservoir
3. Air cleaner
4. Engine oil dipstick
5. Engine oil filler cap
6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
7. Fuse box
8. Battery
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ODN8089103/ ODN8089048L
ODN8089103/ ODN8089048L
Maintenance
8-4
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection
procedures.
We recommend you have your
vehicle maintained and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
HYUNDAI’s high service quality
standards and receives technical support
from HYUNDAI in order to provide you
with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner’s Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner’s responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with
the scheduled maintenance service
charts shown on the following pages.
You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing
and maintenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational
problems with your vehicle that could
lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
personal injury. This chapter provides
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform. Several
procedures can be done only by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special
tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety
or durability of your vehicle and may, in
addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by
the U.S. Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet provided
with the vehicle. If you’re unsure about
any service or maintenance procedure,
have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
08
8-5
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do
the work, have it done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for
performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level ground,
move the shift button into the P
(Park) position, place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and back) to
prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry
that can become entangled in
moving parts.
• If you must run the engine during
maintenance, do so out doors or in
an area with plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery and
fuel-related parts.
The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed
by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer at the frequencies indicated to
help ensure safe, dependable operation
of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check the for low or under-inflated
tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your engine
coolant level when the engine is hot.
This may result in coolant being blown
out of the opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
OWNER MAINTENANCE
Maintenance
8-6
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission occurs,
check the transmission fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and
wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
with a clean cloth dampened with
washer a fluid.
• Check headlamp alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
• Lubricate door checker.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
08
8-7
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of
the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow
the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid
climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90°F (32°C).
For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Maintenance
8-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Drive belts
*1
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.
Thereafter, inspect every 12,000 miles or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R RRRRR R
Fuel additives
*2
Add fuel additives every 6,000 miles or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I
Spark plugs Replace every 42,000 miles
Valve clearance
*3
Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months
Rotate tires Rotate tires every 6,000 miles
Climate control air filter Replace every 12 months
Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 120 months.
Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
*1 :
The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*2 :
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*3 :
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform
the operation.
08
8-9
Normal Maintenanc e Schedule (Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) No check, No service required
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
8-10
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank IIII I I I
Fuel tank air filter *
4
IIII I I I
Fuel filter *
4
IIII I I I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I
Parking brake IIII I I I
Brake fluid IIII I I I
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
*4
: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this
maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging,
loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details
08
8-11
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under
severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance
intervals.
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and filter R
E
very 3,000 miles or
6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
(if equipped)
R Every 60,000 miles A, C, E, F, G, I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H
Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/ lower arm ball joint,
upper arm ball joint
I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Suspension mounting bolts I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Drive shafts and boots I
Every 3,000 miles or
6 months
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R More frequently C, E
Severe Driving Conditions
A. Repeatedly driving short distances
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt- spread
roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E. Driving in sandy areas
F. Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F
(32°C)
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road
H. Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or
roof rack
I. Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use or vehicle towing
J. Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
Maintenance
8-12
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Smartstream G2.5 GDi)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Drive belts
*1
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.
Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R RRRRR R
Fuel additives
*2
Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I
Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles
Rotate tires Rotate tires every 7,500 miles
Climate control air filter Replace every 12 months
Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 120 months.
Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
*1 :
The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*2 :
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
08
8-13
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Smartstream G2.5 GDi) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I IIIII I
Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) No check, No service required
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
8-14
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Smartstream G2.5 GDi) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank IIII I I I
Fuel tank air filter *
3
IIII I I I
Fuel filter *
3
IIII I I I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I
Parking brake IIII I I I
Brake fluid IIII I I I
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
*3
: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this
maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging,
loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
08
8-15
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Smartstream G2.5 GDi)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under
severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance
intervals.
R: Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and filter R
E
very 3,750 miles or
6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
(if equipped)
R Every 60,000 miles A, C, E, F, G, I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H
Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/ lower arm ball joint,
upper arm ball joint
I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Suspension mounting bolts I More frequently
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Drive shafts and boots I
Every 3,750 miles or
6 months
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R More frequently C, E
Severe Driving Conditions
A. Repeatedly driving short distances
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt- spread
roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E. Driving in sandy areas
F. Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F
(32°C)
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road
H. Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or
roof rack
I. Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use or vehicle towing
J. Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
Maintenance
8-16
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence
of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary. Drive
belts should be checked periodically
for proper tension and adjusted as
necessary.
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the
vehicle driving speed, damage the
emission system, and cause the hard
starting. When a considerable amount
of foreign substances are accumulated
in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be
replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate
the engine for several minutes, and
check the connections for any leakages.
Fuel filters should be installed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
replace any damaged or leaking parts
immediately.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
Air Cleaner Filter
A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter
is recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components, such
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
08
8-17
Engine Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions, the
fluid should be changed at an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the beginning
of this chapter.
Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is red
when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. This is a normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace the
fluid based upon the changed color.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction
and failure. Use only the specified
automatic transmission fluid (refer
to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” in chapter 2).
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT
4 specification.
Parking Brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal and
cables.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and
Rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start
the engine and listen carefully for
any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten
connections or replace parts as
necessary.
Maintenance
8-18
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
off, check for excessive freeplay in the
steering wheel. Check the linkage for
bends or damage. Check the dust boots
and ball joints for deterioration, cracks,
or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
08
8-19
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set. If possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the
engine to reach normal operating
temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about
five minutes for the oil to return to the
oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and
re-insert it fully.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
ODN8089104
ODN8089104
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
ODN8089002
ODN8089002
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between
F and L.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
ODN8089105
ODN8089105
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
ODN8089003
ODN8089003
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil. (refer
to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” in chapter 2).
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not overfill with engine oil. Add oil
in small quantities and recheck level
to ensure engine is not overfilled.
• Do not spill engine oil when adding
or changing engine oil. Use a funnel
to help prevent oil from being spilled
on engine components. Wipe off
spilled oil immediately.
ENGINE OIL
Maintenance
8-20
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Always protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
08
8-21
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the
factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season and
before traveling to a colder climate.
NOTICE
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks
in the engine. To prevent damage,
add engine coolant slowly in small
quantities.
• Do not drive with no engine coolant.
It may cause water pump failure and
engine seizure, etc.
Checking the Engine Coolant
Level
ODN8089004
ODN8089004
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen or
deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on the
side of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the F mark, but do not overfill. If
frequent additions are required, see an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling
system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
distilled (deionized) water for your
vehicle and never mix hard water in
the coolant filled at the factory.
• An improper coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or engine
damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has
aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol with
phosphate based coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
ENGINE COOLANT
Maintenance
8-22
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
-
13°F (-25°C) 40 60
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to use
for most temperature ranges of - 31°F and
higher.
WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly
closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise
the engine could be overheated while
driving.
Engine room front view
Engine room front view
ODN8089052L
ODN8089052L
1. Check if the coolant cap label is
straight In front.
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the coolant cap is securely
interlocked.
ODN8089044
ODN8089044
WARNING
Never remove the engine
coolant reservoir tank/radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot.
Hot coolant and steam may blow out
under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the engine coolant
reservoir tank/radiator cap. Wrap
a thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system. When
you are sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the cap, using
a thick towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
08
8-23
WARNING
The electric motor for the
cooling fan may continue to
operate or start up when the
engine is not running and can
cause serious injury. Keep
hands, clothing and tools away
from the rotating fan blades of
the cooling fan.
The electric motor for the cooling
fan is controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. As the engine coolant
temperature decreases, the electric
motor will automatically shut off. This
is a normal condition. If your vehicle is
equipped with GDI, the electric motor
for the cooling fan may begin to operate
at any time and continue to operate until
you disconnect the negative battery
cable.
Changing Engine Coolant
Have coolant changed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning
of this chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze
in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the
windshield and may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage
to paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put
a thick towel around the radiator cap
before refilling the coolant to prevent
the coolant from overflowing into
engine parts, such as the alternator.
Maintenance
8-24
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
ODN8089005
ODN8089005
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the side
of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake fluid, clean the area around
the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent
brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add the specified brake
fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall
with accumulated mileage. This is a
normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level
is excessively low, have the brake system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent
additions of fluid this could indicate
a leak in the brake system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come in
contact with your eyes. If brake fluid
comes in contact with your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immediate medical
attention.
NOTICE
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle’s body paint, as paint
damage will result.
• Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should NEVER be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong kind of brake
fluid. A few drops of mineral based
oil, such as engine oil, in your brake
system can damage brake system
parts.
Information
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer
to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” in chapter 2).
BRAKE FLUID
08
8-25
Checking the Washer Fluid Level
ODN8089006
ODN8089006
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take
the following safety precautions when
using washer fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the
windshield and may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident or damage to paint and
body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flames to
contact the washer fluid or the
washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid
may contain alcohol and can be
flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
WASHER FLUID
Maintenance
8-26
Filter Replacement
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for
inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as
water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
ODN8089106
ODN8089106
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
Smartstream G2.5 GDi
ODN8089007
ODN8089007
ODN8089008
ODN8089008
ODN8089040
ODN8089040
ODN8089041
ODN8089041
ODN8089009
ODN8089009
AIR CLEANER
08
8-27
1. Pull up the lever (1) on the air cleaner
cover and release the lock.
2. Pull up the air cleaner cover (2) and
open.
3. Rotate the fixed lever (3) on the filter
and loosen the lock.
4. Replace the air cleaner filter.
5. Assemble in reverse order.
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element
more often than the usual recommended
intervals (refer to “Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions” in this chapter).
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts. Use of
non-genuine parts could damage the
air flow sensor.
Maintenance
8-28
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the Maintenance
Schedule. If the vehicle is operated
in severely air-polluted cities or on
dusty rough roads for a long period, it
should be inspected more frequently
and replaced earlier. When you replace
the climate control air filter, replace it
performing the following procedure,
and be careful to avoid damaging other
components.
Filter replacement
ODN8089010
ODN8089010
1. Remove the support rod (1).
ODN8089011
ODN8089011
2. Push in both sides of the glove box as
shown. This will ensure that the glove
box stopper pins will get released
from its holding location allowing the
glove box to hang.
ODN8089012
ODN8089012
3. Remove the climate control air filter
case while pressing the lock on the
right side of the cover.
OIK077021
OIK077021
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter
in the correct direction with the arrow
symbol (↓) facing downwards, otherwise,
it may be noisy and the effectiveness of
the filter may be reduced.
08
8-29
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wiper functionality. Common
sources of contamination are insects,
tree sap, and hot wax treatments used
by some commercial car washes. If the
blades are not wiping properly, clean
both the window and the blades with a
clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
• In order to prevent damage to the
hood and the wiper arms, the wiper
arms should only be lifted when in
the top wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Front windshield wiper service
positions
ODN8089013K
ODN8089013K
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the
engine, lift and hold the wiper lever
up to the MIST position for about 2
seconds until the wipers move to the
top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off
the windshield.
3. Gently put the wipers back down onto
the windshield.
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position
to return the wipers to the bottom
resting position.
Maintenance
8-30
OLF074017
OLF074017
1. Raise the wiper arm.
OLF074018
OLF074018
2. Lift the wiper blade clip. Then push
down the blade body.
OLF074019
OLF074019
3. Install the new blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
4. Return the wiper arm on the
windshield.
08
8-31
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
to you or bystanders, always follow
these precautions when working near
or handling the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed
to protect the eyes from acid
splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may explode
if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention. If acid gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch
these components with the engine
running or when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer. Wash hands after
handling.
NOTICE
• When you do not use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area,
disconnect the battery and keep it
indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully to
prevent battery case damage in low
temperature areas.
BATTERY
Maintenance
8-32
For Best Battery Service
ODN8089014
ODN8089014
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the battery
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
Battery Recharging
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when
recharging your vehicle’s battery to
avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and place the ignition
switch to the LOCK/OFF position.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an area
with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in a well
ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin boiling
violently.
• Vehicle is equipped with the
Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery.
Do not charge the AGM battery with
a general charger. It may damage
or explode the AGM battery. Only
charge the AGM battery with a
charger that has AGM battery
setting.
08
8-33
• The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Disconnect the battery charger in the
following order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Always use a genuine HYUNDAI
approved battery when you replace
the battery.
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery,
drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes
before it is shutoff. The vehicle may
not restart if you shut it off before the
battery had a chance to adequately
recharge. See “Jump Starting” in chapter
7 for more information on jump starting
procedures.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
Reset Features
The following items may need to be reset
after the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected. See
chapter 3 or 4 for:
• Power Windows
• Trip Computer
• Climate Control System
• Clock
• Audio System
• Sunroof
Maintenance
8-34
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident. To
reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for proper
inflation as well as wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire pressure
for your vehicle can be found in this
manual and on the tire label located
on the driver’s side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure gauge to
measure tire pressure. Tires with
too much or too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the spare
every time you check the pressure of
the other tires on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of braking
effectiveness, steering control, or
traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the same
type, size, brand, construction and
tread pattern as each tire that was
originally supplied with this vehicle.
Using tires and wheels other than
the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics,
poor vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake
System (ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within the
load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
ODN8H019025L
ODN8H019025L
All specifications (sizes and pressures)
can be found on a label attached to the
driver’s side center pillar.
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the spare)
should be checked when the tires are
cold. “Cold tires” means the vehicle has
not been driven for at least three hours
or has been driven for less than one mile
(1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures by 4
to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pressure
or the tires will be under-inflated. For
recommended inflation pressure, refer to
“Tire and Wheels” in chapter 2.
TIRES AND WHEELS
08
8-35
WARNING
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to
severe heat build-up, causing blowouts,
tread separation and other tire failures
that can result in the loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days and
when driving for long periods at high
speeds.
CAUTION
• Under-inflation results in excessive
wear, poor handling and reduced
fuel economy. Wheel deformation
is also possible. Keep your tire
pressures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling, have it
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Over-inflation produces a harsh ride,
excessive wear at the center of the
tire tread, and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare tire,
once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure gauge
to check tire pressure. You can not tell
if your tires are properly inflated simply
by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated when they are under-
inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the
valve to get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended pressure
on the tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar or in this manual. No
further adjustment is necessary. If the
pressure is low, add air until you reach
the recommended pressure. Make sure
to put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire
pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure
to put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.
Maintenance
8-36
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI
recommends that the tires be rotated
according to the maintenance schedule
or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure,
improper wheel alignment, out-of-
balance wheels, severe braking or severe
cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in
the tread or side of the tire. Replace the
tire if you find any of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible.
After rotation, be sure to bring the front
and rear tire pressures to specification
and check lug nut tightness (proper
torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
Without a spare tire
Without a spare tire
ODH073802
ODH073802
Disc brake pads should be inspected for
wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional
can only be installed on the wheel in
one direction. The outside and inside
of an asymmetrical tire is not easily
distinguishable. Pay careful attention to
the markings on the sidewalls of the tires,
noting the “outside” marking and also the
rotating direction before installing them
on the vehicle.
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare tire for
tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned
and balanced carefully at the factory to
give you the longest tire life and best
overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have
your wheels aligned again. However,
if you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when
driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use
only approved wheel weights.
08
8-37
Tire Replacement
Tread wear indicatorTread wear indicator
OLMB073027
OLMB073027
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left
on the tire. Replace the tire when this
happens.
Do not wait for the tread surface to
become level with the tread wear
indicators before replacing the tire.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS
INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of braking
effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Always replace tires with the same
size as each tire that was originally
supplied with this vehicle. Using
tires and wheels other than the
recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics,
poor vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake
System (ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
• Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI
recommends that tires be replaced
after six (6) years of normal service.
• When replacing tires, it is
recommended to replace the two
front or two rear tires as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can seriously
affect your vehicle’s handling. If
only replacing one pair of tires, it is
recommended to install the pair of
new tires on the rear axle.
• Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. Failure
to follow this warning may cause
sudden tire failure, which could lead
to a loss of vehicle control resulting
in an accident.
Maintenance
8-38
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the tread
wear indicator bars on the tire. The
replacement compact spare tire should
be the same size and design tire as the
one provided with your new vehicle
and should be mounted on the same
compact spare tire wheel. The compact
spare tire is not designed to be mounted
on a regular size wheel, and the compact
spare tire wheel is not designed for
mounting a regular size tire.
WARNING
The original tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the spare and loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the
compact spare tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any
reason, make sure the new wheels are
equivalent to the original factory units in
diameter, rim width and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive
on worn tires, tires that are improperly
inflated or on slippery road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when the tread
depth is at least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To
reduce the possibility of losing control,
slow down whenever there is rain, snow
or ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease tire
wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly,
have your dealer check the wheel
alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This will
increase vehicle ride comfort and tire
life. Additionally, a tire should always
be rebalanced if it is removed from the
wheel.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and describes
the fundamental characteristics of
the tire and also provides the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety
standard certification. The TIN can be
used to identify the tire in case of a
recall.
08
8-39
OLMB073028
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement
tires for your car. The following explains
what the letters and numbers in the tire
size designation mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator
could vary depending on your vehicle.)
205/65R16 95H
205 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
95 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum load
the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section for
additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important
inf
ormation that you need if you ever
have to replace one. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in
the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.5J X 16
6.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
diff
erent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the tire.
This symbol corresponds to that tire’s
designed maximum safe operating
speed.
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T
118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
Maintenance
8-40
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new tires. You can find the
manufacturing date on the tire sidewall
(possibly on the inside of the wheel),
displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code
is a series of numbers on a tire consisting
of numbers and English letters. The
manufacturing date is designated by the
last four digits (characters) of the DOT
code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a plant
code number, tire size and tread pattern
and the last four numbers indicate week
and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1419 represents that the
tire was produced in the 14th week of
2019.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others. The letter
“R” means radial ply construction; the
letter “D” means diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter “B” means
belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer to
the Tire and Loading Information label
for recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that can be
carried by the tire. When replacing the
tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that
has the same load rating as the factory
installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section
width.
For example:
TREAD WEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
08
8-41
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative
r
ating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well
on the government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The
tires available as standard or optional
equipment on your vehicle may vary with
respect to grade.
Traction AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lo
west, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades
represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highes
t), B and C representing the tire’s
resistance to the generation of heat
and its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause
the material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. Grade C responds to a level
of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum required by
law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either separately
or in combination, can cause heat build-
up and possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Maintenance
8-42
Tire Terminology and Definitions
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire pressing
outward on the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some examples
of optional accessories are automatic
transmission, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of a tire’s height to its
width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the tread.
Cords may be made from steel or other
reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire
onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies are
laid at alternate angles less than 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch (psi)
or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight
This means the weight of a motor vehicle
with standard and optional equipment
including the maximum capacity of fuel,
oil and coolant, but without passengers
and cargo.
DOT Markings
A code molded into the sidewall
of a tire signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S. Department
of Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes the
Tire Identification Number (TIN), an
alphanumeric designator which can
also identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand and date of
production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front
Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear
axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire,
that must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as
primarily intended for use on lightweight
trucks or multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated to
carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index
An assigned number ranging from 1 to
279 that corresponds to the load carrying
capacity of a tire.
08
8-43
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the traction
and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5 lb.
(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items
which they replace, not previously
considered in curb weight or accessory
weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery,
and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer’s recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown on the
tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords
that extend to the beads are laid at 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the tread
and the bead.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire
indicating the maximum speed at which
a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and
the road surface. The amount of grip
provided.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
The maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum
air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mounted
on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or model
name molding that is higher or deeper
than the same moldings on the inner
facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Maintenance
8-44
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called “wear
bars”, that show across the tread of a tire
when only 1/16 inch of tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
is a tire information system that
provides consumers with ratings for
a tire’s traction, temperature and
treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire
manufacturers using government testing
procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg)
plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the curb weight, accessory
weight, and normal occupant weight and
dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a vehicle
showing the original equipment tire size
and recommended inflation pressure.
All Season Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires
on some models to provide good
performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions.
All season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on
the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than all season tires and
may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer Tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads. Summer tire
performance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not have
the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire side wall. If you plan
to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, HYUNDAI recommends the
use of snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires, they
should be the same size and have the
same load capacity as the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on all four
wheels; otherwise, poor handling may
result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
the center pillar, or up to the maximum
pressure shown on the tire sidewall,
whichever is less. Do not drive faster than
75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
08
8-45
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved tread
life, road hazard resistance and smoother
high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used
on this vehicle are of belted construction,
and are selected to complement the
ride and handling characteristics of your
vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use the
same recommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or
bias belted tires is not recommended.
Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-
ply or bias belted tires when used on the
same vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow
is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set for the
front tires and a set for the rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is
very important to follow the tire rotation
interval in this chapter to achieve the
tread life potential of these tires. Cuts
and punctures in radial-ply tires are
repairable only in the tread area, because
of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire
dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires
under any circumstances. This may
cause unusual handling characteristics
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low
aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking, their
sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard
tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be
wider and consequently have a greater
contact patch with the road surface. In
some instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard tires.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of a low aspect
ratio tire is shorter than a standard tire,
the rim of the wheel and the tire itself
is more easily susceptible to damage.
Use caution when driving and follow
the guidelines below to help minimize
damage to the wheel and tire:
• When driving on a rough road or off
road, drive cautiously because tires
and wheels may be damaged. And
after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole, speed
bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive
slowly so that the tires and wheels
are not damaged.
• If the tire is subjected to a severe
impact, have the tire and wheel
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000km).
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes. But
if there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire damage
may cause air leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving
on a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not be
covered by the warranty.
Maintenance
8-46
Ŷ
Cartridge type
Ŷ
Blade type
Ŷ
Multi fuse
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
OTM078035
OTM078035
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment
near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights,
accessories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a
fuse has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
another fuse of the same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse -
even as a temporary repair. It may
cause extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because
it may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.
FUSES
08
8-47
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
ODN8089015
ODN8089015
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
ODN8089016
ODN8089016
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
In an emergency, if you do not have a
spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating
from a circuit you may not need for
operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced with the same
rating.
Maintenance
8-48
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse
Replacement
Blade type fuse
Blade type fuse
ODN8089043
ODN8089043
Cartridge type fuse
Cartridge type fuse
ODN8089019
ODN8089019
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the
engine compartment securely close
the fuse box cover inside the engine
compartment, until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed properly,
water may leak in side, possibly causing
a malfunction with the electrical
system.
Multi fuse (Main fuse)
ODN8H089018
ODN8H089018
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
08
8-49
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
ODN8089020
ODN8089020
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse box on
your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
ODN8A089021
ODN8A089021
Maintenance
8-50
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name (A) Circuit Protected
S/HEATER (FRT) 25A
F
ront Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat
Control Module
TRUNK 10A ICU Junction Block (Trunk Lid Relay)
DOOR LOCK 20A
ICU Junction Block (Door Lock Relay,
Door Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay)
MODULE1 7.5A Key Solenoid
MODULE3 10A
Driver Door Module, Passenger Seat Relax Unit,
Hazard Switch, Crash Pad Switch (Up),
Front Mood Lamp Unit, Start/stop Button Switch,
Driver/Passeger Smart Key Outside Handle
S/HEATER (RR) 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch, Passenger Seat Relax Unit
MODULE6 10A Driver Door Module
SAFETY
P/WINDOW (RH)
30A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module,
Rear Power Window Switch RH
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Dirver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS Module
IBU1 15A
IBU, Driver/Passenger Door NFC Module, IAU,
BLE Unit, Ignition Switch
AMP 25A AMP, DC-DC Converter (AMP)
SAFETY
P/WINDOW (LH)
30A
Driver Safety Power Window Module,
Rear Power Window Switch LH
BRAKE SWITCH 10A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
SUNROOF2 20A Panorama Sunroof, Data Link Connector
AIR BAG2 10A SRS Contorl Module
AIR BAG1 15A SRS Contorl Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
E-SHIFTER1 10A SCU, Electronic ATM Shift Lever
MEMORY 10A
Driver IMS Module, Security Indicator, A/C Switch,
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror,
A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster,
Rain Sensor, Head-Up Display
08
8-51
Driver’s side fuse panel
Fuse Name (A) Circuit Protected
MULTI MEDIA 15A
Audio, A/V & Na
vigation Head Unit,
DC-DC Converter (AMP/Audio)
SUNROOF1 20A Panorama Sunroof
MODULE7 10A
Front Console Switch, Lane Keeping Assist Unit, IBU,
Crash Pad Switch (Up/Down),
Parking Collision Avodance Assist Unit,
Remote Control Smart Parking Assist Unit
MODULE5 10A Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE8 10A
Front Seat Warmer Control Module,
Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module,
Passenger Seat Relax Unit, AMP,
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Driver IMS Module,
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
E-SHIFTER2 10A SCU, Electronic ATM Shift Lever
MODULE2 10A
IAU, Parking Collision Avoidance Assist Unit,
Cooling Fan Motor, Passenger Seat Relax Unit,
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit
A/C 7.5A
A/C Control Module, A/C Switch,
E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater Relay)
MODULE4 10A
Front USB Charger, Rear USB Charger, AMP, IBU,
IAU, Parking Collision Avoidance Assist Unit, Audio,
DC-DC Converter (AMP/Audio), A/V & Navigation,
Head Unit, Surround View Monitor Unit
MODULE9 7.5A IBU
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch
START 7.5A
PCM/ECM, E/R Junction Block (Start Relay),
ICU Junction Block (B/Alarm Relay)
POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet
IBU2 7.5A IBU
A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, Overhead Console Lamp (Lamp)
Maintenance
8-52
Engine compartment fuse panel
ODN8089017
ODN8089017
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
ODN8A089022
ODN8A089022
08
8-53
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name (A) Circuit Protected
MULTI
FUSE
-1
IG2 30A E/R Junction Block (Start Relay), PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
ABS1 40A ESC Module
B+2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS4, IPS3, IPS1, Fuse - AMP, IBU1)
PTC HEATER 50A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater Relay)
B+3 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS5, IPS7, IPS9, IPS10, IPS8, IPS6)
OIL PUMP1 50A Electronic Oil Pump
COOLING
FAN
80A Cooling Fan Motor
MDPS 80A MDPS Unit
MULTI
FUSE-2
E-SHIFTER 30A SCU
E-CVVT1 40A
[G4FN] CVVD ACTUATOR
[====] E/R Junction Block (E-CVVT Relay)
IG1 40A PCB Block (IG1 Relay, ACC Relay)
REAR
HEATED
50A E/R Junction Block (Rear Heated Relay)
EPB 60A ESC Module
B+5 60A
PCB Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse - A/C1,
WIPER1, TCU1, HORN, ECU2)
B+1 60A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/SEAT (DRV),
P/SEAT (PASS), MODULE1, SAFETY P/WINDOW (LH),
SAFETY P/WINDOW (RH), S/HEATER (RR))
Maintenance
8-54
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name (A) Circuit Protected
FUSE
HEA
TED
MIRROR
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Switch,
A/C Control Module, ECM
ECU5 10A [G4FN] ECM
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
FUEL PUMP 1 20A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
A/C 2 10A A/C Control Module
B+4 60A
ICU Junction Block (Long Term Load Latch Relay,
Fuse - MODULE3, AIR BAG2, E-SHIFTER1, SUNROOF1,
SUNROOF2, S/HEATER (FRT), TRUNK, BRAKE SWITCH,
DOOR LOCK)
08
8-55
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true for removing
the headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle.
Information
The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could
appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
driving or the vehicle is driven at night
in wet weather. This condition is caused
by temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside and, it does not
indicate a problem with your vehicle.
When moisture condenses in the lamp,
it will be removed after driving with the
headlamp on. The removable level may
differ depending on lamp size, lamp
position and environmental condition.
However, if moisture is not removed, we
recommend that your vehicle is inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Prior to replacing a lamp, depress
the foot brake, move the shift button
into P (Park) apply the parking brake,
place the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position, and take the key
with you when leaving the vehicle
to avoid sudden movement of the
vehicle and to prevent possible
electric shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and
may burn your fingers.
Headlamp, Parking Lamp,
Daytime Running Light, Turn
Signal Lamp, Cornering Lamp
and Side Marker
Type A (LED)
ODN8A089027
ODN8A089027
(1) Headlamp (High)
(2) Headlamp (Low)
(3) Auxiliary lamp
(4) Daytime running lamp (DRL)/Parking
lamp/Turn signal lamp
(5) Side marker
Type B (LED)
ODN8A089026
ODN8A089026
(1) Headlamp (High) (with sub LOW)
(2) Headlamp (Low)
(3) Auxiliary lamp
(4) Daytime running lamp (DRL)/Parking
lamp/Turn signal lamp
(5) Side marker
LIGHT BULBS
Maintenance
8-56
Lamps
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
the s
ystem checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Side Repeater Lamp
Replacement (if equipped)
ODN8089028
ODN8089028
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Rear Combination Light Bulb
Replacement
ODN8A089029
ODN8A089029
(1) Tail lamp
(2) Stop lamp & Turn signal lamp
(3) Tail lamp
(4) Back-up lamp
(5) Side marker
08
8-57
ODN8A089063
ODN8A089063
Stop lamp (Bulb)
1. Open trunk lid and disconnect the
nega
tive battery cable.
2. Remove the luggage side trim.
ODN8089032
ODN8089032
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
Stop/Taill/Backup lamp and rear side
marker
(LED type)
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
the v
ehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Back up (bulb type)
ODN8089051L
ODN8089051L
1. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
2. Remove the side under cover.
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pulling it straight out.
5. Insert a new bulb by pushing it in into
the socket.
6. Install the socket into the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
7. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Maintenance
8-58
High Mounted Stop Lamp
Replacement
ODN8089030
ODN8089030
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
License Plate Light Bulb
Replacement
ODN8089033L
ODN8089033L
1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with
a philips head screwdriver.
2. Remove the lens.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb.
5. Reinstall the lens securely with the
lens retaining screws.
08
8-59
Map lamp
Map lamp
ODN8A089035
ODN8A089035
Room lamp
Room lamp
• Without sunroof
• Without sunroof
ODN8089036
ODN8089036
Vanity mirror lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
OJS078041
OJS078041
Trunk lamp
Trunk lamp
ODN8089037
ODN8089037
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp, Room lamp, Vanity mirror lamp and trunk lamp (Bulb type)
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to
avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior lamp housing notches and snap the lens into
place.
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Maintenance
8-60
Map lamp
Map lamp
ODN8A089034
ODN8A089034
Room lamp
Room lamp
OLF077071
OLF077071
Map lamp and Room lamp (LED type)
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The
LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
08
8-61
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle. Insufficient
clearance or excessive pressure can
lead to component damage or water
penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may cause
the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged
if they come into contact with high
pressure water.
• Do not use any high-pressure nozzles,
which induce either one-direct water
stream or water swirling.
Protecting your vehicle’s finish
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rus
t and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month
with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see
if they have been affected by water
before getting on the road. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the
brakes by applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward speed.
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
or when the body of the vehicle is
warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure water,
water may leak through the windows
and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemical
solvents or strong detergents.
APPEARANCE CARE
Maintenance
8-62
ODN8A089039
ODN8A089039
NOTICE
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may cause
the failure of electrical circuits
located in the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating
brushes should not be used as this can
damage the surface of your vehicle. A
steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may cause
oil to adhere and leave stains that is
difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel
or sponge) when washing your vehicle
and dry with a microfiber towel. When
you hand wash your vehicle, you should
not use a cleaner that finishes with wax.
If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand,
dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the
surface with water before washing the
car.
Waxing
A good coat of wax provides a barrier
be
tween your paint and environmental
contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
NOTICE
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with
a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective
coating and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such as
a detergent, an abrasive and a polish.
In case wax is applied, remove the wax
immediately using a silicon remover
and if any tar or tar contaminant is on
the surface use a tar remover to clean.
However, be careful not to apply too
much pressure on the painted area.
08
8-63
Repairing your vehicle’s finish
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major repair
expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement,
be sure the body shop applies anti-
corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles,
it is impossible to modify only the
damaged area and repair of the whole
part is necessary. If the vehicle is
damaged and painting is required,
we recommend that you have your
vehicle maintained and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to restore
the quality after the repair.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating
of wax or chrome preservative and rub
to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated
rusting can occur on underbody parts
such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan
and exhaust system, even though they
have been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because
it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt.
It will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it. The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have drain
holes that should not be allowed to clog
with dirt; trapped water in these areas
can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
Maintenance
8-64
NOTICE
• Do not use abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
water. Also, clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with high-
speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing
acid or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and cons
truction practices to combat
corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles
of the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the long-
term corrosion resistance your vehicle
can deliver, the owner’s cooperation and
assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on y
our vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion
or minor scrapes and dents which
leave unprotected metal exposed to
corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is
r
egularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corr
osion is most likely to occur.
For example, corrosion is accelerated
by high humidity, particularly when
temperatures are just above freezing. In
such conditions, the corrosive material is
kept in contact with the car surfaces by
moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is
slow to dry and holds moisture in contact
with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain the
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be
dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
particularly important to keep your
vehicle clean and free of mud or
accumulations of other materials. This
applies not only to the visible surfaces
but particularly to the underside of the
vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The bes
t way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosive materials. Attention to the
underside of the vehicle is particularly
important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
•
08
8-65
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from view.
Do a thorough job; just dampening
the accumulated mud rather than
washing it away will accelerate
corrosion rather than prevent it. Water
under high pressure and steam are
particularly effective in removing
accumulated mud and corrosive
materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don’t park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates
a favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered with
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should
be covered with “touch-up” paint as
soon as possible to reduce the possibility
of corrosion. If bare metal is showing
through, the attention of a qualified body
and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and
may damage painted surfaces in just a
few hours. Always remove bird droppings
as soon as possible.
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from
contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration.
If they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. See the
instructions for the proper way to clean
vinyl.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/
alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface may
get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk br
oom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution
recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with
a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do
not receive immediate attention, the
fabric can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
Maintenance
8-66
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
-
Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural product,
each part differs in thickness or
density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
products.
CAUTION
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered
by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may
prevent abrasion of the cover and
helps maintain the color. Be sure to
read the instructions and consult
a specialist when using leather
coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions below
for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until
contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural
leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
08
8-67
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any
mild soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the soap.
Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become hazy (that is, covered
with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they
should be cleaned with glass cleaner.
Follow the directions on the glass cleaner
container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. This may result in
damage to the rear window defroster
grid.
EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations. There
are three emission control systems, as
follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it
is recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance
Test (with Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
during dynamometer testing, turn
the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system off by pressing the ESC
switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system back
on by pressing the ESC switch again.
Maintenance
8-68
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation system
is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. The
ORVR system is designed to allow the
vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded
into a canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve
is controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After the
engine warms-up during ordinary
driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
evaporated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the engine
may cause damage to the emission
system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide)
precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you smell
exhaust fumes of any kind in your
vehicle, drive with all the windows
fully open. Have your vehicle checked
and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of
automobile components and parts,
including components found in the
interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain
or emit chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive harm.
In addition, certain fluids contained
in vehicles and certain products of
component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
08
8-69
• Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic
converter are very hot during and
immediately after the engine has been
running. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust system
and catalytic converter or you may
get burned.
Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do not
seal the bottom of the vehicle, and
do not coat the vehicle for corrosion
control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take the
following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction,
such as misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the engine off and descending steep
grades in gear with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission
control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with extremely low
fuel level. If you run out of gasoline,
it could cause the engine to misfire
and result in excessive loading of the
catalytic converter.
Maintenance
8-70
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See:
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and
keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California
Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
08
8-71
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued
by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in
this Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings “NOTICE”,
“CAUTION” and “WARNING”.
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your
vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed
in the following:
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts,
New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont.
Eastern Region
1122 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831
(800) 633-5151
Mid Atlantic Region:
Delaware, Maryland, North Carolina,
Virginia, West Virginia
Mid Atlantic
1753 Pinnacle Drive, South Tower, Floor 11
McLean, VA 22102
(800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Alabama, Florida, Georgia, South
Carolina, Tennessee
West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway Suite
100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
South Central Region:
Arkansas, Louisiana, Kansas, Mississippi,
Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas.
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400
Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151
Central Region:
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,
Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, Wisconsin
Central Region
2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook
Terrace, IL 60181
(800) 633-5151
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, California,
Nevada,Oregon, Washington
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box
Fountain Valley, CA(800) 633-5151
Mountain States Region:
Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana,
Nebraska, North Dakota, New Mexico,
South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming
(800) 633-5151
Maintenance
8-72
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
I
Index
Index
I-2
A
Air bag warning labels .........................................................................................3-57
Air bags ................................................................................................................3-37
Driver’s air bag ...............................................................................................3-39
Passenger’s front air bag .................................................................................3-39
Side air bags .................................................................................................... 3-40
Curtain air bags ............................................................................................... 3-41
How does the air bags system operate?...........................................................3-42
SRS components and functions .......................................................................3-42
SRS warning light ...........................................................................................3-43
What to expect after an air bag inflates ...........................................................3-46
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .......................................................... 3-47
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision ....................................................3-52
Air bag collision sensors ................................................................................. 3-53
Air bag inflation conditions ............................................................................3-54
Air bag non-inflation conditions ..................................................................... 3-54
SRS Care ......................................................................................................... 3-56
Additional safety precautions ..........................................................................3-57
Air bag warning labels .................................................................................... 3-57
Air cleaner ...........................................................................................................8-26
Air cleaner filter replacement ..............................................................................8-26
Air conditioning system specification .................................................................2-10
Antenna .............................................................................................................. 5-152
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...........................................................................6-27
Appearance care...................................................................................................8-61
Exterior care ....................................................................................................8-61
Interior care ..................................................................................................... 8-65
Armrest ................................................................................................................3-11
Audio / Video / Navigation system ....................................................................5-154
Auto defogging system ......................................................................................5-141
AUTO headlamp position ....................................................................................5-74
Auto LOCK - Enable on shift ..............................................................................5-34
Auto LOCK - Enable on speed ............................................................................5-34
Auto UNLOCK - Enable on shift ........................................................................5-34
Auto UNLOCK -Air bag deployment .................................................................5-34
Automatic climate control system .....................................................................5-127
Automatic heating and air conditioning ........................................................5-128
Manual temperature control mode ................................................................ 5-129
I
I-3
Mode selection .............................................................................................. 5-130
Instrument panel vents ..................................................................................5-132
Temperature control ......................................................................................5-132
Air intake control ..........................................................................................5-133
Fan speed control ..........................................................................................5-134
Air conditioning ............................................................................................ 5-134
OFF mode......................................................................................................5-134
System operation ...........................................................................................5-135
System maintenance ......................................................................................5-136
Air conditioning refrigerant label..................................................................5-137
Automatic transmission .......................................................................................6-13
Transmission ranges ........................................................................................ 6-14
Paddle shifter (manual shift mode) ................................................................. 6-19
Shift-lock system .............................................................................................6-15
Good driving practices .................................................................................... 6-18
Parking ............................................................................................................ 6-16
Automatic ventilation ........................................................................................5-143
AUX, USB and iPod
®
port ................................................................................5-152
B
Battery .................................................................................................................8-31
Battery recharging ...........................................................................................8-32
Battery saver function ..........................................................................................5-79
Before driving ........................................................................................................6-5
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) .................................................................6-67
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ...................................................6-67
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) .......................................................................6-87
Blue Link
®
center ...............................................................................................5-154
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free .....................................................5-154
Brake fluid ...........................................................................................................8-24
Brake system ........................................................................................................6-20
Power brakes ................................................................................................... 6-20
Disc brakes wear indicator ..............................................................................6-20
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ..................................................................... 6-21
Auto Hold ........................................................................................................6-24
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .......................................................................6-27
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)..................................................................6-29
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ............................................................6-31
Good braking practices ................................................................................... 6-32
Index
I-4
Bulb replacement .................................................................................................8-55
Headlamp ........................................................................................................ 8-55
Parking lamp ...................................................................................................8-55
Daytime running light ..................................................................................... 8-55
Turn signal lamp ..............................................................................................8-55
Cornering lamp ...............................................................................................8-55
Side marker .....................................................................................................8-55
Auxiliary lamp ................................................................................................8-55
Side repeater lamp ...........................................................................................8-56
Rear combination light bulb ............................................................................8-56
High mounted stop lamp ................................................................................. 8-58
License plate light .......................................................................................... 8-58
Interior light ...................................................................................................8-59
Bulb wattage ..........................................................................................................2-8
C
California perchlorate notice ...............................................................................8-70
Capacities (Lubricants) ........................................................................................2-11
Care
Tire care ...........................................................................................................8-34
Exterior care ....................................................................................................8-61
Interior care ..................................................................................................... 8-65
Center console storage .......................................................................................5-144
Central door lock/unlock switch ..........................................................................5-33
Certification label ................................................................................................2-13
Check tire inflation pressure ................................................................................8-35
Child restraint system (CRS) ...............................................................................3-29
Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) .........................................................3-30
Rearward-facing child restraint system ...........................................................3-30
Forward-facing child restraint system .............................................................3-31
Booster seats....................................................................................................3-31
Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ........................................................3-31
Lower anchors and tether for Children (LATCH System) ..............................3-32
Lower anchors ................................................................................................3-33
Tether anchors .................................................................................................3-34
Lap/shoulder belt .............................................................................................3-35
Child-protector rear door lock .............................................................................5-35
Climate control air filter ......................................................................................8-28
I
I-5
Clock .................................................................................................................. 5-150
Clothes hanger ...................................................................................................5-150
Crankcase emission control system .....................................................................8-68
Cup holder .........................................................................................................5-145
Curtain air bags ....................................................................................................3-41
D
Daytime running light (DRL) ..............................................................................5-74
Defroster ............................................................................................................5-142
Dimensions ............................................................................................................2-7
Door locks ............................................................................................................5-31
Central door lock/unlock switch .....................................................................5-33
Child-protector rear door lock .........................................................................5-35
Auto door lock/unlock features .......................................................................5-34
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ............................................... 5-31
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ................................................. 5-32
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system ................................................................5-36
Drive mode integrated control system ................................................................6-37
Drive mode ......................................................................................................6-37
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ......................................................................6-79
Leading vehicle departure alert .......................................................................6-84
Driver position memory system...........................................................................5-39
Storing positions into memory ........................................................................5-39
Easy access function ....................................................................................... 5-41
Driver’s air bag ....................................................................................................3-39
Driving at night ..................................................................................................6-134
Driving in flooded areas ....................................................................................6-135
Driving in the rain ..............................................................................................6-134
E
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .............................................................................5-42
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ......................................................................6-29
Emergency towing ...............................................................................................7-19
Emergency trunk safety release ...........................................................................5-66
Index
I-6
Emission control system ......................................................................................8-67
Crankcase emission control system ................................................................8-68
Evaporative emission control System ............................................................. 8-68
Exhaust emission control system .................................................................... 8-68
Engine compartment ...................................................................................... 2-6, 8-3
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ......................................................8-48
Engine coolant .....................................................................................................8-21
Engine coolant temperature gauge.........................................................................4-4
Engine number .....................................................................................................2-14
Engine oil .............................................................................................................8-19
Engine specification...............................................................................................2-7
Engine Start/Stop button ........................................................................................6-9
Evaporative emission control System ..................................................................8-68
Event Data Recorder (EDR) ..................................................................................1-8
Exhaust emission control system .........................................................................8-68
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......................................................8-16
Exterior care.........................................................................................................8-61
Exterior features...................................................................................................5-64
Hood ................................................................................................................5-64
Trunk ...............................................................................................................5-65
Emergency trunk safety release....................................................................... 5-66
Fuel Filler Door ...............................................................................................5-70
Exterior overview
Front view .........................................................................................................2-2
Rear view ..........................................................................................................2-3
F
Flat tire .................................................................................................................7-12
Changing spare tire ........................................................................................7-12
Floor mat anchor(s)............................................................................................5-151
Fluid
Brake fluid .......................................................................................................8-24
Washer fluid ....................................................................................................8-25
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) .......................................................6-40
FCA-Junction Turning function ...................................................................... 6-55
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ..........................................5-99
I
I-7
Front seat adjustment .............................................................................................3-5
Manual adjustment ............................................................................................3-5
Power adjustment ..............................................................................................3-7
Reclining seatback ............................................................................................3-8
Front seat head restraints
Adjusting the height up and down ..................................................................3-12
Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................................................3-13
Fuel Filler Door ...................................................................................................5-70
Fuel gauge ..............................................................................................................4-4
Fuel requirements ..................................................................................................1-5
Fuel additives .................................................................................................... 1-6
Fuses ....................................................................................................................8-46
Instrument panel fuse replacement..................................................................8-47
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ................................................. 8-48
Fuse/relay panel description ............................................................................8-49
G
Gauges and meters .................................................................................................4-3
Glove box ..........................................................................................................5-144
Guide to Hyundai genuine parts ............................................................................1-3
H
Hazard warning flasher ..........................................................................................7-2
Hazardous driving conditions ............................................................................6-133
Head restraints .....................................................................................................3-11
Front seat head restraints .................................................................................3-12
Rear seat restraints .......................................................................................... 3-14
Headlamp delay function .....................................................................................5-79
Headlamp leveling device....................................................................................5-80
Headlamp position ...............................................................................................5-75
Head-up display (HUD) .......................................................................................5-72
Heated steering wheel ..........................................................................................5-44
High Beam Assist (HBA) ...................................................................................5-76
High beam operation............................................................................................5-75
Highway driving ................................................................................................6-135
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ........................................................................6-115
Hill-start assist control (HAC) .............................................................................6-32
HomeLink
®
system ..............................................................................................5-47
Hood ....................................................................................................................5-64
Index
I-8
Horn .....................................................................................................................5-45
How to use this manual .........................................................................................1-4
Hyundai digital key..............................................................................................5-15
Digital key application .................................................................................... 5-15
Digital key (smartphone) NFC function .........................................................5-15
Digital key (smartphone).................................................................................5-16
Digital key (card key)......................................................................................5-23
I
If the engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly ..............................................7-3
If the engine overheats ...........................................................................................7-6
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........................................................7-2
If the engine stalls while driving ...........................................................................7-2
If the engine turns over normally but doesn’t start ................................................7-3
If the engine will not start ......................................................................................7-3
If you have a flat tire while driving .......................................................................7-3
Ignition switch .......................................................................................................6-6
Key ignition switch ........................................................................................... 6-6
Engine Start/Stop button ................................................................................... 6-9
Remote start ....................................................................................................6-12
Immobilizer system .............................................................................................5-14
Improtant safety precautions..................................................................................3-2
Always wear your seat belt ............................................................................... 3-2
Restrain all children ..........................................................................................3-2
Air bag hazards .................................................................................................3-2
Driver distraction ..............................................................................................3-2
Control your speed ............................................................................................ 3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition ..................................................................3-2
In case of emergency while driving .......................................................................7-2
Infotainment system...........................................................................................5-152
AUX, USB and iPo
d®
port ............................................................................. 5-152
Antenna ......................................................................................................... 5-152
Steering wheel audio controls ....................................................................... 5-153
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free ................................................. 5-154
Audio / Video / Navigation system ...............................................................5-154
Blue Link
®
center .......................................................................................... 5-154
Inside rearview mirror .........................................................................................5-46
I
I-9
Instrument cluster ..................................................................................................4-2
Instrument cluster illumination ......................................................................... 4-3
Gauges and meters ............................................................................................4-3
Transmission shift indicator ..............................................................................4-6
Warning and indicator lights .............................................................................4-7
LCD display messages .................................................................................... 4-15
LCD display (Type A, B) ................................................................................ 4-19
LCD display (Type C) ..................................................................................... 4-34
Instrument panel fuse replacement ......................................................................8-47
Instrument panel overview ....................................................................................2-5
Interior care ..........................................................................................................8-65
Interior features ..................................................................................................5-145
Cup holder .....................................................................................................5-145
Sunvisor.........................................................................................................5-146
Power outlet ..................................................................................................5-146
USB charger ..................................................................................................5-147
Wireless cellular phone charging system ......................................................5-148
Clock ............................................................................................................. 5-150
Clothes hanger ...............................................................................................5-150
Floor mat anchor(s) .......................................................................................5-151
Interior lights .......................................................................................................5-80
Front lamps......................................................................................................5-81
Rear lamps .......................................................................................................5-81
Luggage compartment lamp ............................................................................5-82
Vanity mirror lamp ..........................................................................................5-82
Interior overview ...................................................................................................2-4
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ............................................................................6-33
J
Jack and tools .......................................................................................................7-12
Jump starting ..........................................................................................................7-4
K
Key ignition switch ................................................................................................6-6
Index
I-10
L
Label
Vehicle certification label ................................................................................2-13
Tire specification and pressure label ...............................................................2-14
Refrigerant label ..............................................................................................2-15
Lane change signals .............................................................................................5-79
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ............................................................................6-109
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ................................................................................6-59
LCD display (Type A, B) .....................................................................................4-19
LCD display control ........................................................................................4-19
LCD display modes .........................................................................................4-20
Trip computer .................................................................................................. 4-31
LCD display (Type C) .........................................................................................4-34
LCD display control ........................................................................................4-34
View modes ..................................................................................................... 4-35
Utility view mode ............................................................................................4-36
Option menu ....................................................................................................4-38
User settings mode .......................................................................................... 4-39
LCD display messages .........................................................................................4-15
Shift to P or N to start engine .......................................................................... 4-15
Shift to P .......................................................................................................... 4-15
Low key battery...............................................................................................4-15
Press brake pedal to start engine ..................................................................... 4-15
Key not in vehicle ...........................................................................................4-16
Key not detected ..............................................................................................4-16
Press START button again .............................................................................. 4-16
Press START button with key .........................................................................4-16
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices ....................................4-16
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse ........................................................................4-16
Door, Hood, Trunk open indicator ..................................................................4-17
Sunroof open indicator ....................................................................................4-17
Lights mode .....................................................................................................4-17
Wiper mode .....................................................................................................4-18
Low pressure ................................................................................................... 4-17
I
I-11
LCD display modes .............................................................................................4-20
Trip computer mode ........................................................................................4-21
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode .............................................................................. 4-21
Driving assist mode .........................................................................................4-21
Master warning mode ......................................................................................4-22
User settings mode .......................................................................................... 4-22
Light .....................................................................................................................5-74
AUTO headlamp position ............................................................................... 5-74
Daytime running light (DRL)..........................................................................5-74
Parking lamp position .....................................................................................5-75
Headlamp position ..........................................................................................5-75
High beam operation .......................................................................................5-75
High Beam Assist (HBA) ............................................................................... 5-76
Turn signals .....................................................................................................5-79
Lane change signals ........................................................................................ 5-79
Battery saver function ..................................................................................... 5-79
Headlamp delay function ................................................................................ 5-79
Headlamp leveling device ...............................................................................5-80
Light bulbs ...........................................................................................................8-55
Lubricants and capacities .....................................................................................2-11
Luggage compartment lamp ................................................................................5-82
M
Maintenance
Maintenance services ........................................................................................ 8-4
Owner maintenance ...........................................................................................8-5
Scheduled maintenance services .......................................................................8-7
Normal maintenance schedule .................................................................... 8-8,12
Maintenance under severe usage conditions .............................................. 8-11,15
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ................................................. 8-16
Tire maintenance .............................................................................................8-38
Maintenance services .............................................................................................8-4
Index
I-12
Manual climate control system ..........................................................................5-118
Heating and air conditioning ......................................................................... 5-119
Mode selection .............................................................................................. 5-120
Instrument panel vents ..................................................................................5-122
Temperature control ......................................................................................5-122
Air intake control ..........................................................................................5-122
Fan speed control ..........................................................................................5-123
Air conditioning ............................................................................................ 5-123
System operation ...........................................................................................5-124
System maintenance ......................................................................................5-125
Air conditioning refrigerant label..................................................................5-126
Mirrors .................................................................................................................5-46
Inside rearview mirror .....................................................................................5-46
HomeLink
®
system..........................................................................................5-47
Side view mirrors ............................................................................................ 5-53
Adjusting the side view mirrors ...................................................................... 5-54
Folding the side view mirrors .........................................................................5-54
Reverse parking aid function .......................................................................... 5-55
N
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) ..............................................6-105
O
Occupant Classification System (OCS) ...............................................................3-47
Odometer ...............................................................................................................4-5
Oil (Engine) .........................................................................................................8-19
Outside temperature gauge ....................................................................................4-5
Owner maintenance ...............................................................................................8-5
P
Panoramic sunroof ...............................................................................................5-60
Parking lamp position ..........................................................................................5-75
Passenger’s front air bag ......................................................................................3-39
Power brakes ........................................................................................................6-20
Power outlet .......................................................................................................5-146
Power window lock switch ..................................................................................5-59
Pre-tensioner seat belt ..........................................................................................3-24
Retractor pretensioner ..................................................................................... 3-24
I
I-13
R
Range .....................................................................................................................4-6
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ................................................6-121
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ...................................6-121
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system ....................................................................5-36
Rear seat adjustment ............................................................................................3-10
Folding the rear seat ........................................................................................3-10
Rear seat head restraints ......................................................................................3-14
Adjusting the height up and down ..................................................................3-14
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ..................................................................................5-86
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures .........................................................8-34
Recommended lubricants and capacities .............................................................2-11
Refrigerant label ..................................................................................................2-15
Remote key ............................................................................................................5-4
Locking .............................................................................................................5-4
Unlocking ..........................................................................................................5-4
Trunk unlocking ................................................................................................5-5
Mechanical key ................................................................................................. 5-5
Battery replacement .......................................................................................... 5-6
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ...............................................................5-104
Remote start .........................................................................................................6-12
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ...........................................5-89
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .........................................................5-95
Rocking the vehicle ...........................................................................................6-133
Rotation (Tire) .....................................................................................................8-36
S
Safety messages .....................................................................................................1-4
Scheduled maintenance services............................................................................8-7
Seat belt warning light
Driver’s seat ....................................................................................................3-20
Front passenger’s seat ....................................................................................3-20
Index
I-14
Seat belts ..............................................................................................................3-19
Seat belt safety precautions .............................................................................3-19
Seat belt warning light ....................................................................................3-20
Emergency locking retractor ...........................................................................3-21
Convertible locking retractor .......................................................................... 3-22
Rear center seat belt ........................................................................................ 3-23
Pre-tensioner seat belt ..................................................................................... 3-24
Additional seat belt safety precautions ........................................................... 3-26
Seat belt use during pregnancy ....................................................................... 3-26
Seat belt use and children ................................................................................3-26
Transporting an injured person .......................................................................3-27
One person per belt .........................................................................................3-27
Do not lie down ...............................................................................................3-27
Care of seat belts ............................................................................................. 3-28
Periodic inspection ..........................................................................................3-28
Keep belts clean and dry ................................................................................. 3-28
When to replace seat belts ...............................................................................3-28
Seat warmers and air ventilation seats .................................................................3-14
Front seat warmers .......................................................................................... 3-15
Front air ventilation seat..................................................................................3-17
Seatback pocket .....................................................................................................3-9
Seats ....................................................................................................................... 3-3
Safety precautions ............................................................................................. 3-4
Front seat adjustment ........................................................................................3-5
Rear seat adjustment .......................................................................................3-10
Head restraints ................................................................................................. 3-11
Front seat warmers .......................................................................................... 3-14
Side air bags .........................................................................................................3-40
Side view mirrors .................................................................................................5-53
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ................................................................................6-88
Smart key ...............................................................................................................5-7
Locking .............................................................................................................5-7
Unlocking ..........................................................................................................5-9
Trunk opening .................................................................................................5-10
Mechanical key ............................................................................................... 5-12
Battery replacement ........................................................................................ 5-13
I
I-15
Smooth cornering ..............................................................................................6-134
Snow tires ..........................................................................................................6-136
Spare tire ..............................................................................................................7-12
Special driving conditions
Hazardous driving conditions .......................................................................6-133
Rocking the vehicle .......................................................................................6-133
Smooth cornering ..........................................................................................6-134
Driving at night ............................................................................................. 6-134
Driving in the rain ......................................................................................... 6-134
Driving in flooded areas ................................................................................6-135
Highway driving............................................................................................6-135
Speedometer ..........................................................................................................4-3
Steering wheel .....................................................................................................5-42
Electric Power Steering (EPS) ........................................................................ 5-42
Tilt steering / Telescope steering ..................................................................... 5-43
Heated steering wheel ..................................................................................... 5-44
Horn.................................................................................................................5-45
Steering wheel audio controls ............................................................................5-153
Storage compartment .........................................................................................5-144
Center console storage .................................................................................. 5-144
Glove box ......................................................................................................5-144
Sunroof inside air recirculation .........................................................................5-143
Sunvisor .............................................................................................................5-146
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ...........................................................................5-88
T
Tachometer ............................................................................................................4-3
Theft-alarm system ..............................................................................................5-38
Tilt steering / Telescope steering .........................................................................5-43
Tire chains..........................................................................................................6-136
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) .............................................................7-7
Tire rotation .........................................................................................................8-36
Tire specification and pressure label ...................................................................2-14
Index
I-16
Tires and wheels .......................................................................................... 2-9, 8-34
Tire care ...........................................................................................................8-34
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures .................................................... 8-34
Check tire inflation pressure ........................................................................... 8-35
Tire rotation ..................................................................................................... 8-36
Wheel alignment and tire balance ...................................................................8-36
Tire replacement ..............................................................................................8-37
Wheel replacement ..........................................................................................8-38
Tire maintenance .............................................................................................8-38
Tire traction .....................................................................................................8-38
Tire sidewall labeling ......................................................................................8-38
Tire terminology and definitions .....................................................................8-42
All Season Tires ..............................................................................................8-44
Summer Tires ..................................................................................................8-44
Snow Tires .......................................................................................................8-44
Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................................................8-45
Low Aspect Ratio Tires ................................................................................... 8-45
Towing .................................................................................................................7-18
Trailer towing ....................................................................................................6-144
Trip computer ......................................................................................................4-31
Average fuel economy .....................................................................................4-31
Instant fuel economy .......................................................................................4-31
Accumulated Info display ............................................................................... 4-32
Driving Info display ........................................................................................ 4-32
Digital speedometer ........................................................................................4-33
Auto Stop accumulated time ........................................................................... 4-33
Smart shift ....................................................................................................... 4-33
Trunk ....................................................................................................................5-65
Turn signals..........................................................................................................5-79
U
USB charger .......................................................................................................5-147
I
I-17
V
Vanity mirror lamp ...............................................................................................5-82
Vehicle break-in process ........................................................................................1-7
Vehicle certification label ....................................................................................2-13
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...................................................................2-13
Vehicle load limit ...............................................................................................6-139
Tire loading information label .......................................................................6-139
Vehicle modification ..............................................................................................1-7
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).................................................................6-31
Vehicle weight and luggage volume ....................................................................2-10
W
Warning and indicator lights ..................................................................................4-7
Air bag warning light ........................................................................................ 4-7
Seat belt warning light ......................................................................................4-7
Parking brake & brake fluid warning light ....................................................... 4-8
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light .................................................. 4-9
Electronic brake force distribution (EBD) system warning light ......................4-9
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light ....................................................4-9
AUTO HOLD indicator light ..........................................................................4-10
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light ..................................................4-10
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL)..................................................................4-10
Charging system warning light ...................................................................... 4-11
Engine oil pressure warning light .................................................................. 4-11
Low fuel level warning light .......................................................................... 4-11
Master warning light ....................................................................................... 4-11
Low tire pressure warning light ...................................................................... 4-11
Electronic stability control (ESC) indicator light............................................ 4-11
Electronic stability control (ESC) OFF indicator light ................................... 4-13
Immobilizer indicator light .............................................................................4-13
Turn signal indicator light ...............................................................................4-14
Headlamp warning light ..................................................................................4-14
High beam indicator light................................................................................4-14
High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light ........................................................4-14
Light ON indicator light ..................................................................................4-14
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning light ........................................4-15
Lane Keeping Assist indicator light ................................................................4-15
Washer fluid .........................................................................................................8-25
Index
I-18
Welcome system ..................................................................................................5-83
Welcome light .................................................................................................5-83
Interior lamp ....................................................................................................5-83
Wheel alignment and tire balance........................................................................8-36
Wheel replacement ..............................................................................................8-38
Windows ..............................................................................................................5-56
Power windows ............................................................................................... 5-56
Auto up/down window ....................................................................................5-56
Automatic reverse ........................................................................................... 5-58
Power window lock switch .............................................................................5-59
Windshield defrosting and defogging ................................................................5-138
Windshield washers ............................................................................................5-85
Windshield wipers ..............................................................................................5-84
Winter driving ....................................................................................................6-136
Snow tires ......................................................................................................6-136
Tire chains .....................................................................................................6-136
Winter Precautions .............................................................................................6-137
Wiper blades replacement ....................................................................................8-29
Wipers and washers .............................................................................................5-84
Windshield wipers .......................................................................................... 5-84
Windshield washers ........................................................................................5-85
Wireless cellular phone charging system ...........................................................5-148
